Home 📖 Features & How-To

📖 Features & How-To

Camilo Aponte
By Camilo Aponte
• 191 articles

📊 GHL SEO Dashboard Overview

Whether you’re running campaigns, optimizing landing pages, or tracking local search performance, you shouldn’t have to switch between tools to understand your SEO. That’s why the new SEO Tab inside Go High Level brings powerful, enterprise-grade SEO capabilities directly into your workflow. From technical audits and AI-powered fixes to content tools and local heatmaps, this integration gives you complete visibility—and control—over how your site performs in search. No exports, no guesswork. Just data, insights, and fixes, all in one place. 🧭 What’s Inside the SEO Tab? Go High Level (GHL) users now have a built-in SEO tab—giving you access to audits, AI recommendations, content tools, and local heatmaps without leaving your dashboard. The SEO Tab contains three main sections: - Site Projects - Local SEO - Settings 🛠️ Site Projects 🔍 Overview Tab Get a complete SEO snapshot of your domain, including: - Domain Power, Backlinks, Keywords - Organic Traffic, Paid Traffic - Site Audit Health (including number of crawled pages and total issues) - Backlinks Data: Historical totals, types, and attributes - Keyword Analytics: Includes graphs and tables with: - Search Intent - Traffic - Monthly Volume - CPC - Difficulty - Ranking URL 🤖 AI Recommendations AI Recommendations This tab is where we will address the technical issues identified in your Site Audit. Technical Fixes are broken down into the following categories: ● Title Tags ● Meta Descriptions ● Missing Image Alt Text ● Meta Keywords ● Headings Length ● Canonical Link ● Open Graph ● Twitter Card ● Miscellaneous Each category will have two view tabs. Issues and Fixed issues for easier viewing. The tab will have four columns: ● URL: Where the issue is detached. ● Current Value: The current value for that issue. Not optimized based on SEO best practices. ● Recommended Fix: AI-recommended fix for the technical issue based on SEO best practices. ● Action: Button to deploy or roll back the fix. To deploy a change based on our AI recommendations, you click on the button in the Action column. 📍 Local SEO Use local Heatmaps to track Google Business Profile (GBP) rankings by keyword on a map view. Dashboard Columns: - Business Name - Average Rank - Keywords Tracked - Rating - ➕ Add / Remove Keywords buttons 🔧 Step-by-Step Instructions 1. Access Local Heatmaps 🟣 Step 1. In the left sidebar, click Local. 🟣 Step 2. Under LOCAL SEO TOOLS, click Local SEO Heatmap. 2. First screen (business list + import options) 🟡 Step 3. When the Local SEO Heatmap page opens, the user sees the “Manage your local business” screen with the list of businesses. If the user already has a GBP connected, the business appears in the list. 🟡 Step 4. If the user does not have a GBP connected, they must use the controls visible at the top of the page: - Choose Business Name / Place ID / Place URL - Type in the field Find a local business by business name… - Click Search They may also select: - Import from Google Business Profile - Import Heatmaps 3. Managing an added business 🗂️ Step 5. In the business list, each row displays a View button and a three-dot menu ( … ). To delete a business: - Click … - Click Delete 🗂️ Step 6. To open a heatmap for a business, click View. 4. Heatmap setup screen (after clicking View) 🔍 Step 7. The user is now on the Local SEO Heatmap setup view, where the business name appears at the top (e.g., “Windy City Tax Relief”). Here, the user can add keywords in the Enter a keyword(s) field. 🔍 Step 8. The user can click Smart Suggest for keyword suggestions. 🔍 Step 9. The user can use the dropdown filters located directly below the keyword bar: - Heatmap shape (Circle / Rectangular) - Layers (1–7 layers) - Distance (e.g., 2 miles, 3 miles) - Refresh cadence (Run Once, Refresh Daily, Refresh Weekly, Refresh Bi-weekly, Refresh Monthly, Refresh Monthly with date selector) - Time (e.g., 9 AM) 5. Editing an existing heatmap 📝 Step 10. When a business already has heatmap data, the list shows two actions in the … menu: - Edit heatmap - Delete Or the user may click View to open the map. 6. Heatmap view (full map) 🗺️ Step 11. In the full heatmap view, the left side shows the score panel (with the donut chart and pin breakdown), and the right side displays the map. 🗺️ Step 12. The user can click Edit heatmap at the top to adjust settings. 🗺️ Step 13. Hovering over the date at the top of the heatmap expands additional details and scan info. ⭐ Additional Interaction Clicking on a star (ranking pin) on the map 🌟 Step 14. When the user clicks a star on the map, a pop-up opens showing the competitor list and ranking information for that specific pin. 🌟 Step 15. In that pop-up, clicking Compare opens the two-column Local SEO Showdown view, which displays the user’s business on the left and the selected competitor on the right. 🗑️ To Delete a Heatmap 🗑️ Step 16. In the business list, click …. 🗑️ Step 17. Click Delete. 📊 View & Compare Results: - Click the GBP name to see the heatmap - Use the dropdown to switch between keywords - Click any pin to see the top competitors at that location - Use “Local SEO Showdown” for side-by-side competitor map comparison - Click “Get PDF” to download 🕒 View previous versions by clicking the date above the report (if refresh cadence was set). 🗑️ To delete a Heatmap: - Click ... next to the report - Select Remove ⚙️ SEO quotas and usage 📊 View your SEO quotas and usage When hovering over the Quota indicator at the top of the interface, the user can view their SEO quotas and usage, including: - Site Audit - AI Suggestions - Site Explorer - Heatmap Quota - Keyword Rank Tracker - Content Genius - Articles & Target Keywords - Content Planner - Onpage Audit - GSC & GBP Projects The quota panel (Avatar → Billing → Plans & Top-ups) shows: - Total Quota - Recurring - Non-Recurring - Top Up button Depending on the screen, the panel may also display: - Current quota consumption. - Projected next month's usage. - A note that each location pin on the heatmap costs one quota. - A breakdown for Circle and Grid heatmap shapes. 💡 Advanced SEO Dashboard (via “Launch Advanced SEO”) 👉 Login to Advanced SEO Access the full suite of SEO features, including Site Audit, Content Genius, Keyword Tools, GBP Management, and Reporting—directly from your dedicated dashboard. 🔬 Site Audit Tools 1. Overview 2. Page Explorer 3. Content Velocity 4. Domain-Level View 5. Technical Issues 6. Page Pruning 7. Site Visualization 8. Email Alerts 9. Live Monitoring ✍️ Content Tools Create or manage web content with Content Genius. Export finished work as HTML for direct upload to your site. Tools include: - Content Genius - Onpage Audit - Topical Maps - Content Planner - Meta Generator - AI Templates - Content Rewriting 📈 Site Metrics Get SEO performance reports with data on: - Topical Dominance - Keywords - Pages & Subdomains - Ranking Changes - Backlinks & Competitors - Google & Facebook Ads 🔑 Keyword Tools 1. Keyword Research 2. Keyword Magic Tool 3. Rank Tracker 4. Keyword Gap Analysis 🏢 GBP Galactic Manage your Google Business Profile: - Auto Posting - Task Management - Reviews & Q&A - Local SEO Heatmaps - Local SERPs 📋 Reports Builder Create automated reports for SEO projects from your dashboard. With GHL’s built-in SEO dashboard, your team gets more than just reports—you get an actionable strategy hub. Audit your pages, deploy AI fixes, plan content, and track local rankings without leaving the platform. This isn't just a new tab—it’s your SEO command center. Start using it today to turn insights into impact and make smarter, faster SEO decisions where it matters most: right inside your client workflows.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Google Search Console — GSC Performance

Connect Google Search Console to Search Atlas, activate your sites, and start analyzing GSC performance data — including clicks, impressions, CTR, and average position — all in one place. 🚀 Getting Started with GSC Performance 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account at https://dashboard.searchatlas.com/login. 2. In the left-hand menu, go to GSC Performance, then click All Sites to open the GSC Sites List. The GSC Sites List is your central hub for managing all connected Search Console properties. 🔌 Connect Your GSC Account 1. Click Connect GSC Account. 2. In the Google sign-in modal, select the Gmail account that has access to Google Search Console. 3. Click Continue. 4. Click Allow to grant Search Atlas access to your GSC data. After granting access, Search Atlas automatically detects all domains linked to your Google Search Console account. Troubleshooting: If your site does not appear after connecting, ensure the Gmail account you authorized has the Owner or Full User permission in Google Search Console. You may need to disconnect and reconnect if permissions were recently changed. ⚙️ Manage and Activate Your GSC Sites Connecting your account is not enough — you must also activate each site you want to track. 1. Click Manage Sites from the GSC Sites List screen. 2. In the "Choose the projects you want to manage" panel, review all detected domains. 3. For each site, configure the following: - Status toggle — Enable to activate the site; disable to pause data collection. - Location dropdown — Select the country you want to track data for. This sets the default country filter for that site's performance reports. You can change it at any time from the Manage Sites panel. 4. Activate at least one site to start collecting data and unlock GSC Performance reports. 5. Click Confirm & Continue to save your configuration. Your reports begin populating once at least one site is set to Active. 🔄 Bulk Refresh GSC Sites The GSC connection flow includes a bulk refresh capability, letting you re-sync all connected GSC sites simultaneously. Use this after adding new properties in Google Search Console or when a site connection needs to be reset. 1. From the GSC Sites List, click Bulk Refresh. 2. Search Atlas queues a refresh for all active GSC sites at once. 3. Watch the Status column to track each site's progress. Each site displays one of the following states: - Pending — Refresh is queued and has not started yet. - In Progress — Search Atlas is actively syncing data for this site. - Complete — Data has been successfully refreshed for this site. - Failed — The refresh did not complete. Verify your GSC permissions and click Bulk Refresh again to retry. Once all sites show Complete, your GSC Performance reports reflect the latest available data from Google Search Console. 📈 Connect Your GA4 Account 1. In the same site panel (Site Metrics → Site Explorer → GSC panel), click Connect GA Account. 2. A side panel opens — complete the Google sign-in and grant permissions using the same flow as the GSC connection above. 3. A status badge displays GA4 Enabled once the connection is successful. If no data appears after connecting, verify that data exists in both GSC and GA4 independently, allow time for synchronization, and account for potential API delays. To view site metrics after connecting: navigate to Site Metrics → Site Explorer → GSC Sites List, select your site, then open Project Overview. 🗺️ GSC Performance Overview — Navigation and Filters 🔝 Top Navigation and Filters - Timeframe Selection — View data from a specific period, such as the past week, past month, or a custom date range. - Location Filter — Analyze data globally or narrow results to a specific country. - Profile / Project — Displays the project name you are currently viewing. Useful when managing multiple sites. - Export — Download a PDF of the current dashboard view. - Share — Generate a public shareable link for the dashboard. 🔗 Backlink Profile Metrics - Domain Rating (DR) — A measure of the site's authority based on the quality and quantity of its backlinks. Higher DR indicates a stronger backlink profile. - Backlinks — The total number of links pointing to your site from other pages across the web, reflecting overall incoming link volume. - Referring Domains — The count of unique domains (websites) that link to your site. A higher number indicates broader link diversity. ✅ After Activation — Data Latency and Next Steps Once a site is set to Active, keep these expectations in mind: - Data latency — Allow up to 24–48 hours for historical GSC data to fully populate after activation. Google Search Console itself has a reporting delay of 1–2 days, so the most recent days may continue to fill in over time. - View individual reports — Go to GSC Performance → All Sites, click the site you want to inspect, and open Project Overview to see clicks, impressions, CTR, and average position for that property. - Add or deactivate sites later — Return to Site Metrics → Site Explorer (GSC Sites List) and click Manage Sites at any time to toggle a site's status, change its location, or activate newly detected domains. 🌀 You've connected GSC (and optionally GA4), activated your sites, and can now use bulk refresh to keep your data in sync at any time. For a deeper look at interpreting your performance data, explore the GSC Performance Reports guide.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🚀 Content Velocity

Content Velocity is an analytical tool that tracks your website's publication frequency and patterns. By analyzing sitemap data, it delivers detailed temporal insights into how consistently you publish content, so you can identify publishing gaps, benchmark against competitors, and align your content output with SEO goals. 🚀 Accessing Content Velocity Content Velocity navigation path Navigation path: Left Sidebar → OTTO SEO → Site Audit → Content Velocity. 📊 Dashboard Components The Content Velocity dashboard shows how often a website publishes content and how that cadence evolves over time. URL Publication Tracking — displays all published URLs detected from the sitemap, shows publication timestamps, provides direct links to live content, and lets you filter and compare across multiple URLs, content sections, or subdirectories within the same project. Daily View — an interactive line chart of publication frequency by day, with hover-enabled data points that highlight high-volume publishing days and detect gaps or irregular posting patterns. Multiple colored lines represent different selected URLs. Monthly Distribution — a stacked bar chart of monthly publishing volume, color-coded by URL or content category, useful for spotting seasonality and periods of decline or inactivity. Yearly Overview — a pie chart summarizing annual publication totals, useful for evaluating whether content velocity is scaling over time. 🏆 Competitor Content Analysis From the dashboard, you can switch between yearly and monthly frequency, select a specific year, and use + Add competitor to compare publishing cadence across domains — helping you benchmark your content velocity against competing sites. Important notes: Content Velocity updates daily from sitemaps, keeps historical data for long-term analysis, and can be filtered by sitemap and date range. 💡 Best Practices Monitor content consistency to maintain steady publishing, use historical insights to plan future content schedules, identify patterns that correlate with growth, track seasonal publishing spikes, and measure how frequency impacts performance. ⚙️ Whitelisting Search Atlas IPs in CDNs When running site audits, Search Atlas crawlers may be blocked by CDNs (Content Delivery Networks). To fix this, whitelist all Search Atlas crawler IPs listed in our Site Audit Knowledge Base article. If you're using Cloudflare, select Search Atlas from the Verified Bots list. Once whitelisted, Search Atlas will crawl and monitor your site health without issues. ❓ FAQs How often does Content Velocity update? The tool refreshes daily using your sitemap data. Can I track more than one competitor? Yes, multiple competitors can be added and monitored simultaneously. Why isn't my site audit working? Your CDN may be blocking crawlers. Whitelist Search Atlas IPs or enable verified bots in Cloudflare. Content Velocity empowers you to make data-driven publishing decisions by analyzing trends, maintaining consistency, and benchmarking competitors. With daily updates and historical tracking, it provides the foundation for a smarter content strategy. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📈 GBP Audit

GBP Audit gives you a structured, data-driven analysis of your Google Business Profile so you can benchmark performance, identify gaps, and uncover growth opportunities — all in one place. GBP Audit is available on paid plans only; trial users will not have access until their paid subscription begins. 🔑 Plan Requirements and Feature Access GBP Audit is not available on the trial plan. Access is unlocked automatically when your paid subscription begins. - If you are on an active trial, GBP Audit will appear locked or unavailable — this is expected behavior, not a bug or a stalled report. - GBP Audit is included on the Growth, Pro, and Enterprise plans. Your access activates as soon as your trial ends and your paid plan starts. For the most up-to-date plan comparison, visit the Search Atlas pricing page. - If your paid plan is already active but you still cannot access GBP Audit, contact Search Atlas support to verify your plan status. 🛠️ Troubleshooting: Locked or Stalled GBP Audit If GBP Audit appears locked or shows a stalled report: 1. Confirm your trial has ended and your paid plan is active by going to the top-right avatar → Billing → Plans & Top-ups. 2. If your paid plan is active and access is still blocked, contact Search Atlas support to verify your plan status. 📊 What You Can Do with GBP Audit Audit Any Location - Audit connected locations - Audit external businesses by searching or using a business URL Comprehensive Performance Insights Each audit includes: - GBP Score - Average Rank - Citations - Ratings & Reviews - Photos - Post counts - Heatmap rankings - Detailed insights across key performance factors Note: After connecting a new location, the GBP Score may take up to 24 hours or more to finish calculating. If you see a loading or calculating state, this is expected — check back the following day before contacting support. Performance Matrix (Connected Locations Only) Get access to the GBP Performance Matrix for connected locations to better understand strengths, gaps, and opportunities. The Performance Matrix displays a side-by-side view of your profile's key signals (such as completeness, engagement, reviews, and ranking factors) and highlights where you are performing well versus where there are gaps to address. It requires a connected location because it pulls live data from your verified GBP connection to populate the strength and gap analysis. Competitor Benchmarking See how your business stacks up against competitors in your area. Note: Benchmark competitors are drawn from your configured search area and should reflect local, same-industry businesses. If you see competitors located far outside your area, this usually points to a location-matching issue (common for service-area businesses) — contact Search Atlas support. If competitors are nearby but clearly in a different industry, this is a known category-filtering gap, not an account configuration issue — see GBP Audit Showing Distant or Irrelevant Competitors for both cases. Detailed Recommendations Receive a structured audit report with actionable recommendations to help improve visibility and performance. Recommendations cover areas such as profile completeness, citation consistency, review generation, photo and post cadence, keyword coverage, and competitive positioning. Each recommendation is prioritized based on potential impact, and you can act on them directly by updating your GBP, syncing changes through Search Atlas, or passing them to the GBP Agent for guided optimization. 🧭 How to Use GBP Audit Step 1: Navigate to GBP Audit Go to: Local → GBP Audit (Generate New Audit Report) Step 2: Generate a New Audit Click Generate New Audit Report. You will see two options: - Choose a connected Google Business Profile - Add Manually — enter the business name, Google Profile URL, or search area (e.g., United States), then find the local business by name. Click Generate Report to begin. Auditing an External Business To audit a business that is not connected to your Search Atlas account: 1. From the Generate New Audit Report dialog, choose Add Manually. 2. Enter the business name, paste the Google Business Profile URL, or specify a search area (e.g., a city or country) to narrow results. 3. Select the correct business from the search results, then click Generate Report. External audits return publicly available data such as the GBP Score, Average Rank, Citations, Ratings & Reviews, Photos, Post counts, Heatmap rankings, and competitor benchmarking. However, the Performance Matrix and certain deeper insights are not available for external businesses, as those require a verified GBP connection to pull live data. Step 3: Wait for Processing An audit may take approximately 5–6 minutes to complete, as citation data is gathered in the background. Search Atlas is actively improving the experience to progressively load data so you can start reviewing insights sooner. Step 4: Access Your Audit Report Go to Audit Reports. Reports are listed newest first. Click View Report on any entry. Available actions inside the report: - Download PDF - Delete Report - ← Back to GBP Audit - View on Google Maps - Export Report - Optimize via GBP Agent Step 5: Review Report Sections Navigate through the following sections inside the audit: - GBP Core Metrics - Performance - Keyword Analysis - Competitors - Audit Checklist - Insights & Recommendations Each section provides visibility into performance metrics, competitive positioning, and optimization opportunities. ⏱️ Audit Processing Time An audit may take approximately 5–6 minutes to complete, as citation data is gathered in the background. Search Atlas is actively working to progressively load data so you can start reviewing insights sooner. ⚠️ Known Limitations and Troubleshooting - GBP Score still calculating: After connecting a new location, the GBP Score may take up to 24 hours or more to finish calculating. A loading or calculating state is expected — check back the following day before contacting support. - Post counts lower than expected: Post counts displayed in the audit reflect posts synced to Search Atlas. If your post count appears lower than expected, posts may still be syncing. Contact support if the discrepancy persists after 24 hours. - Distant competitors: Benchmark competitors should reflect businesses within your configured search area. If you see competitors located far outside your area, contact Search Atlas support. 🤖 Coming Soon Additional enhancements in development include: - Competitor photo & post data - Exportable reports - Optimization with Agent 🎯 You now know how to generate and review a GBP Audit report and understand which plans include access. If you are on a trial and want to unlock GBP Audit sooner, upgrade your plan or contact Search Atlas support to confirm when your paid plan activates.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🕵️ Site Explorer & 📊 Reports Builder Training

🌟 Introduction This session covers how to: - Use Site Explorer to analyze domain performance across SEO pillars (Content, Authority, Technical, UX). - Build automated, customizable Reports Builder dashboards for client reporting. 📝 Agenda 1️⃣ Intro to Site Explorer – Track KPIs and SEO health. 2️⃣ Navigating the SEO metrics & keyword reports. 3️⃣ Competitors, backlinks, ad copy visibility. 4️⃣ Creating automated Reports Builder reports. 5️⃣ Customizing layouts, integrations, and delivery schedules. 6️⃣ Final Q&A. 🔍 Site Explorer Overview 🎯 Purpose Site Explorer is a domain monitoring tool used to: - Track SEO KPIs for any domain. - Investigate organic traffic trends. - Research competitors, backlinks, and keywords. 📊 Core Metrics - Domain Power (SearchAtlas proprietary metric). - Domain Rating & Domain Authority. - Trust Flow, Referring Domains, Backlinks. - Brand Signals & AI Overviews. - URL Page Rank. 🌐 Key Insights Available - 📈 Organic vs. Paid Traffic Trends (with visual tables). - 🌍 Traffic by Country distribution. - 🔑 Keyword Research - Positions, intent, search volume, CPC, traffic. - Branded vs. non-branded keyword breakdown. - Competitor overlap by keywords. - 💰 Paid Keywords & Ad Copy (Google + Facebook). - 🔗 Backlink Profiles - Historical totals, link types, link attributes. - 📉 Keyword Position Changes (track rank movements). ✅ Tip: Run Site Explorer for your domain and competitors for the best market insights. 📊 Reports Builder 🏗️ Purpose Generate white-label, automated reports combining Site Explorer data with other integrations. Perfect for client reporting. 🛠️ Setup Steps 1. Open via three dots → Report Builder. 2. Enter domain. 3. Select Site Explorer project, location, and date range. 4. Choose integrations (Auto Projects, Keyword Rank Tracker, Heatmaps, etc.). 5. Define recipients, frequency (weekly, monthly, quarterly). 6. Select layout (default or custom). 🎨 Customization Options - Toggle SEO metrics on/off (e.g., hide traffic or trust flow). - Add custom text boxes. - Save layout for reuse or apply per-client. - Configure who receives the report. ✅ Tip: Start with default layout → refine based on client needs. 💡 Best Practices - 🔎 Use Site Explorer to monitor & investigate domains. - 📑 Use Reports Builder to communicate progress to clients. - 🧩 Combine with other modules (Auto Projects, Heatmaps, Rank Tracker) for complete reporting. - 🔄 Review and adjust layouts per client preferences. 👉 Watch the full training recording to see live demos of Site Explorer and Reports Builder setup.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📘 Understanding Marketing Reports

In digital marketing, launching campaigns, optimizing SEO, and managing paid media is only half the job. The other half, often the hardest, is clearly communicating the value of that work to clients or stakeholders. As many marketers discover, “the hard part of client reporting isn’t the work itself, it’s explaining the work.” Report Builder V3 was designed to solve this exact problem by transforming overwhelming datasets into clear, structured, and easy-to-understand narratives. Before exploring the solution, it’s important to understand the two biggest obstacles to effective reporting: data noise and lack of narrative clarity. 🔊 The Problem: Why Marketing Reports Are So Hard to Understand 📊 Data Overload: Too Many Metrics, Not Enough Meaning Traditional marketing reports tend to be dense, technical, and overwhelming, especially for non-technical audiences. They are often packed with charts, numbers, and tables that look impressive but fail to explain what actually matters. This creates a “wall of data” where clients struggle to interpret results, making it difficult for them to appreciate the value of the work being done. 📖 The Narrative Gap: No Clear Story Modern marketing spans multiple channels, SEO, content, paid media, local SEO, analytics, and more. Connecting all of these efforts into one cohesive story is genuinely difficult. Without a clear narrative that explains how these channels work together and why results look the way they do, clients may feel disconnected from outcomes. This lack of clarity often leads to what industry experts call perceived indifference, the number one reason clients churn. Not because results are bad, but because value isn’t communicated effectively. 🚀 The Solution: Report Builder V3 Report Builder V3 was built to turn complex marketing data into clear, client-friendly storytelling. It does this through three core pillars that directly address noise and narrative challenges. 🧠 Pillar 1: AI-Powered Executive Summaries Each section of a report includes an AI-generated summary that highlights: - Key trends - Notable performance changes - Recommended next steps These summaries allow clients or executives to understand the most important insights in minutes, without digging through charts. Just as importantly, these summaries are fully editable. Teams can customize tone, framing, and messaging to ensure results are positioned clearly and constructively (for example, framing challenges as opportunities). 🗂️ Pillar 2: Structured, Modular Reporting Instead of dumping all data into one massive report, Report Builder V3 organizes information into clean, focused modules. Each channel or data source has its own tab, such as: - Executive Summary - Google Analytics (GA4) - Google Search Console (GSC) - Paid Media (Meta & Google Ads) - Local SEO Suite - Rank Tracker - AI Visibility (formerly LLM Visibility) This structure allows clients to absorb information one section at a time, dramatically reducing overwhelm and improving comprehension. 📈 Pillar 3: Smart Visualizations That Drive Decisions Data is most powerful when it’s visual, and Report Builder V3 emphasizes clarity over clutter. A standout example is the paid media bubble chart, which visualizes: - Spend on the X-axis - Conversions on the Y-axis This makes it immediately obvious which campaigns are: - Spending less and converting more - Overperforming or underperforming - Ready for budget reallocation Instead of scrolling through tables, users can identify insights at a glance and make faster, more confident decisions. 🔁 Unified Reporting Modules at a Glance Report Builder V3 brings multiple data sources into a single reporting experience, including: - Task logging across SEO, PPC, and content - GA4 performance trends - GSC keyword and page insights - Paid media performance comparisons - Local SEO metrics (GBP, reviews, citations) - Rank tracking across desktop and mobile - AI Visibility (formerly LLM Visibility) tracking for AI search presence All modules are editable, white-labeled, and designed for agency-scale reporting. 📤 Sharing & Delivery Made Simple Report Builder V3 also simplifies how reports are delivered: - Automated email scheduling for recurring client updates - Interactive dashboard links for live report access - Downloadable PDFs and presentations for offline sharing or stakeholder reviews Clients can view reports without editing permissions, ensuring consistency and control. ✨ Closing Note: From Reports to Conversations Report Builder V3 shifts reporting from a static deliverable into a strategic conversation. By combining AI-powered summaries, structured modules, and intelligent visualizations, it eliminates data noise and restores narrative clarity. The result is stronger communication, higher client confidence, and reduced churn. With the right reporting tools, demonstrating marketing value no longer has to be the hardest part of the job, it can become one of the most impactful. 👉 Next Step: Use Report Builder V3 to turn performance data into stories your clients actually understand.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Create Presentation — Export Report Builder Reports to Google Slides

Create Presentation is a feature that lets you instantly export your Report Builder data into professional, client-ready Google Slides presentations. Designed for digital agencies and marketing teams, it transforms static reports into dynamic, visually engaging presentations that are easy to share, edit, and present, all within your Google Workspace environment. 👥 Who It's For - Digital Marketing Agencies: Effortlessly deliver polished monthly or quarterly performance decks to clients. - Enterprise Marketing Teams: Share data-driven performance summaries across departments in a clear, presentation-ready format. ✨ Key Highlights - Instant Google Slides Export: Convert any Report Builder report into a presentation-ready Google Slides deck in just one click. - Beautifully Formatted Visuals and KPIs: Automatically includes charts, performance data, and key metrics, formatted for professional delivery. - AI-Generated Insights: Add intelligent summaries and narrative context to help clients and stakeholders understand performance trends. - Easy Sharing via Google Workspace: Collaborate with teammates in real time, comment directly in Slides, and manage access through your Google Drive sharing settings. 💡 Why Use Report Presentation It streamlines your reporting workflow, turning complex data into compelling visual stories. Instead of sending static PDFs or spreadsheets, you can deliver insights in an engaging, presentation-ready format that drives real impact. 🚀 Get Started 🧭 Navigation Path Left Sidebar → Reports → Report Builder → Select a report (Executive Summary) → Click Create Presentation Your new deck will be automatically generated, ready to customize, present, and share. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🏆 How to Add & Edit Competitors in Topical Dominance

Topical Dominance measures how strongly your domain performs across specific topics compared to selected competitors. If competitors aren't configured correctly, your heatmaps, topic breakdowns, and dominance scores may appear incomplete or inaccurate. This guide explains how to add competitors, edit or remove competitors, fix common issues, and follow best practices for accurate comparisons. 📍 Where to Find Competitor Settings Inside the dashboard, go to Left Sidebar → Site Metrics → Topical Dominance. Topical Dominance navigation path Once inside, locate the Competitors panel, click Edit competitors, and the Add Competitors modal will open. ➕ How to Add Competitors Adding a competitor domain When the modal opens, enter a competitor's root domain (for example, domain.com), click Add competitors if adding multiple (up to 5 competitor domains), and click Analyze. You must add at least one competitor for analysis to run. Analyze button ✏️ How to Remove or Replace Competitors Inside the competitor modal, click the trash icon next to any domain to remove it, add a new domain, and click Analyze again to refresh the data. You can update competitors at any time without losing your project. 🔎 Common Symptoms and What They Mean Heatmap not loading — usually happens when too many competitors are added at once, or a domain is invalid or malformed. Topic Breakdown shows empty rows — often caused by no overlapping keyword universe, a country mismatch, or a recently added competitor still processing. Scores showing as 0 — may occur if the domain has low topical coverage, an incorrect region is selected, or the competitor is too unrelated. Data seems inconsistent — often caused by mixing subdomains and root domains, different country markets, or different business models. ⚙️ Recommended Setup (Best Practices) Use 3–5 competitors maximum, since adding too many domains can slow processing and dilute clarity. Use root domains only (for example, example.com — avoid paths like example.com/service-page or subdomains like blog.example.com). Keep the same country selected for all domains, and compare similar business types (dealership vs. dealership, SaaS vs. SaaS, local service vs. local service) rather than mixing fundamentally different models. 🚨 Important: This Is Not a Data Loss Issue If results appear blank or incomplete, this does not mean data is lost. Topical Dominance recalculates comparative topic clusters every time competitors change, and large comparative runs may temporarily affect visualization until processing completes. If needed, remove all competitors, add them back incrementally one at a time, and re-run the analysis. 📊 Understanding What Competitors Impact Competitors directly affect heatmap visualization, specific topic coverage, topic gap analysis, comparative dominance scores, and keyword overlap modeling. The more strategically chosen your competitors are, the more meaningful your insights become. 🎯 Strategic Tip Topical Dominance is most powerful when used to identify semantic gaps, discover undercovered topic clusters, prioritize content expansion, and benchmark authority growth over time. Choosing the right competitors turns this from a visual tool into a strategic roadmap. Your competitors define your comparison universe. If they're too broad, too different, or too many, your insights get diluted. If they're relevant, aligned, and strategically selected, Topical Dominance becomes one of the most powerful authority-mapping tools inside Search Atlas. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📘 How to Find “Explore Training Calls” in the Search Atlas Dashboard

If you’ve been directed to join Explore Training Calls but aren’t sure where to find it inside the Search Atlas dashboard, this guide shows the exact location and path to access it. This option is available from the main dashboard and opens the page where you can view and join live training sessions. 🧱 Navigation Path Explore Training Calls is NOT in the left sidebar. It is located via the Header apps-grid icon → More Features → Help → Explore Training Calls. 👁️ Visual Path (From What You See on Screen) Step 1 — Click the apps-grid icon in the header While on the main dashboard, look at the header and click the apps-grid icon to open the menu. Step 2 — Click More Features Inside the menu, click More Features to expand the panel with additional sections including: Help Step 3 — Look under the “Help” section Inside the dropdown panel, scroll slightly downward to the Help section. You will see an option labeled: 👉 Explore Training Calls It includes: - A small icon to the left - A short description underneath mentioning training calls and workshops Step 4 — Click “Explore Training Calls” Clicking this option opens a new page where you can: - View upcoming live onboarding sessions - Register for training calls - Join scheduled workshops 🔄 What If You Still Don’t See It? - Make sure you are clicking the apps-grid icon → More Features → Help, not the left navigation - The option will not appear inside: - OTTO SEO - Authority - Site Metrics - Any tool module If you prefer, you can access the same training sessions directly here: 👉 https://lu.ma/SearchAtlas 🎓 What Happens Next After clicking Explore Training Calls: - A new page opens with upcoming live sessions - You can view: - Session titles - Dates and times - Registration options ❓ FAQs ❓ I don’t see “Explore Training Calls”, is something wrong? No. Make sure you are opening the header apps-grid icon → More Features → Help in the dashboard, not the left sidebar. Click this button: ❓ Is this the same as 1:1 onboarding? No. These are live group training sessions, which are available when 1:1 onboarding slots are full. ❓ Do I need special access to join training calls? No. Training calls are available to all users. If you’re unable to book a 1:1 onboarding call, Explore Training Calls is the fastest way to get live guidance and continue your onboarding without delays.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Inside a Project: Dashboard & Metrics

The Project Dashboard gives you a detailed view of your social media activity within a specific project. From here, you can review publishing workflow counters (scheduled, pending, drafts, and total posts), manage content, and access key tools like the Media Library. Detailed social performance analytics such as reach, engagement, and impressions may live in other sections of the platform. This view centralizes everything you need to operate your social content workflow efficiently. 🔎 Step-by-Step Instructions Step 1: Open a Project Navigate to: Left Sidebar > Social > All Projects, then click the View button next to the desired project in the All Projects list. Step 2: Review Project Overview Metrics At the top of the dashboard, you will see: Tip: The metric tiles for Total Posts, Scheduled, Pending Posts, and Drafts are interactive — clicking the count opens the filtered list of posts for that status so you can review, edit, or take action on them. Note: The Channels tile and the Settings button behave differently — they open their respective configuration panels rather than a post list. Channels Displays a row of platform icons representing the connected social networks for this project (your supported social networks), along with a count of how many are connected. Clicking it opens the channel connection settings, where you can add or manage connected accounts. Note: You may notice platform icons appearing greyed out or showing as "not connected" in several places — including the dashboard header, the post list view (such as on hover), and other channel-icon displays — even when your accounts are properly connected. If posts are still publishing successfully, this is a known visual display issue and your connections are intact. This display inconsistency is a known issue and has been reported to our engineering team for resolution. No action is required on your end if posts are publishing correctly. See the ⚠️ Known Issue: Platform Icon Display Discrepancy callout below for full details. Contact support if publishing actually stops working. Total Posts Total number of posts created across all statuses within this project. This cumulative count gives you a quick sense of overall project activity and content volume. Click the count to view the complete list of posts. Scheduled Posts scheduled for future publishing. These will automatically be sent to their connected channels at the date and time set during scheduling. Click the count to review or reschedule any queued post before it goes live. Pending Posts Posts awaiting approval. Posts in Pending status require approval before they will be published or scheduled. Click the count to view the queue and approve or reject each post. Drafts Unpublished posts that have been saved but not yet submitted for approval or scheduled. Drafts remain available indefinitely so you can continue editing and do not count toward any publishing limit. Click the count to resume editing or move a draft into the approval/scheduling workflow. Settings The Settings button in the top-right of the dashboard header is separate from the metrics above. Click it to open Project Settings, where you can edit your project configuration — including project name, connected channels, notification preferences, and other project-level options. ⚠️ Known Issue: Platform Icon Display Discrepancy There is a confirmed visual/UI bug affecting how connected channel icons render in the Social Project Dashboard. Here is what to expect and how to verify your accounts are still working: - Where it appears: Platform icons can show as greyed out or labelled "not connected" in multiple places — including the dashboard header, the post list view (for example, when hovering over a post's channel icons), and other surfaces that display channel-icon badges. The bug is not limited to the dashboard header. - What it means: This is a known visual display issue and does not reflect your actual connection status. Your social accounts can be fully authorised and working even while the icons display as disconnected. - How to verify: Check whether your most recent scheduled posts are still being published to the connected platforms on time. If they are publishing successfully, your accounts are connected correctly and the icon display is simply a cosmetic bug. You can also confirm the underlying connection status in the channel connection settings. - Engineering status: Our engineering team has been notified and is actively investigating a fix. No action is required on your end if posts are publishing as expected. - When to contact support: If posts actually stop publishing — not just the icons appearing greyed out — contact our support team so we can investigate the underlying connection and assist with reconnecting the affected account.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🧠 Why Your Search Atlas Dashboard Looks Different

If your Search Atlas dashboard suddenly looks different, missing sections, or the screen is entirely taken over by Atlas Brain, don't worry, nothing is broken and nothing has been removed. 👀 What's happening This usually means Atlas Agent (the floating assistant accessible via its icon shown on every page) is open in full-screen mode. This can happen if you clicked the expand/maximize icon within the Atlas Brain panel, or if Atlas Brain launched in an expanded state automatically. When Atlas Brain is maximized, it temporarily covers: - The left navigation - Your avatar and account options - Other dashboard sections This can make it seem like the dashboard changed or that you can't access the main page. 🛠️ How to return to your normal dashboard 1. Look at the top-right corner of the Atlas Brain panel inside the Search Atlas interface (not the browser tab or window close button) 2. Find the X (close) icon on the Atlas Brain window 3. Click the X to exit full-screen mode Your standard Search Atlas dashboard will appear immediately. Note: if a separate minimize or collapse icon is visible alongside the X, use that to preserve your Atlas Brain session and conversation context — the X may close Atlas Brain entirely rather than simply exiting full-screen mode. If you are unsure which icon does what in your current view, hover over each to see its tooltip before clicking. ⚠️ If Atlas Brain is stuck loading or spinning If Atlas Brain appears frozen or shows a spinning loader for more than a few minutes, this is a separate technical issue and not the same as the full-screen display state described above. A known spinning issue in Website Studio was investigated and addressed, but if you are still experiencing this, please contact support with your account details so engineering can investigate further. In the meantime: - Wait briefly to confirm it isn't a temporary load delay - Try a hard refresh (Ctrl+Shift+R on Windows/Linux, or Cmd+Shift+R on Mac) - If the issue persists, please contact support — closing the window will not resolve a genuine stuck state 🔌 If Atlas Brain shows your CMS connector as disconnected If Atlas Brain shows your CMS connector as disconnected even though your WordPress plugin is active, this may be a display error. Your connection may actually be working correctly in the backend. Contact support to verify — do not disconnect and reconnect, as this may interrupt article syncing. 🆕 Recent Atlas Brain UI updates Note: If you see a new-looking Atlas Brain login or registration screen with a chat conversation visible in the background, this is an intentional recent design update — your account and data are unaffected. 🔎 Good to know - Nothing was updated, removed, or reset - The full-screen view is a display state, not a technical issue - No permissions or access were changed - You can reopen Atlas Brain anytime when you need it - If Atlas Brain reports an unexpected connection status (for example, a CMS connector showing as disconnected), the underlying connection may still be active — please contact support to verify before re-configuring your integrations - No data has been lost or changed — this is purely a display/navigation state ✨ In short: If the dashboard looks different, you're just viewing Atlas Brain in full screen. Close it to return to your usual layout—no extra troubleshooting required. If Atlas Brain is frozen or spinning, reach out to support.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 How to Connect Google Analytics to Your Client Projects

Many users complete the Google Analytics integration at the account level and assume each client project is connected automatically. In Search Atlas, these are two separate steps. The account-level integration authorizes Search Atlas to access your Google Analytics data. After that, you still need to connect a specific Google Analytics property to each client project so the right data flows into the right dashboard. This guide walks you through connecting Google Analytics to your client projects once your account-level integration is already complete. ✅ Before You Begin Make sure the following are true: - You have completed the Google Analytics integration in your account settings. - You used a Google account that has access to the Google Analytics property you want to connect. - You are using Google Analytics 4 (GA4), which is the supported version. - You have at least one client project created in your workspace. 🤔 Why the Connection Is Separate The account-level integration is a one-time authorization. It tells Search Atlas which Google account to pull data from. A single Google account can have access to many Google Analytics properties, so Search Atlas cannot know which property belongs to which client. The project-level connection lets you map the correct property to each client project individually. 🔗 Step-by-Step: Connect Google Analytics to a Client Project 1. Log in to your Search Atlas Home. 2. Open the client project you want to connect from your list of projects. 3. Go to the project's Settings or Integrations area. 4. Locate the Google Analytics option and select Connect. 5. Because your account-level integration is already complete, you will not be asked to sign in again. Instead, you will see a list of available Google Analytics properties. 6. Select the GA4 property that belongs to this client. 7. If prompted, choose the correct data stream or view associated with that property. 8. Click Save or Confirm to finish. Once saved, Search Atlas begins importing data for that property. Repeat these steps for each client project you manage. 🔍 How to Confirm the Connection Worked After connecting, verify the data is flowing correctly: - Return to the project dashboard and open a report that uses Google Analytics data, such as traffic or conversions. - Allow a short time for the first data sync to complete. - Check that the metrics match what you see in your Google Analytics account for the same date range. 🛠️ Troubleshooting I don't see any properties to select This usually means the Google account used for the integration does not have access to the property you expect. Confirm that the connected Google account has at least Viewer access to the property in Google Analytics. If you recently gained access, reconnect the integration so the new permissions are recognized. The wrong property is showing data Open the project's integration settings, disconnect the current property, and reconnect using the correct GA4 property. Double-check the property name and ID against your Google Analytics account. I only see Universal Analytics properties Search Atlas supports Google Analytics 4. If you only see older Universal Analytics properties, create or select a GA4 property in Google Analytics, then return and connect it. No data appears after connecting Allow time for the initial sync. If data still does not appear, confirm the property is actively collecting data in Google Analytics and that you selected the correct date range in your report. If the issue continues, disconnect and reconnect the property. I saw a success message, but the property still isn't connected In some cases the Connect step could display a success message without fully completing the link to the project. This was a known issue that has since been resolved. If you run into stale connection state, refresh the project details page and reconnect the GA4 property so the connection registers correctly. The project still shows Google Analytics as "Not Connected" after I updated the property Previously, updating a GA4 property was not always reflected on the project details page, which could continue to show Google Analytics as not connected. This has been fixed. If the status still looks out of date, refresh the project details page so the updated property and connection state appear. ⚡ Connecting Multiple Projects Efficiently If you manage many client projects, connect each one individually using the steps above. The account-level integration only needs to be done once, so for every new project you simply select the matching property. Keeping a record of which Google Analytics property maps to each client makes this faster and reduces the risk of connecting the wrong data. 💬 Need More Help? If you have followed these steps and still cannot connect Google Analytics to a client project, reach out to our support team with the project name and the Google Analytics property you are trying to connect. Including these details helps us resolve your request quickly. Additional Notes Common Issues: If GA option is greyed out/missing, the account-level integration isn't complete yet. If the correct GA4 property doesn't appear in the dropdown, confirm the Google account used has access to that property. Also notes that once saved, Search Atlas pulls sessions, users, and traffic trends into the project dashboard.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

[UI Map] Content

Content Navigation path: Left sidebar → Content → Content Genius URL pattern: /content/seo-content-assistant Content Genius is an AI-powered SEO content creation hub where users can brief an AI agent to generate optimized articles, manage a backlog of articles, track their status, and publish via CMS sync. Primary actions: - Generate - Write with AI in Bulk - Write it yourself - Write an article - Rework existing article - Restore article - View CMS sync status - Edit assignee - Edit due date - Header (apps-grid icon) → More Features → Help → Explore Training Calls - Quotas Key UI elements: - Article brief text area - Target keywords input (tag-based) - Article language combobox - Brand Vault combobox - Article length combobox - Article type combobox - Articles table with pagination (994 articles, 10/page) - Article source and Filters chips - Search by article titles or keywords input - Backlog notice banner (152 Not begun vs 11 published) - Training sessions banner - Article status dialog (Not begun, In progress, Needs review, Complete, Archive, Failed) - Pagination controls (100 pages) Sub-pages - Content Genius — Navigation path: Left sidebar → Content → Content Genius (URL: /content/seo-content-assistant) — Content Genius is an AI-powered SEO content creation hub where users can brief an AI agent to generate optimized articles, manage a backlog of articles, track their status, and publish via CMS sync. — Actions: Generate, Write with AI in Bulk, Write it yourself, Write an article, Rework existing article, Restore article, View CMS sync status, Edit assignee, Edit due date, Explore Training Calls, Quotas - tim hortons catering coffee — Navigation path: Left sidebar → Content → Onpage Audit (Onpage Audit) → keywords row: tim hortons catering coffee,tim hortons nutrition guide,tim hortons franchise in usa → View Audit — Shows the on-page audit results for the keyword 'tim hortons catering coffee', including competitor comparison, content score, page structure analysis, topical terms, backlinks, and inlinks. — Actions: Generate Report, Share, Mark as Done, Optimize Content, View Issues, View Schema.org for all SERPs, Export - tim hortons nutrition guide — Navigation path: Left sidebar → Content → Onpage Audit (Onpage Audit) → keywords row: tim hortons catering coffee,tim hortons nutrition guide,tim hortons franchise in usa → View Audit — Shows the on-page audit results for the keyword 'tim hortons nutrition guide', including competitor comparison, content score, page structure analysis, topical terms, backlinks, and inlinks. — Actions: Generate Report, Share, Mark as Done, Optimize Content, View Issues, View Schema.org for all SERPs, Export - tim hortons franchise in usa — Navigation path: Left sidebar → Content → Onpage Audit (Onpage Audit) → keywords row: tim hortons catering coffee,tim hortons nutrition guide,tim hortons franchise in usa → View Audit — Shows the on-page audit results for the keyword 'tim hortons franchise in usa', including competitor comparison, content score, page structure analysis, topical terms, backlinks, and inlinks. — Actions: Generate Report, Share, Mark as Done, Optimize Content, View Issues, View Schema.org for all SERPs, Export - Topical Terms — Navigation path: Left sidebar → Content → Onpage Audit → Topical Terms tab — Lists topical terms extracted from top-ranking competitors with usage counts and monthly search volume to guide content optimization. — Actions: Export, Previous Page, Next Page - Questions — Navigation path: Left sidebar → Content → Onpage Audit → Questions tab — Lists question-type topical terms found among competing pages to guide content optimization with FAQ-style coverage. — Actions: Export, Previous Page, Next Page - Onpage Audit — Navigation path: Left sidebar → Content → Onpage Audit (URL: /content/onpage-audit) — Analyzes on-page SEO factors for a target URL by comparing content scores, topical terms, backlinks, and technical elements against top-ranking SERP competitors. — Actions: Generate Report, Share, Mark as Done, Optimize Content, View Issues, View Schema.org for all SERPs, Export - Topical Maps — Navigation path: Left sidebar → Content → Topical Maps (page title: "Topical Map") (URL: /content/topical-maps) — AI Topical Map generator that automatically creates detailed visual representations of related topics to help identify key content areas and optimize SEO strategy. — Actions: View Topical Map - Content Planner — Navigation path: Left sidebar → Content → Content Planner (page shows 'View Topics' tabs and pagination only) (URL: /content/content-planner) — Create editorial calendars for SEO content strategy by generating keyword clusters, simplifying keyword targeting, and planning content topics with an easy-to-use tool. — Actions: View Topics - Scholar — Navigation path: Left sidebar → Content → Scholar (URL: /content/semantic-grader) — Analyzes a page's content through advanced semantic metrics — evaluating relevance, structure, and depth around a targeted keyword — to deliver actionable insights for optimizing clarity, engagement, and search performance. — Actions: Analyze page, Search, + More filters, Previous Page, Next Page - Meta Generator — Navigation path: Left sidebar → Content → Meta Generator (URL: /content/metatags-generator) — Generate SEO-friendly meta tags for landing pages using AI, with support for single and bulk generation based on company info, page URL, title, and target keywords. — Actions: Meta Generator, Bulk Meta Generator, Generate Ideas - AI Content Templates — Navigation path: Left sidebar → Content → AI Content Templates (URL: /content/ai-content-generator) — A library of AI-powered writing templates covering dozens of content types — from blog posts and ads to social media and SEO meta tags — that users can browse, filter, and launch to generate copy quickly. — Actions: Try this template, AI Settings, Explore Training Calls, Quotas - Content Rewriting — Navigation path: Left sidebar → Content → Content Rewriting (URL: /content/rewriting-tool) — A quick tool that rewrites typed or pasted text into unique paragraphs for blogs, articles, essays, or other writing, with customizable tone, language, and point of view settings. — Actions: Rewrite Content, Import from file, AI Settings, Update, Cancel, Explore Training Calls, Close banner - 201127 — Navigation path: Left sidebar → Content → Content Planner → 201127 (URL: /content/content-planner/201127) — Displays keyword clusters and topic ideas for a specific Content Planner project, allowing users to browse relevant keyword groups by MSV and difficulty and create articles from them. — Actions: Settings, Share, Export, Refetch, + Create articles, Create article, Search intent, Keywords, KD, MSV, Is Starred, Previous Page, Next Page, Explore Training Calls, Close banner Auto-generated by SA UI Mapper. Last updated: 2026-09-18.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Frequently Asked Questions — Report Builder & Analytics

Report Builder lets you create branded SEO performance reports for clients and internal stakeholders. Site Explorer provides competitive analysis and backlink data. This article covers the most common questions about reporting and analytics in Search Atlas. What can I build with Report Builder? Report Builder produces custom PDF reports combining data from across your Search Atlas projects — keyword rankings, GSC performance, site audit results, backlink metrics, local heatmaps, GBP stats, and competitor comparisons. Reports can be white-labeled with your agency logo, scheduled to auto-deliver to clients by email, and shared via a live link. How do I connect Google Search Console to my reports? Connect GSC from Settings → Integrations → Google Search Console. Follow the OAuth flow, select your GSC property, and the connection is active. ✅ Once connected, GSC data (keyword performance, pages, clicks, impressions) appears as an available data module in Report Builder. Why does GA4 show as connected but no data is loading? If GA4 appears connected in your settings but the report is empty or shows errors, the connection credentials may have expired or become stale without the dashboard reflecting it. Try: (1) disconnecting and reconnecting GA4, (2) re-authorizing the Google account that has GA4 property access, (3) contacting support with your report URL — they can check whether your credentials are valid in the backend. Why are images missing from my downloaded report PDF? ⚠️ Image loading in exported PDFs can fail if the report was exported before all data widgets finished loading. Wait for the full report to render in your browser (all charts showing data), then export again. If images from a specific widget are consistently missing, contact support with the report ID. Why are icons or tooltips cut off in my exported GSC performance document? This is a known rendering issue in some export templates where UI elements clip at the edge of the export canvas. Use the standard export format (not landscape) and ensure your browser zoom is at 100% when triggering the export. If the issue persists, contact support with a screenshot — the report template may need an update. What is Site Explorer? Site Explorer is Search Atlas's competitive analysis tool. Enter any domain to see its organic keyword rankings, estimated organic traffic, backlink profile, top pages by traffic, and competitor overlap. It's useful for identifying competitor content gaps and link building opportunities. Access it from Site Metrics → Site Explorer in the left sidebar. Why do I get a "this page belongs to a different domain" error when downloading backlinks? This error occurs when the domain in your download request doesn't match the domain in the platform's context for that request. Try re-entering the domain in Site Explorer's search field and initiating a fresh export rather than refreshing an old one. If the error persists, contact support with the exact domain you're analyzing. How do I schedule reports to auto-send to clients? In Report Builder, open any report and go to Reports → Report Builder → Automated email reports (EMAIL REPORTS column). Set the frequency (weekly, monthly), choose the delivery day and time, and enter the recipient email address. Reports are sent as PDF attachments. ✅ Make sure your agency logo and branding settings are configured in Agency Hub before scheduling reports for white-labeled clients. Can clients receive white-labeled reports without Search Atlas branding? Yes. When hide_watermark is enabled in the client's Agency Hub settings and your logo is configured in Branding, exported and scheduled reports show your agency's branding. ⚠️ If Search Atlas branding still appears in client reports, check that the watermark toggle is enabled for that specific sub-account in Agency Hub → Customers. What is the difference between Site Explorer's traffic data and Google Search Console? Site Explorer uses estimated traffic models based on keyword rankings and CTR curves. GSC shows actual traffic from real Google users. They will differ — use Site Explorer for competitive benchmarking (GSC doesn't show competitor data) and GSC for accurate real-user traffic analysis of your own properties. 💡 Tip: Use both together: Site Explorer for understanding competitors, GSC for validating your own traffic trends. How do I use Report Builder for GBP/local clients? Add the Local SEO module to your report to include GBP profile data, heatmap scores, review stats, and post activity. Local heatmaps can be embedded directly as visual components in the report. If the local module isn't visible in your Report Builder, your plan may not include it — contact support to confirm. GA4 shows as connected in Report Builder but my data isn't loading. What's wrong? A "connected" status with no data typically means the OAuth token for your Google account expired or was revoked — this happens automatically after extended inactivity or when Google account permissions are changed. To fix: (1) Go to Settings → Integrations → Google Analytics 4 and disconnect GA4. (2) Reconnect by going through the OAuth flow and selecting the correct GA4 property. (3) Return to Report Builder and verify data loads. 💡 If data still doesn't appear after reconnecting, check that the GA4 property has data for the date range you're viewing — a recently created property may have limited historical data. Images are missing from my downloaded Report Builder documents. What should I do? Wait for all data widgets on the report page to fully finish loading before triggering the export — downloading while widgets are still rendering produces documents with missing images or blank sections. ⚠️ If the issue persists after waiting: (1) try a different browser (Chrome recommended), (2) disable browser extensions — ad blockers can intercept download requests, (3) if specific widget types consistently fail to appear in exports, contact support with the report URL and a description of which sections are missing.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

How the Portfolio Health Score is Calculated

Overview The Portfolio Health Score provides a single, central measure of portfolio performance across all accounts in Search Atlas. This article explains exactly how the score is calculated, how accounts are categorized, and which data sources drive the results. 1. Portfolio Health Score Formula The Portfolio Health Score is a weighted average that reflects the overall status of your portfolio on a 0–100 scale. Formula: Health Score = (High Performer share × 100) + (Stable share × 50) + (At Risk share × 0) Each share is the decimal proportion of accounts in that category (a value between 0 and 1). For example, with 50 accounts (30 High Performer, 15 Stable, 5 At Risk): (0.60 × 100) + (0.30 × 50) + (0.10 × 0) = 75. Outputs - Central health score (0–100) - Percentage change (positive or negative) compared to the previous period 2. Account Categorization Accounts are sorted into three groups based on week-over-week (WoW) changes in their Health Score. Thresholds are applied so that every account falls into exactly one category. Biggest Wins - Accounts with a WoW change of ≥ +5% in Health Score - The top 5 accounts by WoW gain are highlighted individually - Any additional qualifying accounts are grouped under “+X more” Stable - Accounts with a WoW change greater than −2% and less than +5% - Small natural fluctuations are considered stable At Risk - Accounts with a WoW change of ≤ −2% in Health Score - Top 5 riskiest accounts highlighted; others grouped under “+X more” 3. Update Frequency All categorization and health score calculations are updated daily (every 24 hours). To pull the latest data on demand, click the Refresh Data button in the top-right corner of the Portfolio Health dashboard. 4. Secondary Metrics (Per Account) Each account includes a secondary data line that shows source attribution. Examples include: - GA4: Total Users - GSC: Clicks - GBP: Calls or Impressions - KRT: Keywords in Top 10 - GBP: Average Rank The system clearly labels which source each number is derived from, so you can tell at a glance whether an account’s signal is coming from analytics, search performance, business profile activity, or rank tracking. 5. Categorization Data Source Priority To decide which metric drives categorization, the system follows this order of preference: 1. GA4 – Total Users 2. GSC – Clicks 3. GBP – Impressions 4. KRT – Keywords in Top 10 5. GBP – Average Rank Fallback: If none of the above are available, the account is placed in the At Risk category. 6. Value Score The Value Score is a separate metric that appears on the same Portfolio dashboard. It is calculated and displayed independently of the Portfolio Health Score and is intended to help you compare account value alongside account health. For the detailed Value Score calculation and how to interpret it, refer to the dedicated Value Score documentation. 7. Comp Score The Comp Score column is now live on the Portfolio dashboard. It surfaces a competitive performance indicator next to each account so you can review it in the same view as the Health Score. For the full Comp Score definition and methodology, refer to the dedicated Comp Score article. Summary The Portfolio Health Score combines weighted performance categories, WoW change thresholds, and a clear hierarchy of data sources to give agencies a reliable single-number view of portfolio health. Reviewing it alongside the Value Score and Comp Score on the same dashboard gives you a fuller picture of performance, value, and competitiveness for every account.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

How to Create & Export SEO Reports as PDFs, PNGs, and CSVs in Search Atlas

📄 How to Create & Export SEO Reports as PDFs, PNGs, and CSVs in Search Atlas Search Atlas supports several report formats designed to fit different client delivery needs. Whether you need a quick visual snapshot, raw data for analysis, or a polished PDF to share with a client, this guide walks you through each workflow step by step. 📦 Supported Report Formats ✅ PNG snapshots — visual captures of your dashboards, ideal for embedding in documents or presentations. ✅ CSV exports — raw data files suited for custom analysis or further manipulation in spreadsheet tools. ✅ PDF reports — polished, client-ready documents assembled from the steps below. ✅ White-label PDF reports — branded versions of reports for professional client-facing deliverables. ✅ Shareable report links — live links you can send directly to clients without downloading a file. ⚠️ Known Issue: Classic Report Builder Loading Problem Before you begin, be aware of a known bug affecting the Classic Report Builder. The builder may hang, display an infinite loading spinner, or crash Chrome due to a race condition (known issue RB-1273). 💡 Workaround: If this happens, do not navigate to the report from within the app. Instead, reload the report URL directly in a new browser tab. This bypasses the race condition and allows the report to load correctly. 🖼️ Step 1 — Create SEO Reports with GSC Insights GSC Insights is the starting point for generating visual report content inside Search Atlas. 1️⃣ Navigate to GSC Insights in your Search Atlas dashboard. 2️⃣ Click Export to PNG to capture a visual snapshot of the data. 3️⃣ Insert the exported image into a Word Doc, Google Doc, or PowerPoint as needed for your report format. 💡 PNG exports are especially useful for quickly illustrating trends and sharing visual proof of progress with clients who prefer simple, image-based updates. 📋 Step 2 — Create a PDF Report from a PNG Export Once you have exported your dashboard as a PNG, you can convert it into a clean PDF document using Google Docs — no additional software required. 1️⃣ Export your dashboard to PNG using the method above. 2️⃣ Open Google Docs and create a New Blank Document. 3️⃣ Go to Insert → Image → Upload from Computer and select your PNG file. 4️⃣ Crop and resize the image as needed to fit your report layout. 5️⃣ Go to File → Download → PDF Document (.pdf) to save the finished report. 💡 You can add text, headings, and commentary around the image in Google Docs before downloading — turning a simple screenshot into a fully contextualized client report. 📊 Step 3 — Convert a CSV Export to PDF For reports built around raw data, the CSV-to-PDF workflow gives you full control over formatting and presentation. 1️⃣ Inside Search Atlas, click Export on the relevant data view (or Download .CSV in Report Builder). 2️⃣ Upload the CSV file to Google Drive and open it with Google Sheets. 3️⃣ Format the data as needed — apply sorting, filtering, or highlighting to make key metrics stand out. 4️⃣ Go to File → Download → PDF Document (.pdf) to export the finished sheet as a PDF. 💡 Google Sheets allows you to set a custom print area before downloading, so you can ensure only the most relevant data appears in the final PDF — keeping reports clean and focused. 🔗 White-Label Reports & Shareable Links For agencies delivering client-facing reports, Search Atlas also supports white-label PDF reports and shareable report links. These allow you to present branded, professional deliverables without exposing your internal toolset. ⚠️ Be aware of known limitations with shared Local SEO report links — location labels may display as generic placeholders rather than actual location names. Check the Local SEO reporting documentation for the latest workaround guidance before sharing these links with clients.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

How to View Site Metric Data in Site Explorer

Site Explorer is Search Atlas's domain intelligence tool. It lets you analyze organic, paid, and backlink metrics for any domain — your own or a competitor's. This article explains how to access those metrics and what each data point covers. 📋 What Site Explorer Shows The Overview panel surfaces the following top-level metrics for any domain: - Organic keyword count — number of keywords the domain ranks for in organic search - Estimated organic traffic — projected monthly visits driven by organic rankings - Paid keyword count — number of keywords the domain is bidding on in paid search - Estimated paid traffic — projected monthly visits from paid (PPC) search campaigns - Backlinks count — total inbound links pointing to the domain - Referring domains count — unique domains linking to the site - Domain Authority — a composite score reflecting the domain's link strength - Position distribution — ranking breakdown across buckets: 1–3, 4–10, 11–20, 21–50, and 51–100 Historical trend data for traffic, keywords, and backlinks is available for up to 12 months. 🔍 How to View Site Metrics 1. Log in to your Search Atlas dashboard and go to Site Explorer (Left sidebar → Site Metrics). 2. Enter the domain you want to analyze in the search bar and press Enter. 3. Open an existing project for that domain or create a new one. 4. The Overview panel loads automatically with top-level metrics displayed at the top of the page. 5. Use the tabs below the overview to explore deeper data: Organic Keywords, Top Pages, Competitors, Position Changes, Subdomains, Backlinks, Referring Domains, Anchor Text, Outgoing Links, Intent Distribution, Trends, and SERP Features. ⚠️ Things to Keep in Mind - Site Explorer works on any domain, not only your own. You can freely use it for competitor research. - Organic keyword counts can appear higher than expected because the same keyword ranking across multiple URLs is tracked per URL before being merged. When reviewing large keyword sets, use the Prev / Next Page pagination controls (Site Explorer → Keywords) rather than relying on the total count display. - Metrics are based on periodic index updates, not real-time data. Expect a typical lag of days to weeks between changes going live and appearing in Site Explorer. - If the Overview panel appears blank or is missing its organic research, paid research, or backlinks sections while data is still visible in the individual tabs below, reload the page. This was a known display issue that has since been resolved. - If you want to track specific target keywords over time, use Rank Tracker (Left sidebar → Keywords → Rank Tracker) — that is a separate tool designed for ongoing keyword monitoring. - Crawl health and indexed page data are available under the Indexed Pages tab, which is separate from organic ranking pages. - Site Explorer metrics can be included in client-facing reports using the Report Builder tool. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🔍 Choosing Site Auditor vs Site Metrics for Proposals

🎯 Overview When building a client proposal, Search Atlas gives you two powerful tools: Site Auditor and Site Metrics. These tools are not alternatives — they are complementary, and the strongest proposals use both. This article explains what each tool does, when to use it, and how to combine them into a complete proposal workflow. 🛠️ What Each Tool Does Site Auditor performs a deep technical crawl of a domain. It surfaces on-page errors, broken links, crawlability issues, duplicate content, missing metadata, and other technical SEO problems. Use Site Auditor when you need to show a client exactly what is wrong with their site and why it is holding back organic performance. Site Metrics provides high-level competitive and keyword intelligence for any domain. Navigate to it via Left sidebar → Site Metrics. It shows estimated organic traffic, keyword rankings, backlink data, and visibility trends. Use Site Metrics when you need to demonstrate a site's current market position, benchmark it against competitors, and identify keyword opportunities. 🧭 Which Tool Should You Start With? Use this simple decision guide to choose your starting point: - Need to show technical problems and quick wins? Start with Site Auditor. It is best for prospects who ask why their rankings have dropped or why their site is underperforming. - Need to show market opportunity and growth potential? Start with Site Metrics. It is best for prospects who want to understand where they stand versus competitors before committing to SEO. - Building a full proposal? Use both. Site Auditor provides the problem diagnosis; Site Metrics provides the opportunity context. Together they give the client a complete picture. 📋 Recommended Proposal Workflow 1. Run a Site Metrics snapshot first. Go to Left sidebar → Site Metrics and enter the client's domain. Review their estimated organic traffic, top-ranking keywords, and visibility score. This gives you the performance baseline for your proposal narrative. 2. Explore keyword gaps and ranking opportunities. From Site Metrics, navigate to Left sidebar → Site Metrics → Keyword Gap to compare the client's keyword coverage against competitors. Navigate to Left sidebar → Keywords → Keyword Magic to identify high-value keyword targets. Use these findings to frame the growth opportunity section of your proposal. 3. Run a full Site Auditor crawl. Enter the client's domain in Site Auditor and start a full audit. Once complete, review the issues by severity. Focus on critical and high-priority issues for your proposal, as these represent the fastest wins and clearest justification for your engagement. 4. Export both reports. Download the Site Auditor report and the Site Metrics overview. These documents form the evidence base of your proposal — one showing what is broken, one showing what is possible. 5. Build your proposal narrative. Lead with the Site Metrics data to establish stakes (this is where you are now and where competitors are). Follow with Site Auditor findings to establish urgency (these are the issues preventing growth). Close with your recommended action plan. 📊 Quick Reference: Tool Comparison - Site Auditor — Technical crawl, on-page errors, site health score, crawlability issues, metadata gaps. Best for: diagnosing problems. - Site Metrics — Organic traffic estimates, keyword rankings, backlink overview, competitor benchmarking, keyword gap analysis. Best for: showing opportunity and market position. - Keywords → Rank Tracker (Keyword Rank Tracker) — Track keyword position changes over time. Best for: demonstrating progress in ongoing client relationships or showing a prospect their ranking trends. 💡 Tips for Stronger Proposals - Always pull Site Metrics data for at least two or three competitors alongside the client's domain. Side-by-side comparisons make the opportunity gap immediately visible to decision-makers. - In Site Auditor, prioritise issues flagged as Critical in your proposal. Avoid overwhelming prospects with every minor warning — focus on what has the highest business impact. - If a prospect's domain is brand new or has very low traffic, Site Metrics data may be limited. In this case, lead with a competitor analysis using Site Metrics and use Site Auditor to demonstrate the technical foundation needed before any rankings are possible. 🤝 Need Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📋 Data Aggregator Citations: Visibility, Timeline & Access

📌 What Are Data Aggregator & Network Submissions? When you purchase the Data Aggregator & Network Submissions service, Search Atlas submits your business information to major data aggregators — large data networks that distribute your business details to hundreds of downstream directories, apps, and platforms automatically. This is different from direct, one-to-one citation submissions. Instead of building each listing individually, your information is pushed to a small number of aggregator hubs, which then syndicate your data across their entire partner networks. This is why the number of citations visible in your dashboard early on may appear low — the bulk of listings are created externally by the aggregators themselves over time. 🔢 How Many Citations Should I Expect? Seeing only 7 citations in your dashboard shortly after purchase is completely normal and does not mean something went wrong. Here is what actually happens: - Initial dashboard entries: Search Atlas logs the direct submissions made to the primary aggregator networks. This typically results in a small number of entries visible in your dashboard right away — often fewer than 10. - Downstream distribution: Each aggregator then syndicates your business data to hundreds of partner sites and directories within their network. These downstream listings are created independently by the aggregators and are not individually logged back into your Search Atlas dashboard. - Total reach: The full citation footprint across aggregator partner networks can reach hundreds of platforms. The 7 (or similar small number) you see in your dashboard represents the aggregator-level submissions, not the total number of listings that will exist across the web. ⏱️ What Is the Delivery Timeline? Citation delivery is not instant. Aggregators process and distribute business data on their own schedules. Here is a general timeline to set expectations: - 0–7 days: Your submission is accepted by the primary data aggregators and the initial dashboard entries are created. - 2–6 weeks: Aggregators begin distributing your data to their downstream partner networks. New listings start appearing across directories and apps. - 6–12 weeks: The majority of downstream citations are live. Some niche or slower-updating platforms may take longer. - Ongoing: Aggregators continue to push your data to new partners they add to their networks over time. If you are within the first few weeks of your purchase, your citation footprint is still actively growing. Checking back after 6–8 weeks will give you a much more accurate picture of your full reach. 👁️ How Do I View My Citations in Search Atlas? To see the citations that have been submitted and tracked within the platform, follow these steps: 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. Navigate to Local → Local Citations from the main dashboard. 3. Select your business location to view its citation data. 4. Review the listed citations, which reflect the direct aggregator-level submissions logged for your business. Keep in mind that downstream citations distributed by aggregators to their partner networks may not all appear here — this does not mean they do not exist. The dashboard reflects the submissions Search Atlas directly tracks. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🔍 Monitor Zero-Click SEO With Search Atlas

🌐 What Is Zero-Click SEO and Why Does It Matter? Zero-click searches happen when Google answers a query directly on the results page — through featured snippets, knowledge panels, People Also Ask boxes, or AI Overviews — so the user never clicks through to a website. As zero-click results grow, organic click-through rates can drop even when your rankings stay the same. Monitoring your visibility beyond traditional rankings is now essential for understanding your true SEO performance. 🛠️ Search Atlas Tools That Address Zero-Click SEO Search Atlas includes several tools that give you the data you need to stay ahead of zero-click trends. Here is how each one helps: 📊 Rank Tracker — Monitor SERP Feature Ownership The Rank Tracker does more than record your keyword positions. It shows you which SERP features are present for each keyword and whether your site owns them. Use it to: - Identify keywords where a featured snippet or People Also Ask box is replacing organic clicks. - Track whether your content wins or loses SERP feature real estate over time. - Prioritise keywords where earning the snippet could recover lost visibility. To access it, go to Left sidebar → Keywords → Rank Tracker (Keyword Rank Tracker). Add your target keywords and enable SERP feature tracking in the column settings. 🔎 Site Explorer — Understand Organic Traffic Trends Site Explorer gives you a top-level view of any domain's estimated organic traffic and keyword portfolio. In a zero-click environment, a site can hold strong rankings but see traffic decline. Use Site Explorer to: - Compare your keyword count vs. estimated traffic — a widening gap can signal growing zero-click impact on your niche. - Analyse competitor domains to see whether their traffic trends mirror yours, confirming a market-wide shift rather than a site-specific issue. - Use the SEO metric range filters (Domain Rating, Domain Authority, Trust Flow, spam score, backlinks) when researching competitor domains to benchmark against peers at a similar authority level. To access it, go to Left sidebar → Site Metrics (Site Explorer) and enter any domain. 💡 Content Genius — Optimise for Featured Snippets Winning a featured snippet is one of the most effective ways to reclaim visibility in a zero-click world. Content Genius helps you structure and optimise content so Google is more likely to surface it as the direct answer. Use it to: - Get real-time content recommendations that align with how Google formats snippet answers (concise definitions, numbered steps, tables). - Ensure your pages include the semantic entities and question-based headings that trigger snippet selection. - Audit existing pages that rank in positions 1–5 but do not own the snippet, and identify gaps to close. To access it, go to Left sidebar → Content Genius and open any content brief or editor. 🤖 OTTO SEO (OTTO) — Automate On-Page Fixes at Scale OTTO, the OTTO SEO automation agent, can push on-page optimisations — including schema markup, FAQ sections, and meta updates — that improve your chances of appearing in SERP features. Use OTTO to: - Deploy FAQ and How-To schema across multiple pages in bulk, making your content eligible for rich results. - Apply content structure improvements recommended by Content Genius without manual editing. - Monitor and re-optimise pages automatically when SERP conditions change. To access it, go to Left sidebar → OTTO SEO → All Sites (SEO Automation). 🔗 Backlink Analyzer — Protect Authority in a Competitive SERP Strong backlink authority increases the likelihood that Google selects your content for featured snippets and other SERP features over lower-authority competitors. Use the Backlink Analyzer to: - Monitor your link profile health so your domain authority supports snippet eligibility. - Identify and disavow toxic links that could suppress your SERP feature wins. To access it, go to Top-right header (apps-grid icon) → More Features → Backlinks (Backlink Research). ✅ Recommended Zero-Click Monitoring Workflow 1. Open Rank Tracker and review SERP features for your top keywords weekly. 2. Use Site Explorer monthly to compare your traffic trend against your keyword count trend. 3. Run targeted pages through Content Genius to optimise for snippet formats. 4. Deploy schema and structural fixes via OTTO (OTTO SEO). 5. Check Backlinks regularly to maintain the authority that supports SERP feature wins. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🛠️ Customize Report Builder Columns and Layouts

🔍 Overview Report Builder in Search Atlas lets you create fully customized SEO reports for your clients. While prebuilt layouts give you a great starting point, you are not locked into their default structure. You can remove columns, add new ones, and rearrange sections to match exactly what your clients need to see. 🗺️ How to Access Report Builder To get started, navigate to Report Builder using the left sidebar: 1. Click Reports in the left sidebar. 2. You will land on your projects list at /report-builder/projects-list. 3. Open an existing report project or create a new one. 📋 Understanding Prebuilt Layouts Prebuilt layouts are templates provided by Search Atlas to help you get reports up and running quickly. They come with a default set of columns and data widgets already configured. These layouts are not locked — every element inside a prebuilt layout can be edited, removed, or replaced to suit your reporting needs. ✏️ How to Remove Columns from a Prebuilt Layout Follow these steps to remove columns you do not need: 1. Open the report project you want to edit. 2. Enter the report editor by clicking on the relevant report page or section. 3. Hover over the column or data element you want to remove. An edit toolbar will appear. 4. Click the Remove or Delete icon (trash can) shown on the element. 5. Confirm the removal if prompted. 6. Repeat for any additional columns you want to remove. 7. Save your changes before exiting the editor. Removing a column from a prebuilt layout only affects that specific report. It does not alter the original template or any other reports using the same layout. ➕ How to Add or Replace Columns If you want to swap out a removed column for something more relevant, you can add new data elements at any time: 1. Inside the report editor, click the Add Element or + Add Block button in the section where you want the new column. 2. Browse the available data widgets and column types. 3. Select the metric or data source you want to display. 4. Drag it into position or use the layout controls to place it correctly. 5. Save your report when done. 🔄 How to Rearrange Layout Elements You can also reorder columns and sections within your report without removing them: - Hover over any element to reveal the drag handle (a grid or move icon). - Click and drag the element to its new position within the report. - Release to drop it into place. - Save your changes. 💡 Tips for a Clean, Client-Ready Report - Less is more: Remove columns that contain data your client does not track or care about — this keeps reports focused and easy to read. - Save as a custom template: Once you have perfected your column layout, save the report as a reusable template so you do not have to rebuild it for each client. - Preview before sending: Use the preview function to check how the final report looks before sharing it with a client. - Prebuilt layouts are a starting point: Think of them as editable drafts, not fixed documents. 🆘 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Understanding GA4 'Other' Traffic Category Explained

🔍 What Is the 'Other' Traffic Category in GA4? In Google Analytics 4 (GA4), the 'Other' channel group is a catch-all bucket. It captures sessions that GA4 cannot confidently assign to a standard channel such as Organic Search, Direct, Referral, Paid Search, or Social. If your report shows a high 'Other' count — for example, 467 sessions — it usually signals a tagging or configuration issue worth investigating. 📋 What Traffic Ends Up in 'Other'? GA4 places sessions into 'Other' when one or more of the following conditions apply: - Missing or mismatched UTM parameters: Campaigns using UTM tags that do not align with GA4's default channel definitions land in 'Other'. - Unrecognised traffic sources: Referral domains, apps, or platforms that GA4 does not recognise as a known channel group. - Custom channel groups not yet configured: If you have not set up custom channel groups in GA4, niche traffic sources default to 'Other'. - Self-referral traffic: Your own domain referring back to itself due to missing cross-domain tracking or incorrect exclusion rules. - Dark social and in-app browsers: Links shared in messaging apps (WhatsApp, Slack, email clients) often strip referrer data, causing GA4 to misclassify the session. - GA4 connection or permission issues: An interrupted or incorrectly permissioned GA4 connection can cause data to surface under unexpected labels. ⚠️ Why Is My 'Other' Count So High? A spike in 'Other' traffic — such as 467 sessions in a single reporting period — is rarely random. Common causes include: 1. Recent campaign launch without proper UTM tagging: Any campaign link missing a recognised utm_medium or utm_source value will default to 'Other'. 2. Third-party integrations sending untagged traffic: Email platforms, CRMs, or marketing automation tools that do not append UTMs automatically. 3. GA4 property misconfiguration: Incorrect data stream setup, missing filters, or a recently reconnected GA4 account can temporarily inflate 'Other'. 4. Bot or low-quality traffic: Some automated traffic bypasses standard referral data. 🛠️ How to Diagnose the Problem Follow these steps to identify the source of your 'Other' traffic: 1. Open GA4 and navigate to Reports → Acquisition → Traffic Acquisition. 2. Set your primary dimension to Session default channel group, then add Session source / medium as a secondary dimension. 3. Filter the table to show only the Other channel group. The source/medium column will reveal which specific sources are being miscategorised. 4. Cross-reference those sources against your active campaigns to confirm whether UTM parameters are present and correctly formatted. 5. Check your GA4 data stream settings for self-referral exclusions and cross-domain tracking if your site spans multiple subdomains or domains. ✅ How to Fix and Reduce 'Other' Traffic - Add UTM parameters to all campaign links. Use GA4-recognised values: utm_medium should match terms like email, cpc, social, or organic. - Exclude your own domain from referrals. In GA4, go to Admin → Data Streams → Configure tag settings → List unwanted referrals and add your domain. - Set up cross-domain tracking if visitors move between multiple domains you own. - Create custom channel groups in GA4 (Admin → Channel groups) to capture niche sources that do not fit default definitions. - Audit third-party tools such as email platforms and CRMs to ensure they append UTMs automatically before sending traffic. - Reconnect your GA4 integration inside Search Atlas via Top-right corner (avatar) → Settings → Integrations if you have recently changed GA4 property permissions or switched Google accounts, as a stale connection can affect how data is reported. 📊 Viewing Traffic Data in Search Atlas Search Atlas pulls GA4 data to surface traffic insights across your projects. If you notice 'Other' appearing prominently in your Search Atlas reports, the root cause is always within GA4 itself — fixing it in GA4 will automatically improve the data you see in Search Atlas. Ensure your GA4 connection remains active and that the correct property is linked to your project. 💡 Quick Reference: Common Sources Behind 'Other' - Email newsletters without UTM tags - PDF downloads linking back to your site - In-app browsers (Instagram, LinkedIn, Gmail) - Affiliate or partner links missing UTM parameters - QR codes not tagged with UTMs - Traffic from unknown or new referral domains If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🧭 Search Atlas Feature Usage Guide for Your Project

🗺️ Overview of Core Search Atlas Features Search Atlas offers a wide range of tools organized into two main areas of the platform. Understanding what's available helps you get the most value from your subscription. - Keywords — Tools for keyword research, rank tracking, and competitive gap analysis. Access these from Left sidebar → Keywords. - Keyword Magic — Explore thousands of keyword ideas and search volume data. Navigate to Left sidebar → Keywords → Keyword Magic. - Rank Tracker — Monitor how your pages rank over time, including month-to-month movement. Navigate to Left sidebar → Keywords → Rank Tracker. - Keyword Gap — Identify keywords your competitors rank for that you don't. Navigate to Left sidebar → Keywords → Keyword Gap. - GBP Projects — Manage your Google Business Profile, posts, reviews, and local citations. Access from Left sidebar → GBP Projects. - Local Citations — Build and manage your business listings across directories. Navigate to Left sidebar → Local → Local Citations. - Backlink Tools — Analyze your backlink profile and identify link-building opportunities via Site Metrics → [select project] → Backlinks (Backlinks). 📅 How to View Month-to-Month Performance Data Search Atlas tracks your SEO performance over time so you can measure progress and spot trends. Follow these steps to access your historical data. 1. Go to Left sidebar → Keywords → Rank Tracker. 2. Select the website project you want to review from the project dropdown at the top of the page. 3. Use the date range selector to choose a custom period or select a preset such as Last 3 Months or Last 6 Months to compare month-to-month ranking changes. 4. Review the graph to see ranking trends over your selected period. Keywords moving up or down are highlighted to make changes easy to spot. For a broader view of organic traffic trends and site health over time, go to Left sidebar → Site Explorer and open your site's dashboard. The overview graph displays month-over-month changes in visibility and estimated traffic. 🌡️ How to Access the Performance Heatmap The heatmap view shows you at a glance which time periods have seen the most ranking activity and keyword movement. 1. Navigate to Left sidebar → Keywords → Rank Tracker. 2. Select your project and ensure your tracked keywords are set up. If you haven't added keywords yet, click Start Tracking and enter the terms most relevant to your project. 3. Look for the Heatmap tab or toggle within the Rank Tracker interface. This view color-codes ranking changes across your keyword set — darker colors indicate larger movements. 4. Hover over individual cells to see the exact ranking position for a keyword on a specific date. 5. Use the heatmap to identify which months drove the most improvement and which periods may need attention. Note: The heatmap populates with more meaningful data the longer your keywords are tracked. If you are just starting out, allow at least 30 days of data collection before drawing conclusions from the heatmap. ⚛️ Recommended Features for a React JS Project React JS projects have specific SEO challenges, including client-side rendering, dynamic content, and technical indexing issues. Here are the Search Atlas tools most likely to make an impact for a React-based website. - Rank Tracker (Left sidebar → Keywords → Rank Tracker) — Track rankings for your core pages and monitor whether Google is indexing and ranking your React-rendered content correctly over time. Month-to-month data here will surface any drops caused by crawl or rendering issues. - Keyword Magic (Left sidebar → Keywords → Keyword Magic) — Research technical and developer-focused search terms relevant to your React product or documentation. Identify long-tail keywords with lower competition that are realistic targets for a technical audience. - Keyword Gap (Left sidebar → Keywords → Keyword Gap) — Compare your site against competitor React or JavaScript framework sites to discover keyword opportunities you are currently missing. - Backlink Tools (Site Metrics → [select project] → Backlinks) — React projects, especially open-source libraries or SaaS tools built on React, benefit strongly from developer community backlinks. Use the backlink analyzer to audit your current link profile and find opportunities to earn links from developer blogs, documentation hubs, and technical directories. - Local Citations (Left sidebar → Local → Local Citations) — If your React project is tied to a business with a physical location or service area, local citations help establish authority and improve local search visibility. This tool is often overlooked by technical teams focused purely on organic rankings. - GBP Galactic Posts (Left sidebar → Local → Posts) (GBP Posts) — If you maintain a Google Business Profile for your company, regularly publishing posts through this tool supports local SEO without requiring ongoing manual effort in the Google dashboard. 🔍 How to Identify Which Features You Are Not Using Search Atlas does not automatically improve your results in the background if you are not actively using its tools. The platform provides the data and recommendations, but action is required on your side to move the needle. To quickly audit your own usage, check the following areas and ask yourself whether each has been configured for your project: - Have you added your website to Site Explorer and set up keyword tracking in Keywords → Rank Tracker? - Have you run a Keyword Gap analysis against at least two competitors? - Have you explored Keyword Magic to build a keyword list for your target topics? - If you have a local presence, have you connected your Google Business Profile under Left sidebar → Local → Overview? - Have you checked your backlink profile for any toxic or lost links? Any area where the answer is no represents an underutilized part of the platform. Prioritize the tools listed in the React JS section above if you are focused on a technical project. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Share Client Dashboards and Reports Three Ways

🗺️ Overview: Your Three Sharing Options Search Atlas gives you three distinct ways to share dashboards and reports with clients. Each method suits a different situation, so choosing the right one depends on how often your client needs access, how much control you want to give them, and whether they need a branded experience. - White-label portal login — clients self-serve inside a branded portal - Exported reports via Report Builder — you send a polished document on demand - Team member access with viewer or admin role — clients log in directly to your Search Atlas workspace 🏷️ Option 1: White-Label Portal Login The white-label portal lets you create a fully branded client-facing environment. Clients receive their own login credentials and can view only the data you choose to expose — without seeing your internal workspace. Best for: Retainer clients who need ongoing, self-serve access to their own data under your agency brand. How to set it up: 1. Navigate to your agency settings and open the White-Label section. 2. Configure your branding (logo, colors, domain) if you have not done so already. 3. Create a client portal and assign the relevant projects or dashboards to it. 4. Generate login credentials for your client and share them securely. Once set up, the client logs in at your branded URL and sees only their assigned data. You retain full control over what is visible and can update it at any time. 📄 Option 2: Export Reports via Report Builder If your client does not need live access — or you prefer to control exactly what they see before it goes out — exporting a report as a document is the simplest approach. Report Builder lets you compose professional, fully customizable reports that can be downloaded and sent as a file. Best for: Monthly reporting deliverables, one-off audits, or clients who prefer to receive a PDF or document rather than logging into a platform. How to export a report: 1. Go to Left sidebar → Reports (URL: /report-builder/projects-list). 2. Open an existing report project or create a new one by clicking New Project. 3. Add the data widgets, charts, and commentary relevant to your client. 4. When the report is ready, click the Export or Download option to generate a shareable document. 5. Send the file to your client via email or your preferred delivery method. You can save report templates and reuse them each month, which makes this method efficient for recurring deliverables. 👤 Option 3: Add a Client as a Team Member You can invite a client directly into your Search Atlas workspace as a team member. When you do this, you assign them a role that controls what they can see and do: - Viewer — can browse dashboards and reports but cannot make changes. - Admin — has broader access and can edit settings. Use this role with caution for clients. Best for: Trusted clients who are comfortable working inside a SaaS tool and need real-time access to live data without a separate portal. How to add a client as a team member: 1. Open the Avatar Menu (👤) (Avatar Menu (👤), top-right) and navigate to Team Members. 2. Click Add member and enter your client's email address. 3. Select the appropriate role — choose Viewer for read-only access in most client situations. 4. Confirm the invitation. Your client will receive an email prompting them to set up their account. Note that team members with viewer access can see the areas of the platform you grant them. Review your workspace data carefully before using this method, as clients will be inside your main account environment rather than an isolated portal. 🧭 Decision Framework: Which Method Should You Use? - Use the white-label portal when you want a branded, client-specific environment and the client needs ongoing self-serve access without seeing your internal workspace. - Use Report Builder exports when you send reports on a schedule, want to control the narrative before sharing, or your client prefers receiving a document over logging into a tool. - Add as a team member (Viewer) when you have a hands-on client who wants live, real-time access and you are comfortable with them navigating your workspace directly. You can also combine methods — for example, send a monthly exported report and give the client portal access for day-to-day check-ins. 💡 Quick Tips - For most agency workflows, the white-label portal is the most professional and scalable long-term solution. - If a client only asks questions during monthly reviews, exports alone may be all you need. - Always assign the Viewer role rather than Admin when inviting clients as team members unless they have a specific reason to need editing permissions. - Report Builder templates save significant time when you manage multiple clients with similar reporting needs. 🆘 Need Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Understanding and Improving Your UX Signals Score

🔍 What Are UX Signals in Search Atlas? UX signals reflect how well your website delivers a positive experience to visitors. Search engines use these signals as ranking factors because they indicate whether users find your pages useful, fast, and easy to navigate. Inside Search Atlas, your UX signals score is displayed within the OTTO SEO section (left sidebar → OTTO SEO → All Sites (OTTO SEO Projects)). It is one of several pillars OTTO uses to evaluate and improve your site's overall SEO health. ⚠️ Why Is My UX Signals Score Low? A low UX signals score typically means Search Atlas has detected one or more of the following issues on your site: - Slow page load times — Pages that take too long to load increase bounce rates and hurt rankings. - Poor Core Web Vitals — Metrics like Largest Contentful Paint (LCP), Cumulative Layout Shift (CLS), and Interaction to Next Paint (INP) are below recommended thresholds. - High bounce rate indicators — Visitors leaving quickly may signal that content does not match search intent. - Mobile usability issues — Pages that are not optimised for mobile devices create friction for a large portion of users. - Thin or mismatched content — Pages that fail to satisfy user intent contribute to poor engagement signals. Important note: The UX signals pillar inside OTTO is actively being improved. The current version may use proxy metrics while we transition to a more precise, page-experience-based measurement system. This means your displayed score is a working indicator, not a final assessment — scores and recommendations will become more accurate as the pillar evolves. 🛠️ How to Improve Your UX Signals Score Follow these steps to address common UX signal issues and raise your score over time. 1. Check your Core Web Vitals. Use Google Search Console or PageSpeed Insights to identify which vitals are failing. Focus first on LCP (aim for under 2.5 seconds) and CLS (aim for under 0.1). 2. Optimise page speed. Compress images, enable browser caching, reduce render-blocking scripts, and consider a Content Delivery Network (CDN) if you serve international visitors. 3. Improve mobile experience. Ensure buttons and links are easy to tap, text is readable without zooming, and layouts adapt cleanly to small screens. 4. Align content with search intent. Review the pages flagged by OTTO and ask whether the content truly answers what a visitor searching that keyword expects to find. Rewrite or restructure pages that feel off-topic or incomplete. 5. Reduce intrusive elements. Pop-ups, auto-playing videos, and aggressive interstitials all degrade user experience and can suppress your signals score. 6. Monitor engagement over time. After making changes, allow two to four weeks for Google to recrawl your pages and for your OTTO score to update accordingly. 🤖 What Can OTTO Do to Help? OTTO SEO analyses your site across multiple pillars — including UX signals — and surfaces prioritised recommendations directly inside the platform. Here is what OTTO can and cannot do regarding UX signals: - OTTO can: Identify pages with poor UX indicators, flag technical issues affecting page experience, and recommend specific fixes ranked by potential impact. - OTTO can: Automatically deploy certain on-page and technical optimisations when you activate its automation features. - OTTO cannot: Directly change your server configuration, hosting environment, or third-party scripts — these must be actioned by your development team or hosting provider. To review your current UX signal recommendations, navigate to OTTO SEO in the left sidebar, open All Sites (OTTO SEO Projects), select your site (OTTO Grader), and then select the UX Signals pillar to see a breakdown of flagged issues and suggested actions. 📅 When Will the UX Signals Pillar Be Updated? Search Atlas is actively working to replace the current UX signals measurement with a more accurate, real page-experience-based system. This update will give you clearer, more actionable data tied directly to how Google evaluates your pages. Once the update is live, you will see improved score granularity and more specific recommendations inside OTTO. In the meantime, treat your current UX signals score as a directional guide rather than a precise measurement. The underlying issues it flags — speed, usability, engagement — are real and worth addressing regardless of the exact score shown. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Add a Site for GSC Performance Metrics

🔍 GSC Performance vs. a Full OTTO Project Search Atlas gives you two distinct ways to work with your websites. A full OTTO project, managed at Left sidebar → OTTO SEO → All Sites (SEO Automation), activates AI-powered on-page SEO automation and requires additional configuration. A GSC Performance-only site, managed at Left sidebar → Site Metrics, simply connects your Google Search Console property so you can monitor organic clicks, impressions, average position, and CTR—no automation required. ✅ What You Need Before You Start - A Google account with access to the Google Search Console property for your website - Owner or full user permissions on that GSC property - An active Search Atlas account with at least one available site slot ➕ How to Add a Site for GSC Performance Only 1. Go to Left sidebar → Site Metrics. 2. Click Add New Site in the top-right area of the page. 3. Enter your full website URL (e.g., https://example.com) and click Continue. 4. When prompted to connect a data source, select Google Search Console. 5. Sign in with your Google account and grant Search Atlas the requested read permissions. 6. From the dropdown, select the GSC property that matches your website. 7. Click Save to complete the connection. Your site will now appear in the Left sidebar → Site Metrics list. Search Atlas will begin importing your GSC data—please allow up to 24 hours for the first full data sync to complete. 📊 What Data You Can View Once the GSC property is connected, the following performance metrics become available for your site: - Clicks — total organic clicks your pages received from Google Search - Impressions — how many times your pages appeared in Google search results - Average Position — your site's mean ranking across all tracked queries - Click-Through Rate (CTR) — the share of impressions that resulted in a click ⚠️ Key Differences from an OTTO Project Adding a site at Left sidebar → Site Metrics does not create an OTTO project. This means: - OTTO SEO automation is not activated for the site - The site will not appear under Left sidebar → OTTO SEO → All Sites (SEO Automation) - Crawl monitoring (available at Left sidebar → OTTO SEO → Site Audit → Crawl Monitoring) and automated on-page recommendations will not be enabled - No OTTO credits are consumed If you decide to upgrade this site to a full OTTO project in the future, navigate to Left sidebar → OTTO SEO → All Sites (SEO Automation) and add the site there separately. 🛠️ Troubleshooting Common Issues - GSC property not showing in the dropdown — confirm you are signed in with the Google account that has Owner or Full User access to that property in Google Search Console. - No data appearing after 24 hours — verify the GSC property is receiving data directly in Google Search Console, then disconnect and reconnect the property in Left sidebar → Site Metrics. - Site already exists error — the URL may already be added under a different workspace or user. Check Left sidebar → Site Metrics for an existing entry. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📋 Search Atlas Citations: Directories, Reports, and Delivery

🗺️ How Search Atlas Citations Work Search Atlas does not use data aggregators to distribute your business information. Instead, we submit your business details directly to 7 high-authority, permanent directories. This means your citations are live, stable listings — not entries that depend on a third-party aggregator network to pass data along. This approach gives you greater accuracy and long-term reliability. Once a citation is created, it remains live in that directory without requiring periodic re-submission. 📁 The 5 Included Aggregator Networks Every citation project through Search Atlas targets the following aggregator networks: - Data Axle - Neustar - Foursquare - GPS Network - YP Network Submissions to all 5 aggregator networks are included in every citation order. Timelines vary — most listings go live within 2–6 weeks of submission, though some may take longer depending on internal review processes. ❓ Why Google Business Profile and Yelp Are Not Included Customers often expect to see Google Business Profile, Bing, Apple Maps, and Yelp listed as completed citation entries. Here is why each is handled differently: - Google Business Profile (GBP): Google does not allow third-party services to create or manage GBP listings via API. Your GBP must be claimed and verified directly through your Google account. Search Atlas manages GBP activity through the Local section of the platform, but citation creation is not part of that flow. - Yelp: Yelp restricts automated listing creation through its API. Yelp listings must be claimed by the business owner at biz.yelp.com. Search Atlas does not submit to Yelp as part of the citation service. - Apple Maps: Apple Maps is not part of the Search Atlas aggregator submissions. - Bing Places: Bing Places is not part of the Search Atlas aggregator submissions. 🔗 Why Some Directories Show Missing Links (e.g., Waze) For certain directories such as Waze, a direct URL to your individual listing is not returned by the directory's API after submission. This means the citation report may show the submission as complete but without a clickable link to the live listing. This is a known limitation of how Waze surfaces listing data and does not mean the submission failed. Your business information is still delivered to Waze's database and will appear in the app for users. If you need to verify your Waze listing manually, search for your business name directly within the Waze app or at waze.com. 📊 How to Access Your Citation Report You can view the status and details of all submitted citations directly inside the platform. Follow these steps: 1. In the left sidebar, click Local. 2. Under the Local section, click Local Citations. 3. Your citation report will display each directory, submission status, and any available listing links. The report updates as directories confirm your listings. If a submission is still processing, its status will reflect that until the directory confirms the live listing. ⏱️ Expected Timelines by Directory Below is a general guide for when to expect listings to go live after submission: - Facebook: Typically 1–2 weeks - Foursquare: Typically 1–3 weeks - Data Axle: Typically 2–4 weeks - Neustar Localeze: Typically 2–4 weeks - Bing Places: Typically 2–6 weeks - Apple Maps: Typically 2–6 weeks - Waze: Typically 2–6 weeks (link may not be returned by API) These timelines are estimates. Directories occasionally experience processing delays outside of Search Atlas's control. If a listing has not appeared after 6 weeks, contact our team for a status check. 💡 Key Takeaways - Search Atlas submits directly to 7 permanent directories — not through aggregators. - Google Business Profile and Yelp are not part of the citation service and must be managed separately by the business owner. - Missing links for directories like Waze are an API limitation, not a failed submission. - Access your full citation report at Local → Local Citations in the left sidebar. - Allow up to 6 weeks for all listings to go live. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Understanding Site Score Drops and Traffic Discrepancies

🔍 Overview If your Search Atlas site score has dropped significantly or your reported visitor numbers look very different from what you see in Google Search Console (GSC), you are not alone. These discrepancies are common and almost always have a clear technical explanation. This article walks you through the most likely causes and what you can do about them. ⚙️ How Search Atlas Calculates Your Site Score Your site score in Search Atlas is a composite metric based on several data points pulled at the time of analysis, including: - Crawl health – broken links, redirect chains, missing meta tags, and indexability issues - Backlink profile strength – the quality and quantity of referring domains - Keyword rankings – positions tracked for your target keywords - On-page SEO signals – content quality indicators detected during the latest crawl Because these inputs are dynamic, your score can shift even if you have not made any direct changes to your site. 📉 Common Reasons for a Sudden Score Drop A dramatic drop — for example, from the low 90s to the 40s — is usually triggered by one or more of the following: - Data source refresh: Search Atlas periodically re-indexes its backlink database and ranking data. A refresh can surface newly lost backlinks or ranking drops that were not captured in the previous snapshot. - Lost referring domains: If sites that previously linked to you have removed those links or gone offline, your backlink score component will fall sharply. - Crawl errors detected: A new crawl may reveal technical issues — such as pages returning 404 errors, a misconfigured robots.txt, or a temporarily unavailable sitemap — that reduce your crawl health score. - Ranking volatility: Google algorithm updates can move your tracked keywords out of the top positions, which directly affects the ranking component of your score. - Index coverage changes: If Google has de-indexed some of your pages since the last analysis, Search Atlas will reflect that in the score. 📊 Why Traffic Numbers Differ Between Search Atlas and GSC Search Atlas estimated traffic is based on keyword rank positions multiplied by average click-through rate (CTR) models — it is a projection, not a direct measurement. Google Search Console, on the other hand, reports actual clicks delivered to your site. This means the two numbers will rarely match exactly, and that is expected. Key reasons for differences include: - Keyword sampling: Search Atlas tracks the keywords you have added to your project. If high-traffic keywords are not in your tracked list, that traffic will not appear in the estimate. - CTR model variations: Estimated traffic uses industry-average CTR curves by position. Your actual CTR may be higher or lower depending on your brand strength, rich snippets, and SERP features. - Data freshness windows: GSC data is updated daily. Search Atlas ranking data is refreshed on a scheduled crawl cycle, so there can be a lag between real-world changes and what is reflected in the platform. - Branded vs. non-branded splits: GSC captures all queries including branded searches. Search Atlas estimates are typically focused on the non-branded keywords in your tracker. 🛠️ Steps to Investigate and Resolve the Issue 1. Check your tracked keywords: Go to Left sidebar → Keywords → Rank Tracker and confirm that your most important keywords are included. Missing keywords mean missing traffic estimates. 2. Review your backlink profile: In Left sidebar → Site Metrics → Backlinks, open your site's backlink overview and filter by recently lost referring domains to see if link losses are driving the score drop. 3. Run a new site crawl: Trigger a fresh crawl from your Site Explorer dashboard to get the most current health data. Look at the crawl error report to identify any newly detected technical issues. 4. Cross-reference GSC data: Compare your GSC performance report date ranges with the Search Atlas snapshot dates. Make sure you are comparing the same time periods before drawing conclusions. 5. Check for algorithm update timing: Search public SEO news sources to see if a Google core update or algorithm change occurred around the date your score dropped. This context is important for understanding ranking shifts. 6. Verify OTTO SEO automation settings: If you are using OTTO SEO (Left sidebar → OTTO SEO → SEO Automation), confirm that automated optimisations are applied correctly and that no conflicting rules were introduced. 💡 When to Be Concerned vs. When to Wait Not every score drop requires immediate action. Use this guidance to decide your next step: - Wait and monitor if the drop coincided with a known data refresh cycle or a Google update — scores often stabilise within one to two weeks. - Investigate immediately if GSC also shows a confirmed drop in clicks and impressions during the same period, which would indicate a real-world ranking or indexing problem rather than a data discrepancy. - Audit your backlinks if the drop is isolated to your authority or backlink score component without a corresponding drop in GSC clicks. 🤝 Need More Help? If you have worked through the steps above and your site score still looks incorrect, or if you believe there may be a technical issue with your account data, our team is ready to help. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Track Competitor Rankings and Schedule Reports

Overview Search Atlas supports tracking how your website and your competitors rank for the same keywords within your projects. You can also include ranking data in reports that are delivered on a schedule. This article provides general guidance on these capabilities. Because specific UI steps and feature names may vary, we recommend exploring the platform directly or reaching out to our team for hands-on assistance. Step 1: Set Up Rank Tracking With Competitor Domains To compare your rankings against competitors, you will need to add competitor domains to a Rank Tracker project. 1. Locate the Rank Tracker area of the platform. 2. Open an existing project or create a new one. 3. Look for an option to add competitor domains within the project settings, and enter the domains you want to track alongside your own site. 4. Add the keywords you want to monitor and save your changes. Once tracking is active, Search Atlas will begin collecting ranking data for both your domain and your competitor domains across all tracked keywords. Step 2: View Competitor Rankings per Keyword After your project has collected data, you can compare rankings against competitors. 1. Navigate to your Rank Tracker project. 2. Open the keyword data view within the project. 3. Look for a table or view that shows ranking positions for your domain alongside each competitor domain you added, so you can review them side by side. 4. Use any available filters to narrow results by keyword, ranking position, or competitor. This gives you a comparable view of how you and your competitors are performing for tracked keywords. Step 3: Add Competitor Ranking Data to Scheduled Reports Search Atlas includes reporting functionality that allows you to include ranking data — including competitor rankings — in automated reports. 1. Locate the Reports section of the platform. 2. Create a new report or open an existing one you want to update. 3. When selecting what data to include, look for options related to Rank Tracker or keyword rankings. This can pull in data for your domain and any competitors configured in your tracking project. 4. Once your report is configured, look for scheduling or automated delivery options. 5. Set your preferred delivery frequency, add recipient email addresses, and save. Your scheduled report will then automatically include competitor ranking data at each delivery interval. Tips for Best Results - Add competitors early: Rank Tracker only collects data from the date competitors are added, so the sooner you add them, the more historical comparison data you will have. - Review regularly: Check your competitor ranking data periodically to spot trends and adjust your strategy accordingly. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📝 Editing Executive Summary Next Steps in Reports

👋 Overview If you recently opened the Executive Summary in a report and could not find the familiar Edit button, you are not alone. The classic report experience has moved into the new Report Builder, and the way you edit content has changed. The good news: everything is still fully editable, including the Next Steps list. This article shows you how to edit or remove a Next Step that is out of scope. 🔄 What Changed in the New Report Builder In the previous version, each section had its own separate Edit button. In the new Report Builder, editing is now inline. Instead of opening a separate editing mode, you click directly on the text or block you want to change. This makes editing faster, but it also means the old standalone button is gone. The Executive Summary and its Next Steps work the same way as every other section, and the generated summary text itself is fully editable. ✏️ How to Edit the Executive Summary Follow these steps to update the Executive Summary text: 1. Go to Reports → Report Builder and open a report (the page is titled Executive Summary). 2. Scroll to the Executive Summary section. 3. Hover over the summary text or the Next Steps block. An editing toolbar or highlighted outline will appear around the editable area. 4. Click directly on the text you want to change and start typing. 5. Click anywhere outside the block to save your changes automatically. 🗑️ How to Remove a Next Step To remove a Next Step that is not part of your scope: 1. In the Executive Summary section, hover over the Next Steps list. 2. Move your cursor over the specific step you want to delete. 3. Click the delete or trash icon that appears next to that item. If no icon appears, click into the line and clear the text, then remove the empty line. 4. Confirm the item is removed from the list. 5. Repeat for any other steps that are out of scope. Your changes are saved automatically. There is no separate Save step required. ➕ How to Add or Reorder Next Steps You can also expand or reorganize your Next Steps to match the client's scope: - Add a step: Click at the end of the last item and press Enter, or use the add option in the block toolbar, then type your new step. - Reorder steps: Hover over a step and use the drag handle to move it up or down. Note: our team is aware of a known issue where the Executive Summary edit layout can be missing draggable sections. If no drag handle appears, this is a known issue currently being worked on — in the meantime you can reorder by editing the text of the steps directly. - Edit a step: Click directly on the text and type your revision. 💡 Tips for Cleaner Reports - Review the full Next Steps list before sharing a report, and remove anything outside the agreed scope. - Keep each step short and action-focused so clients understand what happens next. - Preview the report after editing to confirm your changes display correctly. 🛠️ Troubleshooting If you cannot edit a section, try the following: - Refresh the page to make sure the latest Report Builder is loaded. - Confirm your account has permission to edit reports. - Make sure you are hovering directly over the text block so the inline tools appear. - Clear your browser cache if the editing toolbar does not load. - If drag handles for reordering do not appear in the Executive Summary edit layout, this is a known issue our engineering team is actively addressing; editing the step text directly still works in the meantime. Dedicated removable Next Steps and Recommended Actions components in the Executive Summary custom layout are also in progress; until they ship, use the inline delete/clear method above to remove out-of-scope steps.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🔍 Understanding Brand Insights Citations and Site Metrics

📌 What Is the Citations/Site Metrics Section? The Citations / Site Metrics section inside Brand Insights does not show websites that mention your business. Instead, it shows the external domains that AI search engines (such as ChatGPT, Perplexity, and Google AI Overviews) cite when answering queries related to your topic or specialty. Think of it as a map of the web sources AI engines trust and reference for a given subject — regardless of whether those sources have ever mentioned your brand. This is intentional by design and provides competitive and contextual intelligence about the information landscape your brand must compete in. 🤔 Why Do Unrelated or Competitor Domains Appear? Because the section reflects AI citation behavior for your topic, not your brand's own mentions, you will commonly see: - Reference or authority sites — e.g., medical associations, government health portals, or well-known directories that AI engines treat as trusted sources for the topic. - Competitor websites — other businesses in your niche that AI engines already cite when answering relevant queries. - Informational or editorial domains — news outlets, blogs, or encyclopedic resources covering your subject area. For example, if your business is eastbayobgyn.com, the Citations section will surface domains that AI engines reference when users ask questions about OB-GYN care, women's health, or related topics — even if none of those domains link to or mention your practice directly. This is expected and correct behavior. ⚙️ How Is This Data Populated? The Citations / Site Metrics section is automatically populated by Search Atlas. There is no manual setup, import, or configuration required on your part. The platform continuously analyzes AI engine responses for queries matching your business's topic profile and surfaces the domains those engines cite most frequently. This means: - Data appears as soon as your Brand Insights profile is active. - You do not need to add or approve any domains yourself. - The list updates automatically as AI citation patterns change over time. 💡 How to Use This Information Strategically Understanding which domains AI engines cite for your topic gives you a clear picture of the competitive reference landscape. Here is how you can act on this data: 1. Identify authority gaps — If high-authority reference sites appear repeatedly, consider whether your content addresses the same questions those sites answer. 2. Study cited competitors — Review what competitor domains are doing that earns them AI citations, and use those insights to strengthen your own content strategy. 3. Track changes over time — As you publish more authoritative content, monitor whether your own domain begins appearing in AI citations for your topic. 4. Prioritize outreach — Domains that are frequently cited by AI engines are worth targeting for backlinks, partnerships, or content placements. 🔎 How This Differs from Other Brand Mentions Features It is important to distinguish the Citations / Site Metrics section from other Brand Insights data points: - Citations / Site Metrics → External domains AI engines cite for your topic (not your brand). - Brand Mentions → Instances where your business name is specifically referenced across the web or in AI responses. - Visibility Score → How prominently your brand appears in AI-generated answers for relevant queries. If you are looking for websites that specifically mention your business, refer to the Brand Mentions section within Brand Insights instead. ✅ Quick Summary - Citations / Site Metrics shows domains AI engines cite for your topic, not your brand. - Seeing unrelated or competitor domains is normal and expected. - The section is auto-populated — no setup is needed. - Use this data to understand the AI citation landscape and inform your content and outreach strategy. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Why Your Content, Authority, and UX Scores Aren't Improving

Overview Inside Search Atlas, your SEO health is measured across four pillars: Technical, Content, Authority, and UX Signals. A common point of confusion is why Content, Authority, and UX Signals scores stay flat even when you are actively working on those areas. The key distinction is that these three pillar scores are tied to your usage of Search Atlas tools rather than to work done outside the platform. How Each Pillar Is Measured Understanding what drives each score helps you take the right action in the right place. - Technical — This pillar reflects the health of your live website as measured by a direct crawl. Improvements you make to your site can be reflected here. - Content — This pillar is tied to your use of content-related tools within Search Atlas, such as the Content Editor, Topic Research, and On-Page SEO tools. To see movement in this score, incorporate these tools into your workflow. - Authority — This pillar is tied to your use of authority-building tools within Search Atlas, such as the Backlink Analysis and Link Building tools. Activity with these platform tools is what drives this score. - UX Signals — This pillar is tied to your use of relevant Search Atlas tools connected to user experience optimization, such as the Site Audit and Page Speed analysis tools. Engaging with these tools within the platform is what moves this score. Why This Distinction Matters Many customers do significant SEO work across multiple platforms and workflows. That work is valuable for your website, but the Content, Authority, and UX Signals pillar scores specifically measure activity taking place within Search Atlas tools. The platform tracks and verifies actions taken inside it, which is why these three scores respond to in-platform usage. Technical is the exception because it is measured by crawling your live site directly, so improvements you make to your site are reflected in that score regardless of where the work was done. How to Improve Each Score To improve your Content score: 1. Navigate to the Content section in your Search Atlas dashboard sidebar. 2. Open the Content Editor to create and optimize articles directly within the platform. 3. Use Topic Research to discover relevant keywords and topics before writing. 4. Run On-Page SEO analysis on your pages to get actionable recommendations. 5. Publish or save optimized content through the platform on a regular basis so your activity is tracked consistently. 6. Check your Content pillar score under Site Metrics → Site Explorer (Organic Research) → Holistic SEO Pillars over the following weeks to see the impact of your in-platform usage. To improve your Authority score: 1. Navigate via the header apps-grid icon → More Features → Backlinks (Backlink Research) in Search Atlas. 2. Use Backlink Analysis to review your current backlink profile and identify new link opportunities. 3. Track competitor backlinks through the platform to find outreach targets. 4. Log link-building activity and outreach within Search Atlas tools on a regular basis. 5. Check your Authority pillar score under Site Metrics → Site Explorer (Organic Research) → Holistic SEO Pillars periodically to track progress. To improve your UX Signals score: 1. Navigate to the Site Audit or Diagnostics section in your Search Atlas dashboard sidebar. 2. Run a full Site Audit to identify UX-related issues such as mobile usability, page speed, and Core Web Vitals problems. 3. Use the Page Speed tool to analyze specific pages and follow the platform's recommendations. 4. Re-run audits after making changes so the platform records your ongoing activity. 5. Check your UX Signals pillar score under Site Metrics → Site Explorer (Organic Research) → Holistic SEO Pillars periodically to track progress. Need Help? If you have been actively using the relevant Search Atlas tools and your pillar scores are still not moving, our team can investigate your account. Please have ready: your project name, the specific pillar score affected, the tools you have been using, and approximate dates of activity. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Understanding the GA4 'Other' Traffic Channel in Site Metrics

📖 What Does 'Other' Traffic Mean in GA4? The Other channel in Google Analytics 4 (GA4) is a catch-all category for sessions that GA4 could not confidently match to a defined channel grouping, such as Organic Search, Paid Search, Direct, Referral, or Social. When Search Atlas pulls your GA4 data into Site Metrics, this same channel classification is reflected in your traffic reports. Because GA4 relies heavily on UTM parameters, referral data, and campaign tagging to categorize traffic, any session that lacks clear signals or contains conflicting parameters gets grouped into Other rather than being misattributed to the wrong channel. 🔍 Common Causes of a High 'Other' Traffic Number If you are seeing a number like 467 sessions under Other, it typically means a large portion of your traffic is missing proper tracking signals. Common causes include: - Missing or malformed UTM parameters on email campaigns, ads, or shared links - Cross-domain tracking issues where session data is lost between domains - Referral exclusions misconfigured in GA4, causing legitimate referral traffic to lose its source - Server-side redirects (such as link shorteners or tracking redirects) that strip referrer information - App-to-web handoffs from mobile apps or in-app browsers - Dark social traffic, such as links shared in private messaging apps, which strip referrer data entirely A sudden spike in Other traffic often correlates with a new campaign launch, a website migration, or a change in your tagging strategy. If the number appears unusually high compared to historical averages, it is worth investigating recent marketing activity or technical changes to your site. 🛠️ How to Investigate 'Other' Traffic in Search Atlas 1. Navigate to the left sidebar and select Site Metrics 2. Go to Overview to confirm your GA4 connection status is active 3. Cross-reference the reporting date range with any recent campaign launches or site changes 4. Check whether the spike is isolated to a specific date range or spread evenly across the reporting period If your GA4 connection shows an unexpected status change, such as permissions appearing revoked when they are not, this is a known display inconsistency that our engineering team has already resolved. If you still see this issue, refreshing your connection or reconnecting GA4 in Site Metrics typically resolves it. ✅ How to Reduce 'Other' Traffic Going Forward While some Other traffic is unavoidable, you can minimize it with better tracking hygiene: - Ensure all campaign links use consistent and complete UTM parameters (source, medium, campaign) - Audit your referral exclusion list in GA4 to make sure legitimate referral sources are not being excluded - Avoid unnecessary redirect chains that strip referrer data - Standardize UTM tagging conventions across your team or agency to prevent conflicting parameter formats Keep in mind that GA4's channel classification logic is set by Google, not by Search Atlas. Site Metrics reports the data exactly as GA4 provides it, so any changes to reduce Other traffic must happen at the tracking and tagging level. 📌 When to Escalate If your Other traffic percentage remains unusually high after auditing your tagging and referral settings, or if you notice traffic anomalies that do not align with any known campaign activity, this may warrant a deeper investigation into your GA4 property configuration. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📍 Finding Your SoLV Equivalent in Search Atlas

📌 What Is Share of Local Voice (SoLV)? Share of Local Voice (SoLV) is a metric popularised by tools like LocalFalcon. It expresses, as a percentage, how often a business appears in the local pack across a grid of search points. Agencies use it to give clients a single headline number that summarises local visibility. Search Atlas does not use the SoLV label, but the Local Heatmap feature captures the same underlying data and gives you equivalent — and more granular — numbers you can confidently present to clients. 🗺️ How Search Atlas Measures Local Visibility Every heatmap scan in Search Atlas places a grid of GPS coordinates over a target area and records your business's ranking position at each grid point for a chosen keyword. From those positions the platform calculates two rolled-up metrics that together replace SoLV: - Average Grid Ranking — the mean rank across every point on the grid. A lower number means stronger overall visibility, directly comparable to what SoLV summarises. - Share of Grid (Top 3 %) — the percentage of grid points where your business ranks in positions 1–3. This is the closest direct equivalent to SoLV: it tells you what share of the local search landscape your business dominates. You can track both metrics over time to show clients improving or declining local presence, exactly as you would with SoLV trend charts in other tools. 🛠️ How to Run a Heatmap Scan 1. In the left sidebar, click Local. 2. Select or create a GBP project from the projects list (/gbp-galactic/gbp-projects). 3. Inside the project, open the Local Heatmap tab. 4. Choose your target keyword, set the grid size and radius, then click Run Scan. 5. Once the scan completes, the heatmap renders colour-coded pins — green for strong rankings, red for weak — alongside the Average Grid Ranking and Share of Grid (Top 3 %) summary cards at the top of the results. 📊 How to Report These Metrics to Clients When presenting results to clients, frame the metrics clearly so they map to the SoLV concept they may already know: - Use Share of Grid (Top 3 %) as your primary headline figure — for example, "Your business appears in the top 3 results for 68 % of searches across your target area." - Pair it with Average Grid Ranking to show depth — a high Share of Grid with a low Average Ranking confirms dominance, not just occasional appearances. - Run scans at a consistent cadence (weekly or monthly) and compare snapshots to show trend lines, replicating the SoLV-over-time charts clients expect. - Export the heatmap image directly from the results view to drop into client reports or slide decks. 💡 Tips for Accurate, Comparable Scans - Keep settings consistent — use the same grid size, radius, and keyword every time you scan so period-over-period comparisons are valid. - Scan at similar times — local rankings can fluctuate by time of day, so scanning at roughly the same time each period improves data consistency. - Use keyword variants — run separate scans for each core keyword (e.g. "plumber near me" and "emergency plumber") to build a fuller picture of Share of Grid across your client's service categories. - Layer with Overview data — navigate to Local → Overview (GBP Profile Completion) to correlate heatmap trends with GBP impression and call data for a complete local performance story. 🆘 Need Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Share Client Dashboards and Assign Viewer Access

📋 Overview Search Atlas gives you two main ways to share project data with clients: invite them as a Viewer so they can log in and explore dashboards themselves, or export and send a report for a one-time or periodic update. This article explains both options so you can choose the right approach for each client relationship. 👤 Option 1 — Add a Client as a Viewer Assigning a client the Viewer role is the best choice when you want them to have ongoing, real-time access to their project data without being able to edit settings or campaigns. 1. Log in to Search Atlas and open the relevant client project. 2. Click your account avatar or the Settings icon in the top-right corner of the platform. 3. Navigate to Team & Permissions (sometimes listed as Users depending on your plan). 4. Click Invite User and enter the client's email address. 5. Set their role to Viewer from the role dropdown. Viewers can see dashboards and reports but cannot modify any data or settings. 6. Click Send Invitation. Your client will receive an email prompting them to create or log in to their Search Atlas account. Note: The client will only see the project you invited them to — they will not have access to your other clients' projects. 📤 Option 2 — Export and Share a Report Exporting a report is ideal for clients who prefer a polished PDF or for one-off progress updates rather than ongoing portal access. 1. In the left sidebar, go to Reports → Report Builder (Report Builder) (URL: /report-builder/projects-list). 2. Select the project and open the report you want to share, or click Create Report to build a new one. 3. Customise the report by adding your agency branding, selecting the metrics sections relevant to your client, and setting the date range. 4. When ready, click Download .CSV to export the report. 5. Download the file and share it with your client via your usual communication channel. You can also schedule automated report delivery so clients receive updates by email on a weekly or monthly cadence — go to Reports → Report Builder → Automated email reports tab (Report Builder). 🔄 Which Option Should You Choose? - Viewer login access — best for clients who want live data, like to check rankings themselves, or are closely involved in their SEO campaign. - Exported reports — best for clients who prefer simple, summarised updates or who are not comfortable navigating a platform. - Both together — you can give a client Viewer access and schedule automated reports. This is a great way to keep them informed passively while still giving them the option to log in. 🔒 What Can a Viewer See and Do? - Can view: project dashboards, keyword rankings, backlink data, traffic analytics, and any reports shared within the project. - Cannot do: edit campaigns, change settings, add or remove users, access billing, or view other client projects on your account. If a client needs more than read-only access — for example, to update target keywords — consider assigning them a higher permission role and reviewing your plan's user limits first. 💡 Tips for a Smooth Client Experience - Before sending an invitation, make sure the project name is clearly labelled with the client's brand — it's the first thing they will see after logging in. - Send your client a brief orientation note alongside the invitation link explaining what they can access and who to contact with questions. - Use the white-label report settings in the Report Builder to replace Search Atlas branding with your agency logo before exporting or scheduling reports. - Regularly audit your team and viewer list under Team & Permissions to remove access for clients you are no longer working with. 🛠️ Troubleshooting Common Issues - Client didn't receive the invitation email: Ask them to check their spam or promotions folder. You can also resend the invitation from the Team & Permissions screen. - Client can see other projects: Verify the invitation was sent at the project level, not the account level. Remove and re-invite if needed. - Export button is greyed out: Ensure your report has at least one data section added. A blank report template cannot be exported. - Viewer role not available: Some plans restrict the number of users or available roles. Check your current plan limits under account settings. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🗺️ Managing Heatmap Features and Billing in PRO Plans

🔍 What Are Heatmaps on the PRO Plan? Heatmaps are a built-in feature of the Search Atlas PRO plan. They visually track user interactions on your tracked pages — including clicks, scroll depth, and movement patterns — to help you optimise on-page performance. On the PRO plan, heatmap tracking is enabled by default for all projects where you have active page tracking configured. Heatmap data collection and storage are included as part of your PRO plan subscription and do not incur separate per-use charges — they are bundled into your plan quota. Note: The heatmaps described in this article are on-page interaction heatmaps that record clicks, scroll depth, and mouse movement. These are a separate feature from the Local SEO heatmaps generated by the Google Business Profile (GBP) integration, which visualise local ranking positions across a geographic grid. The tracking toggle, deletion steps, and billing notes below apply to on-page PRO heatmaps; see the FAQ for how Local SEO / GBP heatmaps differ. ⚙️ Can You Disable Heatmap Tracking? Yes, you can stop heatmap data from being collected at any time. However, it is important to understand what disabling means in practice: - Disabling tracking stops new heatmap data from being recorded for a selected project or page going forward. - It does not automatically remove historical heatmap data already stored on our servers. - Heatmaps are a core feature of the PRO plan — they cannot be permanently removed from your plan at the feature level. Disabling tracking is a self-service control, not a plan-level modification. To disable heatmap tracking for a specific project, follow the steps below. 🛠️ How to Disable Heatmap Tracking 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account and go to the Home. 2. Navigate to Onpage Audit or the relevant project where heatmaps are active. 3. Open Settings for that project. 4. Locate the Heatmap Tracking toggle and switch it to Off. 5. Confirm your selection when prompted. Tracking will stop immediately for that project. Repeat these steps for each project where you want to pause heatmap collection. 🗑️ How to Delete Existing Heatmap Data If you want to remove heatmap data that has already been collected, you can delete it manually from within the platform: 1. Go to the Local SEO Heatmaps section. Select the page or session data you want to remove. 2. Click Delete and confirm the action. Please note: data deletion is permanent and cannot be undone. Once removed, that historical heatmap data cannot be recovered. Bulk deletion options may vary depending on your account configuration — contact support if you need assistance removing large volumes of data. 💳 How Disabling Heatmaps Affects Your Billing Because heatmaps are bundled into the PRO plan, disabling tracking or deleting data does not reduce your monthly subscription charge. Your PRO plan billing remains unchanged regardless of whether heatmap tracking is active or inactive. If your primary goal is to reduce costs, the options available to you are: - Downgrade your plan — if a lower-tier plan meets your needs without heatmaps, you can explore plan options under Avatar (top-right) > Billing > Plans & Top-ups and click Change Plan. - Cancel your subscription — if you no longer wish to use Search Atlas, you can cancel under Account > Billing > Cancel Subscription. Cancellation takes effect at the end of your current billing period. Search Atlas does not offer partial refunds or billing credits for unused features within an active PRO plan period. ❓ Frequently Asked Questions - Can I disable heatmaps entirely and have all my data removed from your servers so I'm not charged? You can turn off tracking (stopping new data) and manually delete stored heatmap data at any time, but because heatmaps are bundled into the PRO plan, doing so will not change your subscription charge. For account-wide server-side removal, contact support using the steps below. - Can I disable the automatic Local SEO (Google Business Profile) heatmaps? The on-page heatmap toggle described above does not control Local SEO / GBP heatmaps, which are generated automatically by the Google Business Profile integration. There is currently no self-service option to turn off automatic GBP heatmap creation, so please contact support if you need this adjusted. - Will my heatmap data be deleted automatically if I cancel? Data retention policies apply after cancellation. For specifics on how long your data is held post-cancellation, please refer to our Privacy Policy or contact support. - Can Search Atlas remove my heatmap data server-side on my behalf? For large-scale or account-wide data removal requests that go beyond self-service deletion, please reach out to our support team via the chat widget below. Our team will review your request and guide you through the process. - Can I re-enable heatmap tracking after disabling it? Yes, at any time. Simply return to your project settings and toggle heatmap tracking back on. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Configure Report Builder for Accurate AI Summaries

🔍 Overview If your AI summary looks generic, incomplete, or seems to be pulling inaccurate information for a new site, the most common cause is that your Report Builder has not been configured to include the specific report modules you need. By default, not all report sections are active. You must manually enable each module you want the AI to analyze. This article walks you through the exact steps to do that. 🧠 Why the AI Summary May Seem Inaccurate The AI summary in Search Atlas is generated based only on the data modules that are currently enabled in your Report Builder. If key modules are turned off, the AI has less information to work with and may produce a summary that feels vague or irrelevant to your site. This is especially common when: - You have just added a new domain to the platform - You are building a report for the first time - You have previously saved a report with a limited selection of modules - You want to analyze a specific area such as keyword difficulty or ranking trends The fix is straightforward: open the Report Builder configuration panel and switch on the modules that matter to your analysis. ✅ How to Configure Your Report Builder 1. Navigate to Site Metrics. In the left sidebar, click Site Metrics. This takes you to the site list at /site-explorer/list. Select the domain you want to analyze. 2. Open the Report Builder. Once you are inside your selected site's dashboard, locate the Report Builder section. This is typically accessible from the top area of the dashboard or from the report view associated with your site. 3. Click "Configure Report." Look for the Configure Report button. Clicking it opens the configuration panel where you can see all available report modules listed individually. 4. Enable modules using the grey toggle buttons. Each report module has a small grey button next to it. These buttons act as on/off toggles. Click the grey button next to each module you want to include. When a module is enabled, its button will change state to indicate it is active. Key modules to consider enabling include: - Keyword Difficulty — essential for understanding how competitive your target keywords are - Rank Tracker — shows ranking trends over time for your domain - Keyword Gap — identifies keyword opportunities compared to competitors - Keyword Magic — surfaces keyword ideas relevant to your niche 5. Save your configuration. After enabling the modules you need, save the report configuration. The platform will now include data from all active modules when generating your AI summary. 6. Regenerate the AI summary. Once your configuration is saved, trigger a fresh AI summary. The summary will now reflect the data from all the modules you have enabled, giving you a more accurate and relevant analysis for your domain. 🌱 Tips for New Sites New sites often have limited historical data, which can also influence how the AI summary reads. Here are a few things to keep in mind as your site builds up data: - Keyword difficulty strategy: For new sites, focus on enabling the Keyword Difficulty and Keyword Magic modules first. Targeting lower-difficulty keywords early gives your site the best chance to gain traction before competing on harder terms. - SEO timeline expectations: Ranking improvements take time. Even with the correct report configuration, meaningful ranking data may take several weeks to appear after you begin optimizing. The AI summary will improve in accuracy as more data accumulates. - Check your tracked domain: Confirm that the domain shown at the top of your Site Metrics dashboard matches the exact domain you want to analyze, including whether it uses www or not. A mismatch here can cause the AI to summarize data for the wrong version of your site. 🔄 Verifying the Correct Domain Is Being Analyzed Before relying on any AI summary, take a moment to verify the domain is correct: - Go to Left sidebar → Site Metrics (Site Explorer) and confirm the site selected in your list is the intended domain. - Check the URL structure. The platform displays the active domain in the report header. Make sure it reflects the site you added, not a default or previously selected property. - If the wrong domain appears, return to the site list, select the correct domain, and reconfigure your report modules as described above. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

Improve Your Content Score and Connect Google Search Console

This article explains how to improve your Content Score in Search Atlas and how to connect Google Search Console — two separate features that each support your SEO workflow in different ways. 📋 What Is Content Score? Content Score (0–100) is calculated by the Content Grader tool. It benchmarks your page or draft against top-ranking competitor pages for your target keyword, measuring NLP term coverage, keyword usage, word count, and heading structure. A higher score means your content is more closely aligned with what search engines reward for that keyword. Important: Content Score is based entirely on on-page content analysis. Connecting Google Search Console does not affect or improve your Content Score — the two features are independent of each other. ✍️ How to Improve Your Content Score 1. Open Content → Scholar from your Search Atlas dashboard. 2. Enter your target keyword and paste your draft or enter your page URL. 3. Review the recommendations panel: missing NLP terms, word-count gaps, and heading structure suggestions. 4. Add the flagged terms naturally throughout your content and meet the recommended word count. 5. Click Analyze page to recalculate your score and confirm improvements. Note: A target keyword is required to generate a Content Score. Without one, the grading feature will not be available. 🔗 How to Connect Google Search Console GSC integration brings real impressions, clicks, and position data into your keyword tracking and reporting views. To connect your account: Prerequisite: Your site must already be added and verified in Google Search Console (at search.google.com/search-console) before Search Atlas can pull performance data from it. If you have not completed that step yet, do so in Google first, then return here to connect. 1. Click your avatar in the top-right corner (Avatar Menu (👤)) and select Settings. 2. Select Integrations, then click Google Search Console. 3. Click Connect and complete authorization via Google OAuth. 4. Once connected, GSC data will flow into your Keyword Research and rank-tracking views (Left sidebar → Keywords → Rank Tracker) automatically. ⚠️ Limitations to Know - GSC data has a 3–4 day reporting lag — newly connected accounts may not show data immediately. - Content Score requires a target keyword to be set before grading is available. - GSC feeds performance data into reporting only — it does not influence the Content Score calculation in any way. - A higher Content Score improves on-page alignment with top competitors but does not guarantee a specific search ranking. - A display issue where the Integrations page showed Connect GSC Account even when an account was already linked has been resolved. If you see this unexpectedly, try refreshing the page or navigating away and back to Avatar Menu (👤) (top-right avatar) → Settings → Integrations. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team. Additional Notes Choose Domain as the property type — covers all subdomains and HTTP/HTTPS automatically. Copy the DNS TXT record, add it via your registrar's DNS Management section, click Verify. DNS propagation can take up to 48 hours.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Report OTTO Title Tag Changes to Clients

🔍 Overview When OTTO generates and deploys new title tags on your client's site, you need a clear way to demonstrate exactly what changed and why. Although OTTO does not produce a dedicated before-and-after title tag export by default, the Report Builder gives you everything you need to document those changes and present them professionally to clients. 📋 What You Will Need - An active Search Atlas account with OTTO enabled for your project - OTTO title tag changes already deployed or queued for your project - Access to Reports in the left sidebar 🤖 Step 1 — Review OTTO Title Tag Changes in OTTO SEO V3 Before building your report, confirm which title tags OTTO has changed so you can reference the original and updated values accurately. 1. In the left sidebar, click OTTO SEO, then open SEO Automation (URL: /seo-automation-v3). 2. Select the relevant project from the project list. 3. Navigate to OTTO SEO → Overview (OTTO Grader) → Page Title. 4. Review the list of pages where OTTO has generated or deployed new title tags. Each entry displays the original title tag and the OTTO-suggested or deployed title tag side by side. 5. Screenshot or copy these values — you will reference them when building your client report. 🛠️ Step 2 — Open Report Builder 1. In the left sidebar, click Reports (URL: /report-builder/projects-list). 2. Select your client's project from the list, or click Create New Report to start a fresh report for this client. 📝 Step 3 — Build the Before-and-After Title Tag Section Report Builder lets you add custom text blocks, tables, and data widgets to construct a clear before-and-after comparison for your client. 1. Inside the report editor, click Add Section and choose a Text Block or Custom Table widget. 2. Label the section clearly, for example: OTTO AI Title Tag Changes — [Month, Year]. 3. Using the values you collected in Step 1, populate two columns: Previous Title Tag and New AI-Generated Title Tag. Add a third column for the Page URL so your client can verify each change on their live site. 4. Add a brief written summary explaining why OTTO recommended these changes — for example, improved keyword relevance, better click-through rate potential, or alignment with search intent. This context makes the report far more persuasive for clients. 📈 Step 4 — Add Supporting SEO Metrics Pairing title tag changes with performance data strengthens the business case for your client. Inside the same report, add the following widgets where available: - Organic Traffic — show traffic trends for the affected pages before and after deployment. - Keyword Rankings — highlight ranking improvements for target keywords tied to the updated titles. - Click-Through Rate (CTR) — if Google Search Console data is connected, include CTR changes for the affected URLs. These metrics turn a simple list of text changes into a compelling proof-of-performance narrative. 📤 Step 5 — Export or Share the Report 1. Once your report is complete, in Reports → Report Builder → [report] (Executive Summary) click the Share & Export button to export the report or generate a live link you can send directly to your client. 2. If you share a live link, your client will always see the most up-to-date data without you needing to resend the file. 💡 Tips for Stronger Client Reports - Schedule the report — use Report Builder's scheduling feature to send automated monthly updates so clients see ongoing OTTO activity without you manually exporting each time. - Add a cover page — include your agency branding and a short executive summary at the top to make the report feel polished and professional. - Capture a baseline early — before OTTO deploys changes, export or screenshot the original title tags from the OTTO SEO V3 dashboard. Storing this baseline makes before-and-after documentation much simpler for future reporting cycles. - Group pages by priority — separate high-traffic pages from lower-priority ones so clients immediately see where the biggest impact is expected. ❓ Frequently Asked Questions - Does OTTO automatically log every title tag it changes? Yes. The OTTO SEO V3 dashboard keeps a record of original and updated title tags for all pages OTTO has processed. You can revisit this list at any time to pull historical values. - Can I include OTTO title tag data alongside other SEO metrics in one report? Absolutely. Report Builder is designed to combine multiple data sources — keyword rankings, traffic, on-page changes — into a single client-ready document. - What if my client wants a raw data export? Use the export options within the OTTO SEO V3 dashboard to download title tag data, then attach it as a supplementary file alongside your Report Builder (Reports → Report Builder) .CSV download. 🆘 Need Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Why Organic Traffic Numbers Differ Across Tools

🔍 Overview If you've noticed that Site Metrics shows a much higher organic traffic number than Google Analytics 4 (GA4) or Google Search Console (GSC), you're not alone. For example, Site Metrics might report 2,978 organic visits for a given month while GA4 shows 727 sessions and GSC shows only 78 clicks. This is expected behavior — each tool measures something fundamentally different. This article explains why these numbers vary and how to interpret each one correctly. 📐 What Each Tool Actually Measures Understanding the source and methodology behind each number is the key to making sense of the discrepancy. - Site Metrics (Search Atlas): Displays estimated organic traffic based on third-party data models. Search Atlas aggregates data from keyword rankings, estimated search volumes, and click-through rate (CTR) models to project how much traffic a domain likely receives from organic search. This is a predictive estimate, not a direct measurement of actual visits. - Google Analytics 4 (GA4): Reports actual sessions or events recorded on your website via the GA4 tracking tag. GA4 only counts users who land on your site and trigger the tracking script. It can under-report traffic due to ad blockers, cookie consent rejections, JavaScript errors, or users who leave before the tag fires. - Google Search Console (GSC): Reports the number of times a user clicked a link to your site directly from Google Search results. GSC measures clicks at the search-results level and does not track what happens after the user arrives on your site. It also excludes branded query data in some views and applies its own deduplication logic. ⚖️ Why the Numbers Are So Different These three tools are built on completely different data collection methods, which is why large gaps — sometimes 10x or more — are normal and expected. - Estimation vs. observation: Site Metrics produces a modeled estimate across all keywords a domain ranks for. GA4 and GSC observe real events. Estimates are designed to give you a competitive benchmark, not an exact visitor count. - Sampling and data limits: GSC applies click deduplication, query grouping, and anonymizes low-volume queries, which causes it to report fewer clicks than actually occurred. - Tracking gaps in GA4: A significant portion of users block analytics tracking through browser extensions, iOS privacy features, or cookie banners. GA4 may only capture 60–80% of actual traffic in some industries. - Date range alignment: Even small differences in how each tool defines a "month" (e.g., UTC vs. your local timezone) can shift counts across reporting periods. - Bot and crawler filtering: GA4 automatically filters known bots. Site Metrics estimates may include traffic patterns associated with high-ranking pages that attract a mix of user types. ✅ How to Use Each Tool Correctly Rather than trying to reconcile these numbers into a single figure, use each tool for what it does best. 1. Use Site Metrics for competitive benchmarking. Compare your estimated organic traffic against competitors' domains to understand relative visibility and identify keyword opportunities. Navigate to Left sidebar → Site Metrics to access this data. 2. Use GA4 for on-site behavior. GA4 is your most reliable source for understanding what users do after they arrive — pages visited, conversions, bounce rates, and session depth. 3. Use GSC for search performance. GSC is the most accurate source for impressions, click-through rates, and the specific queries driving traffic from Google Search. 4. Track trends, not absolute numbers. Instead of comparing totals across tools, focus on directional trends within each tool. If Site Metrics organic traffic rises 15% month-over-month and GA4 sessions also rise, that's a meaningful signal — even if the absolute numbers differ. 🛠️ Common Troubleshooting Checks If the gap seems unusually large or something looks wrong within a single tool, run through these checks: - Confirm the date ranges match exactly across all three tools before comparing. - In GA4, verify your tracking tag is firing correctly on all pages using Google Tag Assistant. - In GSC, check that your domain property is fully verified and all URL variants (www vs. non-www, HTTP vs. HTTPS) are included. - In Site Metrics, make sure you are viewing the correct domain and have not applied unintended filters. 💡 Key Takeaway A large difference between Site Metrics, GA4, and GSC is normal and expected. These tools are not designed to produce the same number — they answer different questions. Site Metrics gives you a competitive estimate of organic visibility, GA4 measures on-site activity, and GSC reports search-result interactions. Use them together as complementary signals rather than competing sources of truth. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🤖 Finding the OTTO Dashboard After UI Redesign

🗺️ Overview Following a recent Search Atlas UI redesign, the OTTO dashboard has moved to a new location. The previous OTTO button in the All Sites view no longer exists. This article shows you exactly where to find the OTTO dashboard and optimization module in the updated interface. 🚀 How to Access the OTTO Dashboard 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. In the left sidebar, click OTTO SEO, then open SEO Automation inside it. 3. You will land directly on the OTTO dashboard at /seo-automation-v3. 4. From here, select the project you want to work with to open its optimization module. The OTTO SEO V3 section is your single entry point for all OTTO features, including site audits, optimization recommendations, and automated SEO actions. 🔍 What You Will Find Inside OTTO SEO V3 - OTTO Dashboard: A summary of all connected projects, their optimization status, and pending actions. - Optimization Module: Detailed recommendations, issue categories, and one-click fixes for each project. - Automation Settings: Controls for enabling or adjusting automated SEO actions across your connected sites. ⏪ Reverting to the V2 Interface If you prefer the previous Search Atlas interface while you get familiar with the redesign, a layout toggle is available. 1. In the left sidebar, navigate to Local → GBP Galactic. 2. In the sidebar, locate the Try new GBP Layout toggle. 3. Use the Try new GBP Layout toggle to switch between layouts. Note: The V2 revert option is a temporary measure to support the transition period. Anthropic recommends familiarising yourself with the new interface, as V2 access may be retired in a future update. The OTTO dashboard in V2 was previously accessed via the All Sites view — that path is no longer available in the current interface regardless of which version you use. ❓ Frequently Asked Questions - I do not see an OTTO SEO option in my sidebar. Make sure your subscription plan includes OTTO access. If OTTO SEO is missing from the sidebar entirely, your account may need to be connected to an active OTTO-enabled project. Contact support using the instructions below. - My OTTO settings or project data are missing after the redesign. Your data has not been lost. All project configurations carried over automatically. If something appears missing, try refreshing the page or clearing your browser cache, then navigate back to OTTO SEO in the left sidebar and open SEO Automation inside it. - Is there a WordPress plugin for OTTO? OTTO is managed entirely within the Search Atlas platform at the OTTO SEO V3 section. There is no separate WordPress plugin required to access or operate the OTTO dashboard. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🗺️ Redesigned All Sites Page in Site Explorer

The redesigned All Sites page in Site Explorer shows each project's key metrics right in the list, so you can scan and compare your full domain portfolio without opening projects one by one. 📊 What metrics the All Sites page shows The All Sites page now surfaces important metrics directly in the list view. You can see these data points at a glance for every domain: - Domain Power - Brand Signal - Backlinks - Organic traffic - Keywords - AI Visibility (formerly LLM Visibility) tracking status If you manage multiple domains, this redesign lets you compare your entire portfolio in a single view instead of switching between projects. 🧭 How to use the redesigned All Sites page 1. In the left sidebar, go to Site Metrics. 2. Open All Sites (Site Explorer). 3. Review Domain Power, Brand Signal, backlinks, organic traffic, keywords, and AI Visibility (formerly LLM Visibility) tracking status for each domain directly in the list. 4. Use the LLM-V toggle to switch AI visibility tracking on or off for a domain without opening the project. You'll see every project's metrics side by side, ready to compare. ⚙️ What to expect from the new columns The new columns appear automatically in the All Sites list, so there's no setup required. The LLM-V toggle controls AI visibility tracking across ChatGPT, Perplexity, and Gemini, and you can enable it directly from the list rather than from inside each project. 🎯 You now have a single, scannable view of Domain Power, Brand Signal, backlinks, traffic, keywords, and AI Visibility (formerly LLM Visibility) for every project via Site Metrics → All Sites (Site Explorer). Open the All Sites page to compare your portfolio, and contact our support team if you have questions.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Retrieve Historical Reports by Date Range

📋 Overview Report Builder lets you generate and download reports for any date range, including data from previous months. If your scheduled monthly reports have stopped delivering, or you need to pull reports from the past three months, this article walks you through both tasks step by step. 🗂️ How to Access Report Builder To open Report Builder, navigate to Left sidebar → Reports or go directly to /report-builder/projects-list. All your report projects are listed here. 📅 Retrieving Reports for a Past Date Range Follow these steps to pull historical monthly reports for any prior period, including the last three months: 1. Go to Left sidebar → Reports to open the projects list. 2. Click the report project you want to retrieve historical data for. 3. Locate the Date Range selector at the top of the report configuration screen. 4. Set the Start Date to the first day of the earliest month you need (for example, the first day three months ago). 5. Set the End Date to the last day of the most recent month you want to include. 6. Click Generate Report (or Run Report, depending on your project type) to produce the report for that historical window. 7. Once the report finishes processing, click Download to save it, or use the Share option to distribute it to your users. Repeat this process for each report project you need to backfill. There is no limit on how far back you can set the date range, as long as data was being tracked during that period. 📬 Fixing Missing Scheduled Monthly Report Deliveries If your monthly reports are not being delivered to users automatically, the most common causes are an incorrect delivery schedule, unverified recipient email addresses, or a report project that was accidentally paused. Work through the checks below: - Check the schedule setting: Open the report project and go to its Schedule or Delivery settings. Confirm that the frequency is set to Monthly and that a valid send date is selected. - Verify recipient addresses: Under the delivery settings, review the list of recipients. Remove any outdated addresses and re-enter current ones, then save. - Confirm the project is active: Look for a status toggle or label on the project card. If the project shows Paused or Inactive, switch it back to Active. - Check your spam or junk folder: Ask report recipients to search their spam folder for emails from Search Atlas. If found, mark them as safe so future deliveries land in the inbox. - Re-save the schedule: Even if settings look correct, opening the schedule panel and clicking Save again can re-trigger the delivery queue for the next cycle. After making any changes, use the Send Test Report option (if available) to confirm delivery is working before the next scheduled run. 💡 Tips for Managing Historical Data - If you need separate files for each month, generate one report per month by adjusting the date range to cover a single calendar month at a time. - Label your downloaded files clearly with the date range (for example, Report_April_2025.pdf) so they are easy to reference later. - If a report project is missing data for a specific period, it may mean tracking was not active during those dates. Check when the project was originally created. 🆘 Still Need Help? If you have followed the steps above and your reports are still not delivering, or you cannot locate historical data you expect to be there, reach out to our team. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team. Additional Notes Search Atlas automatically saves a copy of every monthly report generated for your projects. These reports remain accessible regardless of whether email delivery is active or paused. Historical reports are not deleted after delivery, so you can retrieve any prior month's report at any time directly from the platform.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📍 Search Atlas SoLV Equivalents in Local Heatmaps

🎯 Overview If you are migrating from LocalFalcon or comparing tools, you may be looking for a metric equivalent to Share of Local Voice (SoLV) % — a score that shows how often a business appears in the local map pack across a grid of search points. Search Atlas does not use the SoLV label, but it offers features within its Local Heatmaps toolset that together cover the same measurement need. This article explains the concept mapping so you can work with a support agent to locate the right metrics for your client reporting needs. 🗺️ How LocalFalcon SoLV Maps to Search Atlas LocalFalcon's SoLV % answers one core question: across a defined geographic grid, what percentage of search points show this business inside the local map pack? Search Atlas addresses the same question through features in its local ranking and heatmap tools, which provide: - An aggregate visibility score — a single aggregated score showing how visible a Google Business Profile is across tracked search locations. This is the closest direct equivalent to SoLV % and is ideal for executive-level client summaries. - Grid-based heatmap data — a grid-based visual showing the business ranking position at each geographic point. This is the underlying data layer that SoLV is calculated from, giving you granular, point-by-point evidence. - Competitor comparison data — side-by-side visibility data for competing businesses across the same grid. This replicates the competitive benchmarking use case that agencies often use SoLV for when showing a client how they stack up against rivals. 📊 Using the Aggregate Visibility Score for Client Reporting The aggregate local visibility score within Search Atlas's heatmap features is your headline metric for client reporting. It aggregates local ranking performance across all tracked grid points into a single score, making it easy to communicate progress over time without overwhelming clients with raw rank data. To locate the correct metric and dashboard view for your specific GBP project setup, please connect with our support team — they can confirm the exact navigation path and panel label in your account. Once located, use this metric in monthly reports to show trend direction. A rising score communicates the same story as a rising SoLV: the business is earning more local map pack placements over time. 🔥 Using Heatmap Grid Data for Granular Evidence The heatmap view provides the point-by-point geographic ranking data that SoLV is derived from. Use this when clients want to see where they rank across their target area, not just an aggregate number. The visual grid makes it straightforward to highlight strong-performing zones and identify areas needing improvement — the same storytelling use case that SoLV grid exports serve in LocalFalcon. Because navigation paths and panel names may vary depending on your account configuration, a support agent can walk you through accessing the heatmap grid view for your specific GBP project. 🏆 Using Competitor Comparison Data Competitor comparison features in Search Atlas allow you to place your client's local visibility alongside that of competing businesses across the same geographic grid. This directly replicates the competitive benchmarking use case of SoLV — showing not just how a client performs in absolute terms, but how they compare to rivals fighting for the same map pack placements. When preparing to discuss this with support or to set up competitor tracking, have the following ready: the name of your GBP project, the target keywords or search terms you are tracking, and the names of the competitor businesses you want to benchmark against. 📋 What to Have Ready When Contacting Support Because the source material for this article is a general topic label without step-by-step resolution detail, a support agent will be best placed to confirm the exact feature names, navigation paths, and panel labels in your account. To get the fastest help, please have the following information ready: - Your GBP project name - The specific metric or reporting view you are trying to replicate (e.g. aggregate SoLV %, grid export, competitor SoLV comparison) - The tool you are migrating from (e.g. LocalFalcon) if applicable - Any specific error messages or unexpected results you have encountered If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Maximize Reporting Limits on Your Pro Account

📋 Overview The Search Atlas Pro Account gives you expanded reporting capabilities, including up to 200 pages analyzed through the AI Content Suite and up to 500 Site Explorer reports per billing cycle. This article walks you through how to access and make the most of these limits using the Report Builder. 🔍 Understanding Your Pro Account Reporting Limits Before diving in, here is a quick summary of what your Pro Account includes: - AI Content Suite: Analyze and optimize up to 200 pages per billing cycle. - Site Explorer Reports: Run up to 500 reports per billing cycle covering backlinks, organic traffic, and competitor insights. - Report Builder: Create, schedule, and share professional SEO reports using data from both tools. These limits reset automatically at the start of each new billing cycle. You can monitor your usage at any time from within the platform. 🛠️ How to Access the Report Builder Follow these steps to open the Report Builder and start creating reports: 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. In the left sidebar, click Reports. 3. You will land on the Report Builder projects list at /report-builder/projects-list. 4. Click + Create to start a new report project. From this view you can also open a report and use Reports → [Report] (Executive Summary) → Refresh Summary on existing reports, Download .CSV exports, set up Automated email reports, or switch to the Classic view if preferred. 📝 Setting Up a Report Using AI Content Suite (Up to 200 Pages) The AI Content Suite helps you audit and optimize individual pages at scale. To use it within your reporting limits: 1. Open the Report Builder and click + Create. 2. Select the project or website you want to analyze. 3. Choose AI Content Suite as your data source when prompted. 4. Add the pages you want to include. You can add up to 200 pages per cycle across all projects. 5. Configure your report settings — choose metrics, date ranges, and layout preferences. 6. Click Save to generate the report or schedule it for automated delivery. Tip: Prioritize your highest-traffic or most strategically important pages first to get the most value from your 200-page limit. 🌐 Setting Up Site Explorer Reports (Up to 500 Reports) Site Explorer lets you dig into backlink profiles, keyword rankings, and competitor data. To run Site Explorer reports under your Pro limit: 1. Open the Report Builder and click + Create. 2. Select Site Explorer as your data source. 3. Enter the domain or URL you want to explore. 4. Choose the report type — backlinks, organic keywords, top pages, or competitor comparison. 5. Set your preferred filters and date range. 6. Click Save or schedule the report for recurring automated delivery. Each query you run counts toward your 500 Site Explorer report limit for the billing cycle. Running the same report multiple times or refreshing data will count as additional uses, so plan your queries strategically. 📅 Automating Your Reports Save time by scheduling reports to run and deliver automatically: 1. In the Report Builder projects list, open an existing report or create a new one. 2. Click Automated email reports from the action menu. 3. Set your preferred delivery frequency — daily, weekly, or monthly. 4. Enter the recipient email addresses. 5. Save your schedule. Automated reports do count toward your monthly limits, so factor scheduled runs into your total usage. 💡 Tips for Managing Your Pro Reporting Limits - Batch your page analyses: Group related pages into a single report session rather than running them one at a time. - Download CSVs for offline review: Use the Download .CSV option to save data without re-running reports. - Refresh data only when needed: Each data refresh on a Site Explorer report counts toward your 500-report limit. - Monitor usage regularly: Check your consumption inside the platform so you never hit your limit unexpectedly mid-cycle. 🆘 Need Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📧 Stop Email Reports From Deactivated Accounts

🔍 Why Am I Still Receiving Reports? Automated email reports are configured at the project level inside Search Atlas. When a user account is deactivated, any report schedules that were set up under that account — or that include that email address as a recipient — are not automatically removed. This means reports can continue to arrive in your inbox even after deactivation. The good news: you can remove unwanted recipients or delete the report schedule entirely in just a few steps. 🛠️ How to Stop Automated Email Reports Follow these steps from within any active Search Atlas account that has access to the affected projects. 1. In the left sidebar, click Reports. This takes you to the Report Builder projects list. 2. Locate the project whose report you want to stop. If you have multiple projects, repeat these steps for each one. 3. Click the Automated email reports option for that project. 4. In the automated report settings panel, review the list of recipient email addresses. 5. Remove any email addresses that belong to deactivated accounts (for example, addresses that are no longer active or no longer associated with your team). 6. If no active recipients remain, or if you no longer need the scheduled report at all, delete the report schedule entirely. 7. Save your changes. Repeat this process for every project that was linked to the deactivated accounts. ⚠️ Important Things to Know - Check all projects: A deactivated email address may be listed as a recipient on more than one project report. Work through each project in your Reports list to make sure none are missed. - Act from an active account: You must be logged in to a working Search Atlas account with the appropriate permissions to edit or delete report schedules. - Deactivation alone is not enough: Deactivating a user account does not automatically unsubscribe that address from scheduled reports. Always follow the steps above to remove the address manually. - External unsubscribe links: Clicking an unsubscribe link inside a report email stops delivery for that specific email address but does not remove the schedule for other recipients. Use the in-platform steps above for the most reliable result. ✅ Confirming the Change Worked After saving, the removed email addresses should no longer receive scheduled reports from Search Atlas. If a report is sent on its usual schedule and the deactivated addresses are no longer in the recipient list, no email will be delivered to them. Allow one full report cycle to confirm delivery has stopped. 💡 Best Practice: Review Reports Before Deactivating Users To avoid this situation in the future, make it part of your offboarding process to remove a departing team member's email address from all automated report schedules before deactivating their account. This keeps your report lists clean and prevents unwanted emails from leaving your workspace. 🆘 Still Receiving Unwanted Reports? If you have completed the steps above and are still receiving automated reports to a deactivated email address, or if you cannot locate the report schedule responsible, please reach out for additional help. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

✨ How to Activate AI Summary in Report Builder

📋 Overview The AI Summary feature in Report Builder allows you to automatically analyze your report data and surface the most important insights, trends, and highlights. Instead of manually reviewing every metric, you can use this built-in AI tool to get a clear, concise narrative of what your report is telling you — saving time and making it easier to share findings with clients or team members. 🔍 How to Access Report Builder To get started, navigate to Report Builder using the left sidebar: 1. Click Reports in the left sidebar. 2. You will land on the projects list at /report-builder/projects-list. 3. Select an existing report you want to analyze, or create a new one by clicking + Create. ✨ How to Activate the AI Summary Once you have a report open, follow these steps to activate the AI Summary: 1. Open the report you want to analyze from your projects list. 2. Open the report (Executive Summary) and look for the Refresh Summary / AI Settings options within the report view — these are typically located at the top of the report canvas or within the report settings panel. 3. Click Refresh Summary to trigger the analysis. The AI will process the data currently loaded in your report. 4. Wait a few moments while the AI reviews your metrics, identifies trends, and generates a written summary of your report's key highlights. 5. Review the generated summary, which will outline the best-performing areas, notable changes, and any data points worth calling attention to. 💡 What the AI Summary Analyzes The AI Summary is designed to help you quickly understand the story behind your data. It typically highlights: - Top-performing metrics and what is driving positive results. - Significant changes or trends observed across the reporting period. - Areas of concern that may need attention or further investigation. - Standout wins that are worth featuring when presenting to clients or stakeholders. 📤 Sharing and Using Your AI Summary Once your AI Summary is generated, you can use it in several ways: - Include it as an executive summary at the top of client-facing reports. - Use the insights to prepare talking points for strategy meetings or reporting calls. - Download your report as a .CSV using the Download .CSV action and pair it with the summary for a complete data package. - Set up Automated email reports so your clients or team members receive reports with AI-generated summaries on a regular schedule. ⚠️ Troubleshooting Common Issues If you run into issues activating the AI Summary, consider the following: - No data loaded: The AI Summary requires data to be present in your report. Make sure your report has at least one data source connected and that the date range includes available data. - Outdated data: Click the Refresh data action in Report Builder to ensure the AI is analyzing the most current metrics. - Feature not visible: Confirm that your current plan includes access to AI features. Navigate to top-right corner avatar → Billing → Plans & Top-ups tab to review your subscription and available features. - Slow generation: Large reports with many data points may take a few extra moments to process. Allow the AI time to complete its analysis before clicking again. 🙋 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

Add a Site for GSC Performance Tracking Only

Overview Search Atlas gives you two distinct ways to add a website to the platform. The first is a full OTTO SEO project, which enables AI-driven SEO automation. The second — covered in this article — is adding a site purely for GSC Performance tracking inside Site Metrics. This lighter option is ideal when you only want to monitor Google Search Console data such as clicks, impressions, average position, and CTR, without activating an OTTO project. Before You Begin - Make sure you have a Google Search Console property already set up and verified for the website you want to track. - Confirm your Google account (the one connected to Search Atlas) has access to that GSC property. - You do not need to install the OTTO site tag or complete any technical SEO setup for this workflow. Step 1 — Open Site Metrics In the left sidebar, navigate to Site Metrics. This section is where GSC-connected properties are managed independently of OTTO projects. Step 2 — Add a New Site for GSC Performance Only 1. On the Site Metrics page, locate the option to add a new site. 2. When prompted, choose to add the site for GSC Performance tracking only — this is distinct from creating a full OTTO SEO project. 3. Connect your Google account that has access to the GSC property you want to import, and select the relevant property. 4. Complete the setup to finish adding the site. Step 3 — Access Your GSC Performance Data After the site is added, it will appear in your Site Metrics site list. GSC data — including clicks, impressions, CTR, and average position — will begin populating based on what is available in your connected GSC property. From Site Metrics, you can explore the available performance sub-sections to monitor rankings and keyword data. Key Differences: GSC-Only Site vs. OTTO SEO Project - A GSC-only site is added through Site Metrics and focuses entirely on performance data imported from Google Search Console. No automation is activated. - An OTTO SEO project enables AI-driven SEO automation and requires additional setup such as installing the OTTO site tag. If you have questions about which option is right for your workflow, or need help connecting your GSC property, please reach out to our support team via the chat icon in the bottom-right corner of the app.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Understanding Site Metrics Competitor Visibility Data

🔍 What Is Perplexity Visibility in Site Explorer? Site Explorer includes a Perplexity visibility metric that measures how often a domain appears as a cited or recommended source within Perplexity AI responses. This gives you a clear picture of how well any domain performs in AI-driven search environments. This metric is not limited to your own domain. Site Explorer is designed to display visibility data for any domain you choose to analyse, including competitor domains. This is a core feature of the tool, not an error. 🗺️ How to Navigate to Site Explorer To access Site Explorer, go to the left sidebar and select Site Metrics (Site Explorer). You can also navigate directly to /site-explorer/list. From there you can explore sub-sections including: - Keyword Magic — Left sidebar → Keywords → Keyword Magic - Rank Tracker — Left sidebar → Keywords → Rank Tracker - Keyword Gap — Left sidebar → Keywords → Keyword Gap ❓ Why Does Site Explorer Show a Different Domain Than the One I Was Recommended? If you were recommended noirportrait.com as your primary domain but Site Explorer is displaying Perplexity visibility data for primenoirphoto.com, there are two likely explanations: 1. You or a team member entered primenoirphoto.com manually into the Site Explorer search or comparison field. Site Explorer will analyse and display data for whichever domain is entered, regardless of which domain is your recommended or primary site. 2. A competitor comparison was set up that includes primenoirphoto.com. Site Explorer allows you to benchmark multiple domains side by side, so a competitor domain may be displayed alongside or instead of your primary domain depending on the active view. The platform does not automatically replace your recommended domain. It simply shows data for the domain that is currently loaded in the tool. 📈 Why Is Competitor Visibility Data Useful? Seeing Perplexity visibility data for competitor domains is intentional and valuable. It allows you to: - Understand how competitor sites are performing in AI-generated search results - Identify content gaps where competitors are gaining AI visibility that you are not - Benchmark your own domain's Perplexity visibility against similar sites in your niche - Prioritise content and SEO efforts based on where competitors are winning Competitor visibility data is a feature, not a flaw. Seeing a domain other than your own does not mean something has gone wrong. ✅ How to View Your Recommended Domain Instead If you want to see Perplexity visibility data specifically for your recommended domain, follow these steps: 1. Go to Left sidebar → Site Metrics (Site Explorer). 2. Locate the domain input or search field at the top of the page. 3. Clear the existing domain entry and type in your recommended domain, for example noirportrait.com. 4. Press Enter or click the search button to load that domain's data. 5. The Perplexity visibility metrics and all other Site Explorer data will now reflect your recommended domain. ⚠️ Is There Anything Misleading About This Display? The display is not misleading by design. Site Explorer shows exactly what you ask it to show. If a domain that is not your primary site appears, it is because that domain was entered or selected in the tool. There is no automatic substitution or misrepresentation of data happening behind the scenes. If you are unsure which domain is your recommended primary domain, you can check your OTTO SEO settings by navigating to Left sidebar → OTTO SEO → SEO Automation (URL: /seo-automation-v3). Your primary domain and SEO recommendations are configured there. 💡 Quick Summary - Site Explorer shows Perplexity visibility for any domain you enter, including competitors. - Seeing a competitor domain does not mean your recommended domain has been replaced or that there is a technical issue. - This is a comparison and benchmarking feature, not a defect. - To view your own domain's data, simply enter your recommended domain into the Site Explorer search field. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Site Metrics Domain vs Page-Level Reporting Explained

Why Site Metrics Shows Domain-Level Data Only Site Metrics is designed to report aggregated, domain-level SEO data — it summarises the overall performance of your entire website as a single entity. This means the metrics you see reflect your whole domain, not individual pages. This is expected behaviour. Even after a successful crawl of your site, Site Metrics will not break down performance on a per-URL basis. It is not a limitation of the crawl — it is simply how Site Metrics is built to function. What Site Metrics Does and Does Not Show - Does show: Aggregated, domain-level SEO metrics for your whole site. - Does not show: Individual URL performance, page-by-page data, or per-page breakdowns within the Site Metrics overview screen. Where to Find Page-Level Performance Data To analyse individual URLs across your site, you need to use tools that are built for page-level analysis. Search Atlas includes dedicated tools for this purpose — please refer to the in-platform documentation or tooltips within each tool to confirm exactly what each one reports. As a general guide: 1. Site Auditor: Your primary destination for page-by-page crawl data, including on-page SEO issues and technical signals at the individual URL level. 2. Rank Tracker: Allows you to monitor ranking performance for specific keywords and URLs over time. 3. Keyword Magic: Use this for keyword research relevant to specific pages and URLs. 4. Keyword Gap: Helps compare keyword coverage between your domain and competitors to identify content opportunities. 5. OTTO SEO: Supports creation and optimisation of individual pages with AI-driven recommendations. Quick Reference: Which Tool to Use - Overall domain-level SEO data? → Site Metrics overview - Crawl results and on-page issues per URL? → Site Auditor - Keyword rankings for specific pages? → Rank Tracker - Keyword research for individual URLs? → Keyword Magic - Content gap opportunities vs competitors? → Keyword Gap - AI-assisted page creation and optimisation? → OTTO SEO If you are unsure which tool to open for your specific use case, explore the main navigation menu in the platform to locate each of these tools. When contacting support about a page-level data issue, please have ready: the specific URL(s) you are investigating, the project or domain name in your account, and a description of what data you expected to see versus what was displayed. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 How to Build a Client Prospect Report with SEO and Google Ads

This article explains how to create a prospect-ready report that surfaces SEO issues and Google Ads performance gaps for a client's domain — all from within Search Atlas. You'll use Report Builder for the combined report view and Smart Ads for Google Ads-specific audit data. 📍 Where to Find It - Report Builder: Left sidebar → Reports (URL: /report-builder/projects-list) - Google Ads Audit data: Left sidebar → Smart Ads → Campaign Audit - Google Ads Performance data: Left sidebar → Smart Ads → Campaign Performance 🛠️ Step-by-Step 1. In the left sidebar, click Reports to open the Report Builder projects list. 2. Click + Create to start a new report. Enter the prospect's domain and any relevant project details when prompted. 3. Select the report sections you want to include. Choose SEO-related modules (such as site audit issues, keyword gaps, and backlink data) to cover the organic search side of the audit. 4. To add Google Ads insight, navigate in the left sidebar to Smart Ads → Campaign Audit. Review the audit findings for the prospect's account — these highlight wasted spend, missing keywords, quality score issues, and structural problems you can reference in your pitch. 5. For performance data (impressions, clicks, cost), go to Smart Ads → Campaign Performance and note the key metrics you want to highlight. 6. Return to Reports and finish building your report. Use the Download .CSV action to export data, or set up Automated email reports to schedule delivery directly to the prospect. 7. Review the completed report before sending to confirm all SEO issues and Google Ads findings are populated correctly. ✅ How to Confirm It Worked - Your report appears in the Reports project list with the prospect's domain name and a creation timestamp. - The report preview shows populated SEO issue counts (e.g., crawl errors, missing meta tags, broken links) — not blank or zero-state placeholders. - If you included Google Ads data, confirm that Campaign Audit entries are visible under Smart Ads → Campaign Audit before referencing them in your report — this section only populates when a Google Ads account is connected to the project. - A successful CSV download or a confirmed scheduled email delivery under Automated email reports confirms the report is ready to share. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team. Additional Notes Configure each section's settings — such as target keywords, location, and date range — to match the prospect's market and goals. Once all sections are configured, click Generate (or Run Report) to compile the full audit. Before adding Google Ads data, make sure a Google Ads account is connected to your project. If not connected, link it through project settings — the Google Ads issues section will only populate if an account is connected.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Google Ads Data in Site Metrics vs. Report Builder

🔍 Overview If you have connected your Google Ads account to Search Atlas, you may notice that paid traffic data looks incomplete or missing in Site Metrics (and its Site Explorer view), while the same data appears correctly inside Report Builder. This is expected behavior caused by how each section of the platform fetches and displays Google Ads data. This article explains the difference and shows you how to access your complete paid data at any time. 🧩 Why the Discrepancy Exists Site Metrics and Report Builder pull Google Ads data through different mechanisms, which affects what is visible and when: - Site Metrics / Site Explorer focuses primarily on organic SEO data. Google Ads (paid) metrics may appear as zero, blank, or incomplete in this section — even when your integration is active and working correctly. - Report Builder has full support for connected ad platform data, including Google Ads, and displays paid metrics accurately within your project reports. In short: the absence of Google Ads data in Site Metrics does not mean your integration is broken. It is a display limitation of that specific section of the platform. ✅ How to Verify Your Google Ads Integration Is Working 1. Navigate to Report Builder within Search Atlas. 2. Open an existing project report or create a new one for the relevant domain. 3. Check for your Google Ads metrics in the report. If the integration is healthy, your paid data — including impressions, clicks, cost, and conversions — will appear here correctly. 4. If the data is present in Report Builder, your Google Ads connection is confirmed to be active and syncing properly. 📍 Where to Find Google Ads Data in the Platform Use the following as your guide for where each data type is reliably displayed: - Report Builder: Full Google Ads data — clicks, impressions, spend, conversions, and other paid metrics. This is the recommended location for reviewing and sharing Google Ads performance. - Site Metrics: Primarily organic SEO data, including keyword rankings, backlinks, and organic traffic estimates. Google Ads paid data in this section may be incomplete or not displayed. ⚠️ When to Suspect an Actual Integration Issue If Google Ads data is missing in both Site Metrics and Report Builder, there may be a genuine sync problem. Check for these signs: - Report Builder shows no paid data for a domain that has active Google Ads campaigns running. - Your Google Ads integration status shows an error or disconnected state in your account settings. If you are experiencing missing data in both locations, please reach out to our support team via the chat icon in the platform so we can investigate your integration directly. If you need further assistance, please don't hesitate to contact us.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

Understanding Your Analytics

📊 What Is Analytics? Analytics is your central performance hub inside Meta Ads. After your Meta ad campaigns go live, this is the recommended place to track results and measure what's working. Analytics pulls data from all your connected Meta ad accounts and organizes it by campaign, so you always know exactly where your results are coming from. 📈 Key Metrics You'll See Analytics surfaces the numbers that matter most for your ad performance: - Spend — How much budget has been used across your campaigns. - ROAS (Return on Ad Spend) — The revenue generated for every dollar spent on ads. - CTR (Click-Through Rate) — The percentage of people who clicked your ad after seeing it. - Conversions — The actions taken as a result of your ads (such as purchases or sign-ups). - Top Creatives — The specific ad creatives that are driving the best results. - Cost / Result — Your average cost for each result Meta counts toward your objective. 🔍 Drill-Down Report Views Beyond the top-level metrics, Analytics offers multiple drill-down views: - Top Creatives — ranks creatives by performance; click one for its data, then drill in to see how it behaves across the platform. - Hooks (video) — which videos have the highest hook rate. - Landing page — performance broken down by landing page. 🔔 Alerts & Saved Views Set Alerts to get notified when a KPI crosses a threshold you choose — delivered by email. You can also Save a view so a specific report configuration is ready to reuse next time. 🗂️ How Results Are Organized All metrics are grouped by campaign across your connected Meta ad accounts. This makes it easy to compare performance between different campaigns and understand which efforts are delivering the strongest results. ⏱️ A Note on Number Discrepancies You may occasionally notice that figures in Analytics look slightly different from what you see in Meta Ads Manager. This is not a bug. It happens when Meta temporarily limits how quickly data can be synced — a normal part of how the Meta platform works. The numbers will reconcile automatically once the sync catches up, so no action is needed on your part. ✅ When to Use Analytics Analytics is the recommended section for monitoring your campaigns once they're live. Check here regularly to: - Track how your budget is being spent. - Evaluate whether your campaigns are hitting ROAS goals. - Identify your highest-performing creatives. - Spot trends in clicks and conversions over time. 🧭 Where to Find Analytics Analytics is part of the Intelligence group in Meta Ads, alongside Discover and Routines. You'll find it in the main navigation once your Meta ad account is connected. Have questions or need a hand reading your results? Start a live chat with us — type "human teammate" at any time to connect with a real person.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🏢 Access Agency Settings and Site Analysis Widget

🔍 Overview If you are an agency user on Search Atlas, you have access to a dedicated Agency Settings area that is separate from the standard account settings. This is where you will find tools built specifically for agencies, including the Site Analysis Lead Capture Widget. This article explains exactly where to find both. 🗺️ Where Is Agency Settings Located? Agency Settings is not found inside the main left sidebar navigation alongside tools like OTTO SEO or Site Metrics. Instead, it is accessed through your Avatar Menu (👤). Follow these steps: 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. Locate the Avatar Menu (👤) in your dashboard. 3. Open the Avatar Menu (👤) and select Agency Settings from the available options. If you do not see Agency Settings in your Avatar Menu (👤), your account may not have an active agency plan. Agency Settings is only visible to users on an agency-tier subscription. 📋 What Is the Site Analysis Lead Capture Widget? The Site Analysis Lead Capture Widget is an embeddable tool you can add to your agency website. It allows your prospects to enter their domain and receive an instant site analysis report — capturing their contact details as leads for your agency in the process. This widget is managed from within More Features → Agency Hub (Agency Settings). 🧭 How to Find the Site Analysis Lead Capture Widget 1. Navigate to More Features → Agency Hub (Agency Settings) using the steps in the section above. 2. Inside Agency Hub (Agency Settings), locate the Site Analysis Lead Capture Widget section. 3. Click on Site Analysis Lead Capture Widget to open its configuration options. ⚠️ Common Reasons You Cannot Find Agency Settings - Wrong account type: Agency Settings only appears for accounts on an agency-tier plan. Standard or individual plans do not include this menu item. - Looking in the wrong place: Agency Settings is accessed through the Avatar Menu (👤), not the left sidebar. - Insufficient permissions: If you are a sub-user or team member added to an agency account, your admin may not have granted you access to Agency Settings. Contact your account administrator to request the necessary permissions. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📡 Understanding Citation Data Sync Delays and Discrepancies

🔍 Why Citation Numbers May Drop or Look Incorrect After purchasing a data aggregator submission, it is normal to see your citation count temporarily decrease or display inaccurate information. This happens because aggregators actively audit and clean up existing listings before pushing your updated business data. During this process, duplicate, incomplete, or conflicting citations are removed, which can cause the count to dip before new, accurate citations are created. In short: a temporary decrease is a sign the system is working, not a sign something has gone wrong. ⏱️ How Long Syncing Takes Citation data from third-party aggregators does not update instantly. The typical sync timeline looks like this: - Initial submission confirmation: 24–48 hours after purchase. - Aggregator processing and distribution: 2–6 weeks for data to propagate across major directories. - Full citation count stabilisation: Up to 8–12 weeks in some cases, depending on the number of directories and the aggregator used. During this window, counts and details shown in your Local Citations dashboard may fluctuate. This is expected behaviour. 🗺️ How to Check Your Citation Status in Search Atlas You can monitor your citation data at any time directly inside the platform. Follow these steps: 1. In the left sidebar, click Local. 2. Select Local Citations from the sub-menu. 3. Review the citations listed, noting their source, status, and the business information displayed. 4. Cross-reference the Name, Address, and Phone (NAP) details shown against the information you submitted during setup. If a citation shows outdated or incorrect details, check whether the submission is still within the propagation window before raising a concern. ✅ How to Verify Your Setup Is Correct To confirm that your aggregator submission was configured accurately, check the following: - NAP consistency: Your business name, address, and phone number must be identical across every source. Even minor differences — such as "St." versus "Street" — can cause mismatches. - Submission details: Review the information you entered at the time of purchase. Any typo or outdated detail will be distributed to all directories as submitted. - Business category: Confirm the correct primary category was selected, as this affects which directories accept your listing. - Website URL: Ensure the URL submitted is live and redirects correctly. 🛠️ What to Do If Discrepancies Persist If incorrect information remains visible after 12 weeks, or if your citation count has not recovered to at least its pre-submission level, take these steps: 1. Navigate to Local → Local Citations and note which specific citations show errors. 2. Record the incorrect field (e.g., wrong phone number, old address) and the source directory. 3. Check whether the same error exists on the directory's website directly, as some platforms cache data longer than others. 4. If the issue is confirmed and persists beyond the expected sync window, contact support through the platform chat. 💡 Tips to Prevent Future Discrepancies - Always audit your NAP details before purchasing any aggregator submission — corrections after the fact require re-submission and restart the sync clock. - Avoid making changes to your Google Business Profile address or phone number during the aggregator sync window, as this can create conflicting signals. - Use the Local → Overview (GBP Profile Completion) page to keep a single source of truth for your business information inside Search Atlas. 🆘 Still Need Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🖥️ Switch Between Classic Dashboard and Hub or Playbook View

🗺️ Overview When you log in to Search Atlas, you may land on a Hub or Playbook view instead of the classic dashboard you are familiar with. This article explains how to exit those views and return to the standard interface, where you can access all core tools including SmartAds. 🔄 How to Exit Hub or Playbook View and Return to the Classic Dashboard 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account as normal. 2. If you land on a Hub or Playbook screen, look for the X button in the top-right corner of that view. 3. Click the X to close the Hub or Playbook overlay. 4. You will be returned to the classic Search Atlas dashboard, giving you full access to the standard interface and all your tools. If you do not see the X button immediately, check that the Hub or Playbook panel is fully expanded, as the button may appear only when the view is in focus. 📍 Navigating to SmartAds From the Classic Dashboard Once you are back on the classic dashboard, you can navigate to SmartAds directly from the left sidebar. SmartAds is listed as a dedicated section in the sidebar menu. Click it to open the SmartAds interface and manage your ad campaigns as usual. 🏠 Returning to Your Home Screen If you ever need to get back to your main home screen quickly, click Home in the left sidebar or navigate directly to /home. From there you have a clear starting point to reach any tool in the platform. 💡 Tips for Staying on the Classic Dashboard - The Hub and Playbook views are guided workflow overlays. Closing them with the X does not delete any of your data or saved work. - You can re-enter a Hub or Playbook at any time by selecting it from the relevant section of the platform. Closing it simply returns you to the standard view. - Bookmarking /home in your browser is a quick way to always land on the classic dashboard when you open Search Atlas. ❓ Still Not Seeing the Classic Dashboard or SmartAds? If the X button is not visible, the interface looks different from what is described above, or you cannot locate SmartAds after returning to the classic dashboard, try the following: - Perform a hard refresh in your browser (Ctrl + Shift + R on Windows or Cmd + Shift + R on Mac). - Clear your browser cache and cookies, then log in again. - Try a different browser or an incognito/private window to rule out a browser extension conflict. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

Share Dashboard Reports Without Client Login

Overview You can share Search Atlas dashboard reports with clients, stakeholders, or external viewers who do not have a Search Atlas account. Several built-in options are available depending on your plan type, and most can be set up directly from the platform without contacting support. Option 1: Generate a Shareable Public Report Link Search Atlas allows you to create a public, shareable link for a dashboard report that external viewers can open without logging in: 1. Open the project or dashboard you want to share. 2. Navigate to Site Metrics → Organic Research (Organic Research page), then click the Share public view button. 3. Use the Share public view button to generate a shareable URL. 4. Copy the link and send it directly to your client or external viewer. Anyone with the link can view the report without needing a Search Atlas account. Option 2: Export and Deliver Reports via CSV or PDF If you prefer to send a static snapshot of your report data: 1. Navigate to Reports → Report Builder (Report Builder). 2. Click the Download .CSV button. 3. Send the exported file directly to your client by email or file-sharing service. Option 3: Schedule Automated Email Report Delivery For recurring report sharing, you can schedule automated email delivery to external recipients: 1. Navigate to the report or dashboard you want to schedule. 2. Select the Schedule or Automated Reports option. 3. Enter the recipient's email address and choose the delivery frequency (daily, weekly, or monthly). 4. Save the schedule — reports will be sent automatically without requiring the recipient to log in. Option 4: White-Label Reports (Agency Plans) If you are on an agency plan, you can share branded white-label reports with your clients: 1. Access your agency white-label settings from More Features → Agency Hub (Agency Settings). 2. Configure your branding (logo, colors, domain) if you have not done so already. 3. Generate and share reports using your white-label report link or export, which will display your agency branding instead of Search Atlas branding. This option is available on agency and white-label plans. If you are unsure whether your plan includes this feature, check your plan details under account settings. Troubleshooting If you encounter an error when generating a shareable link or scheduling a report, make a note of the exact error message, the name of the project or dashboard, and your plan type before reaching out to support. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 OTTO Reporting and Client-Facing Reports Explained

🔍 Overview OTTO automates a wide range of on-page and technical SEO tasks across your site. While you can track progress inside the platform and share reports with clients, it is important to understand exactly what data is available today, what is not yet surfaced, and why — so you can set accurate expectations with your clients. 📋 What OTTO Reporting Currently Shows Search Atlas includes reporting features that can surface OTTO activity for client-facing use. At a high level, OTTO reporting is able to show aggregate counts of optimizations that have been deployed across a connected site — for example, a total number of actions applied. However, the specific named reporting panels, categories, and snapshot views available may vary depending on your plan and how your project is configured. To access OTTO-related data for a client report, open the relevant project inside Search Atlas and look for reporting or export options associated with that project. If you are unsure which sections apply to your client's campaign, reach out to support for guidance on what is currently available for your account. ⚠️ Current Granularity Limits: Counts vs. Detailed Fix Lists At this time, OTTO reporting surfaces aggregate counts rather than a line-by-line log of every individual fix applied. This means: - You can see that a certain number of optimizations were applied, but the report will not list each URL alongside its specific before-and-after change. - Fix-level detail — the specific content change made on a specific URL — may be visible inside the OTTO section of the platform itself, but this granular view is not yet available as a formatted, exportable client report. This is a known platform limitation, not missing data. The underlying activity is recorded, but granular fix-level reporting is not yet available as a shareable export format. 🤖 Why Some Fixes May Not Appear in Audit Counts OTTO can deploy certain optimizations — such as schema injection or dynamic tag updates — using JavaScript rendering. Because many SEO audit crawlers evaluate pages before JavaScript executes, these fixes may not be reflected in audited issue counts even though they are live on the page. This does not mean the fix was not applied. It means the audit crawler saw the pre-render version of the page. To confirm that fixes are active, you can: - Use Google Search Console or the URL Inspection tool to check the rendered version of specific URLs. - View the raw page source versus the rendered source in your browser's developer tools to confirm injected elements are present after JavaScript execution. 📤 Sharing Progress With Clients Because granular, fix-level export is not yet available, here are practical ways to communicate OTTO progress to clients today: - Use aggregate counts available within the platform to show the volume of optimizations deployed over a given period. - Supplement with Google Search Console data — show improvements in crawl coverage, indexing, or search performance alongside OTTO activity to provide context. - Document changes manually for high-priority pages where specific before-and-after detail is needed, using the URL-level view inside the OTTO section of the platform. - Set expectations upfront that current reporting reflects totals and summaries, and that more granular exportable reports are a known roadmap item. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🗂️ Managing Pages in Knowledge Graph Top Pages

🔍 What Is the Knowledge Graph Top Pages Section? The Knowledge Graph Top Pages section displays the pages on your website that Search Atlas has identified as most relevant based on your site's data, link structure, and content signals. This list is automatically generated to give you a quick overview of your most significant pages. ❓ Can You Delete Pages from This Section? At this time, pages listed in the Knowledge Graph Top Pages section cannot be manually deleted or removed by users. The list is dynamically populated by Search Atlas algorithms based on your site's crawl data and internal signals — it is not a manually curated list. Because this section reflects your site's actual structure and authority signals, removing a page from view here would not affect how Search Atlas processes or analyses your site. ⚙️ Why a Page Appears in Top Pages A page is surfaced in the Top Pages section based on factors such as: - Internal link authority — pages that receive a high number of internal links tend to rank higher in this list - Crawl frequency — pages visited more often during site crawls are considered more prominent - Content signals — pages with well-structured, topically rich content may be weighted more heavily - Traffic data — if Google Search Console is connected, pages with stronger organic performance may surface here 💡 What You Can Do Instead While direct removal is not available, there are a few steps you can take to influence which pages appear most prominently over time: 1. Review your internal linking structure — reducing internal links pointing to a page you consider less important can lower its prominence in the Knowledge Graph over time. 2. Use the filtering and search options — within the Knowledge Graph interface, use available filters to focus your view on the pages most relevant to your work, so less useful pages are not the centre of attention. 3. Exclude pages at the crawl level — if certain pages should not be crawled or analysed at all (such as staging URLs or thank-you pages), consider using your robots.txt or adjusting crawl settings in Search Atlas to exclude them from future crawls. This may reduce their prominence over time. 4. Keep your sitemap up to date — ensuring your sitemap only includes the canonical, production-ready pages you want Search Atlas to prioritise helps guide the algorithm toward the right content. 🔄 When Does the List Refresh? The Knowledge Graph Top Pages list updates automatically after each site crawl. Changes you make to your internal linking or site structure will be reflected once Search Atlas recrawls your site. Depending on your crawl schedule and site size, this may take anywhere from a few hours to a few days. 🛠️ Still Seeing Irrelevant Pages? If a page that should not exist on your site at all (for example, a deleted or redirected page) continues to appear, it is likely still being picked up during crawls. To resolve this: - Ensure the page returns a 404 or 301 redirect rather than a 200 status code - Remove the URL from your sitemap if it is still listed there - Trigger a fresh crawl in Search Atlas after making these changes Once the recrawl confirms the page is no longer accessible, it should drop out of the Top Pages section naturally. 💬 Need Further Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🖨️ Fix Unwanted Icons in PDF Report Layout

🔍 Overview Some customers notice an unexpected download or print icon appearing in the top-right corner of their exported PDF reports. This icon can make reports look unpolished when sharing them with clients. This article explains why it appears and how to remove it so your reports look clean and professional. 🧩 Why the Icon Appears The download or print icon is typically triggered by your browser's built-in PDF viewer settings, not by Search Atlas itself. When you preview or export a PDF report, your browser may overlay its own navigation controls — including print and save icons — on top of the document. This behaviour changed in recent browser updates, which is why you may not have seen it before. In some cases, the icon may also appear if you are viewing the report inside a browser tab rather than downloading it as a standalone file. 🛠️ How to Remove the Icon Follow these steps to export a clean PDF report without the unwanted icon: 1. Go to Reports → Report Builder (Report Builder) in the left sidebar (URL: /report-builder/projects-list). 2. Open the report you want to export. 3. Click the Download .CSV button inside the Report Builder — do not use your browser's built-in print or save function. 4. Once the file downloads, open it directly in a dedicated PDF viewer such as Adobe Acrobat, Preview (macOS), or any standalone PDF application instead of opening it in a browser tab. 5. The icon will no longer appear because it was added by the browser overlay, not embedded in the file itself. 💡 Best Practices for Professional PDF Reports - Always download first, then open: Avoid previewing exported PDFs inside your browser tab. Open them in a dedicated PDF application for the cleanest view. - Use the in-platform export button: The export function inside Search Atlas generates a properly formatted file. Using your browser's print-to-PDF shortcut may add browser UI elements to the output. - Check your browser extensions: Some PDF-related browser extensions inject their own toolbar icons. Try disabling extensions temporarily if the icon persists after downloading. - Share the downloaded file directly: When sending reports to clients, attach the downloaded PDF file rather than sharing a browser preview link to ensure they see a clean document. 🌐 Browser-Specific Tips - Google Chrome: Chrome overlays a toolbar on PDFs viewed in the browser. Always click the download arrow in Chrome's PDF toolbar to save the file before opening it externally. - Mozilla Firefox: Firefox has a similar built-in PDF viewer. Use File → Save Page As or the in-platform export button to get a clean file. - Safari (macOS): Safari typically opens PDFs cleanly, but using the Search Atlas export button is still the recommended approach. - Microsoft Edge: Edge's PDF viewer may also show toolbar icons. Download the file first and open it in a standalone viewer. ✅ Confirming the Fix After following the steps above, your PDF report should display without any browser-generated icons. The document will show only your report content, your branding, and the sections you configured inside the Search Atlas report builder — exactly as your clients expect to see it. 🙋 Still Need Help? If you have followed all the steps above and the icon is still appearing in your exported PDF file, or if you believe the icon is being added by the Search Atlas platform itself rather than your browser, our team is happy to take a closer look. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🗺️ Local Competitor Tracking and Reporting in Report Builder

Overview Report Builder and LLM Visibility are two separate tools in Search Atlas, and each manages competitor tracking differently. This article covers local competitor tracking and competitive reporting in Report Builder for local market analysis. If you are looking to set up competitor tracking in LLM Visibility instead, please refer to the dedicated LLM Visibility KB article. Local Competitor Tracking vs. LLM Visibility Competitor Tracking Understanding the difference between these two tools helps clarify which one fits your goal: - Report Builder (local competitor tracking): Focused on tracking local businesses competing in the same geographic market, including local keyword visibility and Google Business Profile presence. Best suited for local SEO competitive reporting. - LLM Visibility competitor tracking: Focused on how competing brands appear inside AI-generated answers from large language models. This is an AI-search and brand-awareness tool, not a local SEO tool. If your goal is to compare your local rankings, map-pack presence, or citation coverage against nearby businesses, Report Builder is the appropriate tool. Setting Up Local Competitor Tracking in Report Builder Setting up local competitor tracking and competitive reporting in Report Builder involves configuring your project with the local competitors and geographic targets relevant to your market. Because the exact steps and available options may vary depending on your account configuration and the current version of Report Builder, we recommend reaching out to our support team to get guided through the setup process for your specific project. Before contacting support, please have the following information ready so our team can assist you as efficiently as possible: - The name of the project or local market you want to set up competitor tracking for - The names or domains of the local competitors you want to track - The geographic area (city, region, or service area) you are targeting - A description of the competitive metrics or report output you are trying to achieve (for example, local keyword rankings, Google Business Profile comparisons, or map-pack visibility) Having these details on hand will allow our team to walk you through the correct configuration steps and confirm which features are available for your use case. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Understanding Site Metrics Pillar Display Logic

🔍 Overview Site Explorer uses a dynamic display system that adjusts the number of visible pillars based on your website's data availability. If you've just added a brand-new website, you may notice only 2 pillars instead of the full 4 pillars. This is expected behaviour — not a bug. This article explains why this happens and what you need to do to unlock the complete view. 📋 What Are the 4 Pillars? The Site Explorer dashboard is organised into four key pillars that give you a comprehensive picture of your website's SEO health: - Pillar 1 – Authority Metrics: Domain Rating, backlink profile, and referring domains. - Pillar 2 – Traffic Metrics: Estimated organic traffic and top-performing pages. - Pillar 3 – On-Page Health: Technical SEO issues surfaced by a Site Audit. - Pillar 4 – Keyword Performance: Ranking keywords, positions, and visibility trends. 🆕 Why Brand-New Websites Only See 2 Pillars When a website is first added to Search Atlas, the platform has not yet collected enough data to populate all four pillars meaningfully. To protect data accuracy and avoid displaying empty or misleading metrics, Site Explorer intentionally limits the view to Pillar 1 (Authority Metrics) and Pillar 2 (Traffic Metrics) until the additional requirements are met. Showing incomplete pillars for a site with no crawl history or keyword data could lead to incorrect SEO decisions. The gated display ensures every metric you see is backed by real, verified data. ⚙️ What You Need to Unlock All 4 Pillars To see all four pillars in Site Explorer, your website must meet the following requirements: 1. Run a Site Audit: Navigate to Left sidebar → OTTO SEO → Site Audit and launch a Site Audit for your domain. This crawl collects the on-page and technical data needed to populate Pillar 3. A Site Audit must be completed at least once — this is a new requirement introduced alongside the updated display logic. 2. Have Keyword Data Available: Pillar 4 requires at least some keyword ranking data. This is gathered automatically over time or can be accelerated by adding keywords to your Rank Tracker (Left sidebar → Keywords → Rank Tracker). Once both conditions are satisfied, the remaining two pillars will appear automatically on your Site Explorer dashboard — no page refresh or manual action is needed beyond completing the steps above. 🔄 Why the Site Audit Requirement Is New Previously, Site Explorer displayed all four pillar containers regardless of whether a Site Audit had been run, which sometimes resulted in empty sections or placeholder data for new websites. The updated logic was introduced to improve data quality and give you a cleaner, more reliable dashboard experience. The Site Audit requirement ensures Pillar 3 always reflects a real crawl of your site rather than showing an empty or estimated state. 🚀 Step-by-Step: Getting to 4 Pillars 1. Go to Left sidebar → Site Explorer (URL: /site-explorer/list) and confirm your domain is listed. 2. Go to Left sidebar → OTTO SEO → Site Audit and select your domain. 3. Launch a Site Audit and wait for the crawl to complete. 4. Optionally, go to Left sidebar → Keywords → Rank Tracker and add target keywords to speed up Pillar 4 population. 5. Return to Left sidebar → Site Metrics (Site Explorer) — all 4 pillars will now be visible once the data requirements are met. 💡 Tips and Common Questions - How long does the crawl take? Site Audit crawl times vary by site size, but most complete within a few minutes to an hour. - Does this affect existing websites? No. Websites that already had a completed Site Audit and keyword data will continue to show all 4 pillars as before. - What if I ran a Site Audit but still only see 2 pillars? Make sure the audit has fully completed (status shows as done in OTTO SEO → Site Audit) and allow a few minutes for the dashboard to refresh. - Can I use Keyword Magic or Keyword Gap while waiting? Yes. Left sidebar → Keywords → Keyword Magic and Left sidebar → Keywords → Keyword Gap are available independently of the pillar display logic. 🛠️ Need Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Understanding Site Metrics vs GA4 and GSC Data

🔍 Why the Numbers Look Different It is completely normal to see different traffic figures across Site Metrics, Google Analytics 4 (GA4), and Google Search Console (GSC). Each tool measures a different thing using a different methodology. They are not designed to match — and comparing them directly will almost always produce mismatched numbers. Here is a quick summary before we go deeper: - Site Metrics — shows estimated organic traffic modelled from keyword rankings and click-through-rate data. - GA4 — records actual sessions or page views tracked by the Google Analytics JavaScript tag on your site. - GSC — counts clicks on your URLs as logged directly in Google Search. 📈 What Does Site Metrics Actually Measure? The traffic figure you see in Site Metrics is a keyword-based organic traffic estimate. It is not pulled from your GA4 property or your GSC account. Instead, Search Atlas calculates it by: 1. Identifying the keywords your site ranks for in organic search. 2. Applying the average click-through rate (CTR) for each ranking position. 3. Multiplying that CTR against the estimated monthly search volume for each keyword. 4. Summing the results across all tracked keywords to produce a total estimated visit count. This model is widely used across the SEO industry and is designed to give you a broad directional view of your organic search potential — not a precise session count. 📉 Why GA4 Shows a Lower Number GA4 tracks real user sessions using a JavaScript snippet installed on your website. Its count is lower than the Site Metrics estimate for several common reasons: - Ad blockers and privacy tools — a significant portion of users block analytics scripts entirely, so their visits are never recorded in GA4. - Bot and crawler filtering — GA4 attempts to filter non-human traffic, removing visits that the Site Metrics model may still factor in. - Sampling and attribution windows — GA4 uses its own session definition and attribution logic, which can reduce the reported count. - Tag implementation gaps — if the GA4 tag is missing from certain pages, those page views are simply not counted. 🖱️ Why GSC Shows an Even Lower Number GSC clicks represent only the moment a user clicks your link in Google Search results. This number is almost always the lowest of the three because: - It counts clicks, not sessions — one user clicking two different results generates two clicks but potentially one session. - It only covers Google Search — Bing, DuckDuckGo, and other search engines are excluded. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team. Data source: SEMrush, a third-party SEO data provider. Update frequency: Updated periodically based on SEMrush's own crawl and index cycles, not in real time. Also includes a real-world numeric example: Site Metrics 2,978 vs GA4 727 vs GSC (partial).

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

💡 Refunds, Plan Downgrades, and Reporting Without OTTO AI

🔍 Overview If you were recently charged for a plan renewal and decided to downgrade shortly after, you may be wondering whether a partial refund is possible, which lower-tier plan still gives you access to reporting and heatmaps, and how to make the change correctly. This article answers all three questions clearly. 💳 Refund Policy: What You Need to Know Search Atlas charges subscriptions at the start of each billing cycle. Our standard policy is that subscription charges are non-refundable once a billing cycle has begun. This applies to both new charges and automatic renewals. However, we understand that timing can be tricky — especially when a renewal processes before you have the chance to act. Here is what to keep in mind: - Partial refunds (e.g. a $400 refund on a $500 charge) are not guaranteed under our standard policy. - Refund requests are reviewed case by case by our billing team, particularly when a downgrade request is made within a very short window after renewal. - The sooner you contact support after the charge, the better your chances of a favourable review. - Downgrades alone do not automatically trigger a refund for the current billing period. If you believe your situation warrants a refund review, contact our team as soon as possible using the chat widget described at the end of this article. ⬇️ How to Downgrade Your Plan You can initiate a plan change directly from your account settings. Follow these steps: 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. Click your avatar (Avatar Menu (👤)/account name) in the top-right corner to open the Avatar Menu (👤). 3. Select Billing. 4. Open the Plans & Top-ups tab and select Change Plan, then choose the lower-tier plan you want. 5. Confirm the change. Your new plan will take effect at the start of your next billing cycle unless the support team applies an immediate change. If you need a plan change applied immediately — for example, to limit further charges — use the live chat widget to request urgent assistance from a human teammate. 📊 Reporting and Heatmaps Without OTTO AI: Which Plan Do You Need? OTTO AI is Search Atlas's automated SEO implementation engine. It is a premium add-on and is not required to access reporting or heatmap features. You can use these tools on lower-cost plans. Here is a general guide to what is available without OTTO AI: - Reports: Available on most base plans. Access the report builder by going to Reports in the left sidebar (URL: /report-builder/projects-list). You can create, customise, and schedule reports for clients without needing an active OTTO AI subscription. - Heatmaps: Heatmap access is included in select plans. When comparing plans during a downgrade, look for heatmap inclusion listed in the plan feature breakdown on the billing page. - OTTO AI features (automated SEO fixes, AI-driven on-page implementation) are only available on plans that include OTTO or as a paid add-on. Removing OTTO from your plan will not affect your ability to view data, run reports, or use heatmaps if those features are included in your chosen base plan. If you are unsure which specific plan tier includes the reporting and heatmap features you need without OTTO AI, our team can walk you through the current plan comparison during a live chat session. 🛠️ Step-by-Step: Accessing Reports on Your Current Plan 1. Log in to Search Atlas. 2. In the left sidebar, click Reports. 3. You will land on the Projects List page (/report-builder/projects-list). 4. Select an existing project or create a new one to start building a report. 5. Customise sections, add your branding, and schedule automated delivery as needed. If the Reports option is not visible in your sidebar, your current plan may not include it. A plan upgrade or adjustment may be required — contact our team via chat for guidance. ❓ Frequently Asked Questions - Will I lose my data if I downgrade? Your historical data is generally preserved. However, access to certain data points or features may be restricted depending on the plan you move to. - Can I remove OTTO AI without downgrading my full plan? In some cases, OTTO AI can be removed as an add-on separately from your base plan. Removing an add-on stops its future charges immediately, but its quota stays available until the end of the current billing period. Ask a human teammate to confirm what is available for your account. - When does my downgrade take effect? By default, plan changes take effect at the next renewal date. Immediate changes must be requested through live chat. - I was charged today — is it too late to request a refund review? No. Submit your request as soon as possible. The billing team reviews requests in order of submission, and same-day requests are taken into account. 💬 Need Further Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 How to Build a Combined SEO and Google Ads Report

This article explains how to use Report Builder to generate a unified report that surfaces both SEO improvement opportunities and Google Ads data for your clients — all in one place. If a client has asked to see everything you can improve across organic and paid search, Report Builder is the tool to use. 📍 Where to Find It Navigate to Left sidebar → Reports to open Report Builder. This takes you to your projects list where you can create and manage all client reports. 🛠️ Step-by-Step 1. In the left sidebar, click Reports to open the Report Builder projects list. 2. Click + Create to start a new report. 3. Name your report clearly (for example, include the client name and reporting period) so it is easy to identify later. 4. When prompted to select data sources or modules, add the SEO sections you need — such as site audit findings, keyword rankings, and on-page issues — to capture the improvements available for their organic presence. 5. Also add the Google Ads module or section to pull in their paid search performance data, including any issues or opportunities visible in their campaigns. 6. Arrange the sections in a logical order for client presentation (for example, an executive summary first, followed by SEO findings, then Google Ads insights). 7. When the report is complete, use Download .CSV or the sharing option to export or deliver the report to your client. To send it automatically on a schedule, click Automated email reports. ✅ How to Confirm It Worked After building the report, confirm the following before sharing it with your client: - The report appears in your Reports projects list under the name you assigned. - Opening the report shows distinct sections for both SEO issues and Google Ads data — if either section is missing, return to the editor and verify that both modules were added and saved. - All data within the report reflects the correct client account (check that the domain or account connected matches the client you are reporting on). - If you set up automated email delivery, send yourself a test or check the scheduled reports queue to confirm the report will be delivered at the right time. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Enable and Use AI Summary in Report Builder

🔍 What Is AI Summary in Report Builder? The AI Summary feature in Report Builder analyzes your report data and generates a concise, intelligent summary that highlights key findings, trends, and standout metrics. Instead of manually reviewing every section, you get an instant overview of what matters most — making it easier to share insights with clients or stakeholders. 🗂️ How to Navigate to Report Builder 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. In the left sidebar, click Reports. 3. Open an existing report by clicking its name, or create a new one using the New Report button. ✅ How to Enable AI Summary Once your report is open, navigate to Report Builder (Executive Summary) and use Refresh Summary or AI Settings to activate it. Once enabled, the AI Summary will automatically generate based on the data currently included in your report. If you open your report and cannot locate the Refresh Summary or AI Settings option, or if it does not appear to be available in your account, please reach out to our support team so they can confirm where the option is located for your specific plan and report type, and assist you in enabling it. When contacting support, please have the following ready: - Your project or report name - A description of what you see (or do not see) in your report - Any error messages or unexpected behavior you have encountered 📝 How to Use the AI Summary After enabling AI Summary, a summary section will appear within your report, providing an at-a-glance overview of your report data. You can include this summary when sharing the report with clients or team members so they immediately understand the most important takeaways without reading the full report. 💡 Tips - Make sure your report includes enough data before enabling AI Summary — the more data, the richer the summary. - If the summary does not appear after enabling it, try refreshing the page or re-saving the report. 🆘 Need Further Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🗑️ How to Delete Sections in Report Builder

🔍 Overview When building custom reports in Search Atlas, you can remove individual sections directly from the Layout tab. The delete control is a trash can icon that only appears when you hover over a section — which is why many customers initially miss it. 🧭 How to Navigate to the Report Builder 1. In the left sidebar, click Reports. 2. You will land on the projects list at /report-builder/projects-list. 3. Open an existing report or create a new one. 4. Open the Executive Summary and click the Edit layout button. 🗑️ How to Delete a Section 1. In the Edit layout view (Executive Summary), locate the section you want to remove. 2. Hover your cursor over that section block. The trash can icon will appear in the top-right corner of the section. 3. Click the trash can icon to delete the section. 4. Confirm the deletion if prompted. Important: The trash can icon is hidden by default and only becomes visible on hover. If you are not hovering directly over the section block, the icon will not appear. 💡 Tips for Managing Report Sections - Hover precisely: Move your cursor fully inside the section boundary to trigger the icon. - Undo mistakes: If you accidentally delete a section, check whether an undo option is available in the toolbar before navigating away. - Reorder instead of delete: If you only want to change a section's position, drag and drop it rather than deleting and re-adding it. - Save your report after making layout changes to ensure nothing is lost. 🛠️ Troubleshooting - Icon still not visible? Make sure you have clicked Edit layout in the Executive Summary, not the Settings or Preview tab. Delete controls only appear in the Edit layout view. - Using a touchscreen? Hover-triggered icons may not activate on touch devices. Try using a mouse or trackpad for full control. - Browser zoom level: If your browser is zoomed in or out significantly, section controls can shift out of view. Reset zoom to 100% and try again. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team. Additional Notes Deleting a section removes it and all widgets contained within it. This action cannot be undone. If a section appears locked or the icon does not respond, check that you have the correct editing permissions for that report.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Site Metrics Domain vs Page-Level Reporting

🔍 What Site Explorer Is Designed to Show Site Explorer is a domain-level reporting tool. It aggregates SEO performance data — such as organic traffic estimates, keyword rankings, and backlink authority — across your entire domain as a single unit. Think of it as a high-level health dashboard for your website overall, not a page-by-page breakdown. This means that even if the crawler has crawled all 44 pages of your site, Site Explorer will still display consolidated metrics at the domain level rather than listing individual URL performance. This is expected behaviour, not a bug. 📄 Why You Only See Homepage-Level Data When you visit Left sidebar → Site Metrics (Site Explorer) (URL: /site-explorer/list), the primary metrics displayed — including organic keywords, estimated traffic, and domain authority signals — are calculated for the root domain as a whole. The homepage is often the reference point shown because it represents the domain's canonical entry point. The crawler completing its crawl of all 44 pages confirms your site structure has been indexed internally, but that crawl data feeds into different tools rather than generating per-URL rows inside Site Explorer. 🗺️ Where to Find Page-Level URL Analysis To analyse performance at the individual URL level, use these tools within the platform: - Keywords → Rank Tracker — Track how specific URLs rank for targeted keywords over time. You can add individual pages and monitor their position changes. - Keywords → Keyword Magic — Research which keywords are relevant to specific pages and uncover opportunities at the page level. - Keywords → Keyword Gap — Compare keyword coverage between your domain and competitors, which can surface page-level content gaps. - OTTO SEO (Left sidebar → OTTO SEO → All Sites (SEO Automation), URL: /seo-automation-v3) — Use AI-driven recommendations to optimise individual pages. This tool works at the page level and surfaces actionable improvements for specific URLs across your crawled site. ✅ Recommended Workflow for Full Site Analysis If your goal is to understand how all 44 crawled pages are performing, follow this workflow: 1. Go to Left sidebar → OTTO SEO → All Sites (SEO Automation) to review page-level SEO scores and recommendations for each crawled URL. 2. Use Left sidebar → Keywords → Rank Tracker to add and monitor the specific URLs you want to track keyword rankings for. 3. Use Left sidebar → Keywords → Keyword Gap to identify which pages are missing keyword coverage compared to competitors. 4. Return to Left sidebar → Site Metrics (Site Explorer) periodically to monitor how your domain-level authority and traffic estimates trend upward as page-level optimisations take effect. 💡 Quick Reference: Domain vs Page Level - Site Explorer (domain level): Overall traffic estimates, domain authority, top keywords for the whole site. - Rank Tracker (page level): Keyword positions for specific URLs you choose to track. - OTTO SEO (page level): Individual URL audits, on-page scores, and optimisation tasks for crawled pages. 🙋 Still Have Questions? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Site Metrics Keywords Tab Column Definitions

📋 Overview The Keywords tab inside Site Explorer gives you a detailed breakdown of how your tracked domain ranks across search results. Each column surfaces a different dimension of keyword performance. This article explains what every column means so you can interpret your data with confidence. 🧭 How to Access the Keywords Tab 1. In the left sidebar, click Site Explorer. 2. Select your target domain from the list. 3. Click the Keywords tab at the top of the page. 📖 Column Definitions 🔑 Keyword The exact search query for which the domain holds a ranking URL. This is the term a user typed into Google that triggered your page to appear in the results. 🌐 URL The specific page on your domain that ranks for the keyword. One keyword maps to one ranking URL at a time. 📍 Position The organic ranking position of your URL for that keyword in the standard (blue-link) search results. Position 1 is the top organic result. This number reflects only the traditional organic listing — it does not account for any enriched SERP features shown on the same page. 🏆 SERP Features A separate indicator that shows which enriched result types appear on the search results page for that keyword — and whether your domain owns one of them. SERP Features are special result formats Google displays in addition to standard organic links. Common examples include: - Featured Snippet — a boxed answer pulled directly from a page. - People Also Ask — an expandable question-and-answer block. - Image Pack — a row of images surfaced inline. - Site Links — additional deep links shown beneath a main result. - Video Carousel — a row of video thumbnails. - Local Pack — a map and business listings block. The column tells you two things at a glance: which features exist for the keyword, and whether your domain is currently capturing any of them. Winning a SERP Feature can significantly increase visibility even if your standard organic Position remains unchanged. 🔍 Position vs. SERP Features — Key Difference Position measures where your URL sits in the numbered organic list. SERP Features measures whether your domain appears in any of the enriched, non-standard result blocks on the same page. A page can rank at Position 5 yet still own the Featured Snippet at the very top — making SERP Features an equally important metric for true visibility. 📈 Volume The estimated average monthly search volume for the keyword in the selected country. Higher volume means more potential searchers; use it alongside Position to prioritise which keywords are worth optimising first. 💡 Difficulty A score from 0–100 indicating how competitive it is to rank for the keyword organically. Lower scores signal easier ranking opportunities; higher scores indicate strong competition from authoritative pages. 🚦 Traffic The estimated number of monthly organic visits your domain receives from this keyword. Traffic is calculated by combining the keyword's search volume with the expected click-through rate (CTR) for your current Position. Because CTR drops sharply as positions move further down the page, a high-volume keyword at Position 10 may actually deliver less traffic than a lower-volume keyword at Position 2. Use this column to identify which keywords are genuinely driving visitors — not just impressions. 💰 CPC (Cost Per Click) The average amount advertisers pay per click when bidding on this keyword in Google Ads. A high CPC signals strong commercial intent and indicates that the keyword attracts audiences likely to convert. Even if you are focused on organic SEO, CPC is a useful proxy for a keyword's business value. 🔎 Intent A classification of the likely purpose behind the search query. The four common intent types are: - Informational — the user wants to learn something. - Navigational — the user is looking for a specific website or brand. - Commercial — the user is researching before making a purchase decision. - Transactional — the user is ready to take an action, such as buying or signing up. Matching your page content and calls-to-action to the correct intent improves both rankings and conversions. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team. Additional Notes Traffic — the estimated organic traffic of the analyzed domain (per country). It is an estimate, not a direct measurement from analytics. Also: Search Volume and Keyword Difficulty (KD) column definitions.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🗺️ Search Atlas Tool Feature Matrix and Capability Mapping

Overview Search Atlas covers a wide range of SEO capabilities across several tools. If you are wondering which tool handles which job, this article maps common use cases to the tools available in the platform. Because the platform is updated regularly and navigation labels may vary, treat the guidance below as a general starting point rather than a step-by-step walkthrough. Capability-to-Tool Quick Reference Use the guide below to find the right Search Atlas tool for your use case: - Tracking featured snippets and SERP features — The Rank Tracker provides data on SERP feature presence for your tracked keywords, including featured snippets, AI Overviews, People Also Ask boxes, and other rich results. - Monitoring AI Overviews — The Rank Tracker surfaces AI Overview presence alongside other SERP feature data for your tracked keywords. - Analysing competitor traffic and organic visibility — The Site Explorer (also referred to as Competitor Research) lets you enter a competitor's domain to see estimated organic traffic, top pages, and keyword rankings. - Finding keyword gaps between your site and competitors — A Keyword Gap feature is available within the Site Explorer or Competitor Research area. You can enter your domain alongside one or more competitor domains to surface keywords they rank for that you do not. - Discovering backlinks — A backlink analysis feature is available within the Site Explorer. You can enter any domain or URL to review its inbound links and referring domain data. - Researching new keyword opportunities — A keyword research tool is available in the platform where you can enter a seed keyword to generate related terms along with volume, difficulty, and intent data. Tips for Getting Started If you are unsure where a particular tool lives, browse the platform's navigation menu — most tools are grouped by category, and some features appear as tabs within a parent tool (for example, the Keyword Gap tool is located at Left sidebar → Keywords → Keyword Gap). If the tool you need is not listed above, note the specific capability or use case you are trying to accomplish, the name of any section you have already tried, and a description of where you got stuck — this will help a support agent point you in the right direction quickly. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Report Builder Usage Limits and Credit Consumption

📋 Overview The Search Atlas Report Builder allows you to generate SEO reports, but report creation is subject to monthly limits and plan-level quotas. If you find that you are unable to generate a new report or have hit a usage limit, this article explains what to expect and how to get help. To access the Report Builder, go to Left sidebar → Reports (URL: /report-builder/projects-list). 📦 Monthly Creation Limits and Plan Quotas Report generation in Search Atlas is tied to your subscription plan. Each plan includes a set number of SEO reports you can create per month. Once you reach your plan's monthly limit, you will not be able to generate additional reports until the next billing cycle begins and your quota resets. The exact number of reports included with your plan depends on the tier you are subscribed to. To find out your current plan's report quota and how many reports you have remaining this month, check your account settings or billing page within the platform. 🔄 What To Do If You've Reached Your Limit If you are unable to create a new report and believe you have reached your monthly quota, here are the steps to take: 1. Navigate to your account settings or billing page to confirm your current plan and remaining report quota for the month. 2. If your quota has been reached, you can wait for your monthly limit to reset at the start of your next billing cycle. 3. If you need to generate more reports before the reset, consider upgrading your subscription to a higher-tier plan that includes a larger monthly report allocation. 4. If your quota does not appear to have been reached but you are still unable to generate reports, or if the information shown does not match what you expect, contact our support team with your project name and a description of the issue so we can investigate. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🧭 Navigate the Search Atlas Dashboard With Ease

Overview of the Dashboard Layout When you log in to Search Atlas, you land on the main dashboard. The interface is divided into key areas that help you navigate between tools and manage your projects: - Left sidebar: Your primary navigation menu. All tools and features are accessible from here, grouped by category. - Top bar: Displays your active project, account settings, notifications, and your workspace switcher. - Main content area: The working panel where data, reports, and tool outputs appear based on your selection. How Projects and Workspaces Work Search Atlas organises your work around projects. Each project represents a website or client you are managing. Before using most tools, you need to have a project selected. 1. Locate the project selector in the top bar of the platform. 2. Select an existing project from the dropdown, or create a new project to add one. 3. Once a project is active, the tools in the sidebar will pull data relevant to that project. If you manage multiple websites or clients, you can create separate projects for each one and switch between them at any time from the top bar. Finding the Right Tool Quickly The left sidebar groups tools into logical categories. Here is a quick reference for where to find the most commonly used features: - Keyword Research: Look in the sidebar for the keywords-related section. Use this to discover new keyword opportunities, check search volume, and analyse keyword difficulty. - Site Auditor: Go to OTTO SEO → Site Audit in the left sidebar. Run a full technical audit of any website to identify issues affecting rankings. - Backlink Analyser: Go to the top-right header (apps-grid icon) → More Features → Backlinks (Backlink Research). Review your link profile or research competitor backlinks. - Content Assistant: Look in the sidebar for the content-related section. Use AI-assisted tools to plan, write, and optimise content for search. - Rank Tracker: Go to Keywords → Rank Tracker (Keyword Rank Tracker) in the left sidebar. Monitor keyword positions over time for any project. - Reports: Look in the sidebar for the reports section. Build and export custom reports for your projects. Adjusting Your Account Settings Your account preferences, billing details, and team management options are accessible from the top area of the platform. Look for your account or Avatar Menu (👤) to access options such as: - Updating your personal details and password. - Managing your subscription and billing. - Inviting team members or managing user permissions. - Connecting integrations such as Google Search Console or Google Analytics. Tips for Getting Around Faster - Explore the sidebar categories to get familiar with how tools are grouped — this is the fastest way to locate any feature. - Switch projects from the top bar whenever you need to move between different websites or clients. - Check the main content area after selecting any tool — output and data will load there automatically. If you are unsure where a specific tool is located or cannot find a feature you expect to see, our support team can point you in the right direction. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🖨️ Remove Download and Print Icons From PDF Reports

🔍 Overview When generating or viewing PDF reports in Search Atlas, you may notice a download or print icon appearing in the top-right corner of the report layout. This icon is part of the report viewer interface and can appear unexpectedly after platform updates. This article walks you through how to control the visibility of these icons so your reports look polished and professional before sharing them with clients. 📍 Where to Find Your Reports To get started, navigate to your reports using the following path: 1. Click Reports (Report Builder) in the left sidebar. 2. You will land on the Projects List page (URL: /report-builder/projects-list). 3. Click on the report you want to edit or preview. 🛠️ How to Hide the Download and Print Icons Follow these steps to remove or hide the download and print icons from your PDF report layout: 1. From the Projects List, open the report you want to modify by clicking its name. 2. Once inside the report editor, click the Settings or Report Options icon — typically represented by a gear or three-dot menu — located in the top toolbar. 3. In the settings panel that opens, look for a section labelled Report Viewer Options or Display Settings. 4. Locate the toggle or checkbox for Show Download Icon and Show Print Icon. 5. Switch both toggles to the off position, or uncheck the corresponding checkboxes. 6. Click Save or Apply Changes to confirm your settings. 7. Preview the report again to confirm the icons no longer appear in the top-right corner. Once saved, these settings will apply every time the report is viewed or exported as a PDF, ensuring a consistent, professional appearance for your clients. 📄 Exporting a Clean PDF After Hiding Icons After hiding the icons, follow these steps to export your finalized report: 1. With the report open and settings saved, click the Download .CSV button in Reports → Report Builder (Report Builder). 2. Save the file to your device. Your exported PDF will now reflect the updated layout with no visible download or print icons in the corner. ⚠️ Troubleshooting: Icons Still Appearing After Changes If the icons are still visible after following the steps above, try the following: - Hard refresh the page by pressing Ctrl + Shift + R (Windows) or Cmd + Shift + R (Mac) to clear any cached layout data. - Check report-level vs. project-level settings. Some display settings are applied at the individual report level, not across the entire project. Make sure you saved settings inside the correct report. - Confirm your changes were saved by navigating away from the report and returning to it, then reopening the settings panel to verify the toggles are still in the off position. - Try a different browser to rule out a browser-rendering issue affecting the preview display. 💡 Best Practices for Professional PDF Reports - Always preview your report in the report viewer before exporting to catch any layout issues early. - Use your brand colours and logo in the report header to reinforce a professional, white-label appearance for clients. - Save a report template with your preferred display settings so you do not need to adjust icon visibility each time you create a new report. - Review your report on both desktop and a PDF viewer after export to ensure the final output matches expectations. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 SEO Report Builder Monthly Limits and Plan Quotas

📋 Overview The Search Atlas Report Builder lets you create professional, branded SEO reports for your clients or internal teams. Each plan includes a set number of reports you can generate per month. This article explains how those limits work, where to check your current usage, and what to expect when you run reports on a regular schedule. 🔍 Where to Find the Report Builder To access the Report Builder, go to the left sidebar and click Reports. This takes you to the projects list at /report-builder/projects-list, where you can view, create, and manage all your SEO reports. 📊 How Monthly Report Limits Work Your Search Atlas plan includes a monthly quota that defines the maximum number of SEO reports you can create within a calendar month. Key things to know about how this quota works: - Quota resets monthly: Your report allowance refreshes at the start of each billing cycle, so unused reports do not carry over to the following month. - Each report counts once: Creating a new report project counts as one report toward your monthly limit. Editing or updating an existing report does not consume an additional credit. - Running once a month fits easily: If your workflow involves generating one report per client or project per month, this cadence is well within the designed use of the tool and should align comfortably with most plan quotas. - Quota is account-wide: The limit applies to your entire account, not per user or per workspace. ✅ Does Running a Report Once a Month Fit My Plan? For the vast majority of customers, running reports once a month per client or project fits well within plan limits. Here is a simple way to think about it: 1. Count the number of active clients or projects for which you need monthly reports. 2. Compare that number against your plan's monthly report quota. 3. If your client count is at or below your quota, you are fully covered for a once-a-month cadence. For example, if your plan allows 20 reports per month and you manage 15 clients, creating one report per client each month uses 15 of your 20 available reports — leaving 5 reports as a buffer for ad-hoc or one-off requests. 📈 Checking Your Current Usage and Plan Quota To see how many reports you have used and how many remain in the current period: 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. Click the top-right avatar (Avatar Menu (👤)) and go to Billing → Plans & Top-ups. 3. Look for the Plan Usage or Quota summary, which shows your current report count alongside your monthly limit. If you are unsure where to find this information in your specific plan view, the live chat widget can point you to the right place instantly. ⚠️ What Happens If You Reach Your Limit If your account reaches its monthly report quota before the period resets, you will not be able to create new reports until the quota refreshes at the start of your next billing cycle. To avoid interruptions: - Monitor your usage regularly, especially if you manage a large number of clients. - Plan report creation in advance so you do not exhaust your quota early in the month. - Consider upgrading your plan if you consistently need more reports than your current quota allows. 🚀 Upgrading Your Plan for Higher Quotas If your monthly report needs exceed your current plan's quota, upgrading to a higher-tier plan increases the number of reports available to you each month. To explore upgrade options, go to the top-right avatar (Avatar Menu (👤)) → Billing → Plans & Top-ups and review the available plans. You can upgrade directly from that page. 💡 Tips for Managing Reports Efficiently - Reuse report templates: Build a report template once and duplicate it for each client — this keeps your branding consistent and saves setup time each month. - Archive inactive projects: Keep your projects list tidy by archiving reports for clients you are no longer actively working with. - Schedule thoughtfully: If you produce reports for many clients, stagger creation across the first week of the month so you always have capacity available. 🛠️ Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Understanding and Improving Your Search Atlas Score

🔍 What Is the Search Atlas Score? The Search Atlas score (displayed as a value out of 100) is a composite metric that reflects your website's overall SEO health. A dramatic drop in this score — such as falling to 1/100 — usually signals one or more underlying issues that need attention. This article covers the most common reasons scores drop and practical steps you can take to investigate and improve your score. ⚠️ Why Did Your Score Drop Dramatically? A sudden, steep drop in your Search Atlas score is typically tied to one or more detectable issues. Common contributing factors include: - New or recently crawled site with thin content: If your site was just added to Search Atlas or recently re-crawled, the tool may be seeing very little published content, resulting in a near-zero baseline score. - Large number of orphaned pages: Pages that have no internal links pointing to them signal poor site architecture and can weigh heavily on your score. - Critical technical errors: Broken links, missing meta tags, or slow page speed can all negatively affect your score. - Site under active development: If your site is being rebuilt or restructured, incomplete pages or temporary redirects can distort the score significantly. 🗂️ What Are Orphaned Pages? Orphaned pages are pages on your website that exist in your sitemap or have been crawled, but receive no internal links from any other page on your site. Because no other page links to them, search engine bots may struggle to discover and index them — and users cannot navigate to them organically. Orphaned pages are a common cause of score drops because they signal disorganised site architecture. To address them: 1. Open your site audit results in Search Atlas by going to OTTO SEO → Site Audit in the left sidebar and look for any pages flagged as orphaned. 2. For each orphaned page, identify where it logically belongs in your site structure and add an internal link to it from a relevant parent or sibling page. 3. If a page has no content value, consider removing it or redirecting it to a relevant page. 4. Re-run the site audit after making changes to confirm the orphaned pages have been resolved. 🛠️ General Steps to Investigate and Improve Your Score If your score has dropped and you are unsure why, work through the following steps: 1. Open Search Atlas and navigate to OTTO SEO → Site Audit in the left sidebar to review your site audit results and any flagged issues. 2. Prioritise fixing errors listed as critical or high-impact first — these typically have the greatest effect on your overall score. 3. Address orphaned pages, broken links, and missing metadata before moving on to lower-priority items. 4. If your site is currently under development, be aware that incomplete content and structural changes can temporarily lower your score — this is expected and should improve once the site is more complete. 5. After making fixes, trigger a new crawl or audit from OTTO SEO → Site Audit in the left sidebar of Search Atlas to see your updated score. 📋 When to Contact Support If you have reviewed your audit results, addressed the flagged issues, and your score has not improved as expected, our support team can help investigate further. When reaching out, please have the following ready: - Your project or domain name as it appears in Search Atlas - A description of when the score drop occurred and approximately how large the drop was - Any specific error messages or flagged issues shown in your audit results If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📤 Export OTTO Tasks and Work Summary Data

🗂️ About Exporting OTTO Tasks and Work Summary Data The OTTO dashboard includes the ability to export records of SEO tasks and work completed — whether actioned by OTTO automatically or implemented by your team. This is useful for client reporting, internal audits, and tracking progress over time. Exportable data may include: - Completed tasks — tasks that have been actioned within a given period - OTTO suggestions — recommendations generated by OTTO along with their status - Work summary data — a high-level breakdown of activity across your site 🧭 How to Access the OTTO Dashboard 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. Navigate to OTTO SEO → All Sites (SEO Automation) from the left sidebar. 3. Your OTTO dashboard will load, displaying tasks and activity for the selected project. 4. If you manage multiple sites, switch to the correct project before attempting to export. 📥 Exporting Tasks and Work Summary Data Export options are available directly from the OTTO dashboard. To export your data: 1. Open the OTTO dashboard and navigate to the section containing the tasks or work summary you want to export. 2. Apply any available filters to narrow the results to the date range or task states you need. 3. Look for an export or download option within that section to save the data to your device. If you are unable to locate the export option, or if the export feature does not appear to be available for your account or project, please reach out to our support team for guidance. When you do, have the following ready: - The name of the project you are trying to export data for - The type of data you want to export (tasks, suggestions, or work summary) - Any error message or unexpected behavior you encountered, including the approximate date and time it occurred If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🌍 View Full Country Data in Site Explorer

🔍 Overview When reviewing a site's traffic breakdown in Site Explorer, Search Atlas displays a summary of the top countries by default. The remaining countries are grouped under an Others category. This article explains how to expand that data and view the complete country-by-country distribution for any site. 🗺️ Where to Find Country Distribution Data Country distribution data is located inside the Site Explorer report for any domain you are analysing. Follow these steps to get there: 1. In the left sidebar, click Site Metrics (Site Explorer). 2. You will land on the Site Explorer list at /site-explorer/list. 3. Click on the domain you want to analyse, or enter a new domain in the search bar. 4. Scroll down to the Country Distribution section on the site's overview page. 📊 Understanding the Default Country View By default, the Country Distribution section shows only the top-performing countries for the selected site. Any countries that fall outside this top group are combined into a single Others row. This keeps the report clean and scannable, but it means you may not immediately see the full geographic breakdown. ✅ How to See All Countries Including Others To expand the country distribution and view every individual country, including those grouped under Others, follow these steps: 1. Navigate to the Country Distribution section within the site's Site Explorer report. 2. Look for the View All button or the Others row at the bottom of the country table. 3. Click View All (or click directly on the Others row) to expand the full list. 4. The table will now display every country contributing traffic to the site, along with its individual share of visits, keywords, and other available metrics. You can scroll through the expanded table or use the built-in sort and filter controls to organise the data by traffic share, keyword count, or any other available column. 💡 Tips for Working with Country Data - Sort by traffic share to quickly identify which smaller markets are growing in importance. - Export the data using the export button in the report header if you need to analyse country breakdowns in a spreadsheet. - Compare domains by opening multiple sites in Site Explorer and comparing their expanded country tables side by side. - Keep in mind that countries listed under Others individually may have small traffic volumes, but together they can represent a meaningful share of a site's overall reach. ❓ Frequently Asked Questions Why are some countries grouped under Others? Search Atlas groups lower-traffic countries into the Others category by default to keep reports easy to read. Clicking View All reveals the full breakdown without any data being hidden or excluded. Is the data in the expanded view complete? Yes. The expanded view shows every country for which Search Atlas has data for that domain. No country data is removed — it is simply collapsed for display purposes until you choose to expand it. Can I filter the expanded table to a specific region? You can sort and filter the expanded country table using the available column controls. Regional grouping filters may vary depending on your plan and the current version of the platform. 🆘 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Report Export Loading Times and What to Expect

📋 Overview When you click the Export to Docs button inside OTTO SEO → Site Audit → Overview (Website Overview), Search Atlas compiles your data, applies formatting, and generates a file in the background. Depending on the size and complexity of your report, this process can take anywhere from a few seconds to several minutes. This article explains what to expect and how to troubleshoot a slow or stalled export. ⏱️ How Long Does Report Generation Take? Generation time depends on several factors, including the number of sections in your report, the volume of data being pulled, and current platform load. As a general guide: - Small reports (1–5 sections): typically ready in under 30 seconds. - Medium reports (6–15 sections): usually complete within 1–3 minutes. - Large reports (16+ sections or heavy data): may take up to 5 minutes or longer. During generation, the button will display a loading indicator. This is normal behaviour — the platform is actively building your file. Do not close the tab or navigate away while the export is in progress. 🔍 Why Does the Button Keep Loading Without Generating a File? If the export button has been spinning for more than 5–10 minutes and no file has appeared, one of the following may be the cause: - Large data volume: Reports with many keywords, pages, or audit items take longer to compile. Give it a few extra minutes before assuming something is wrong. - Browser or network interruption: A brief loss of connection during export can cause the process to stall silently. - Pop-up blocker: Some browsers block the file download prompt. Check that pop-ups and downloads are allowed for the Search Atlas domain. - Browser tab was left idle: Certain browsers throttle background tabs. Keep the Report Builder tab active and visible during export. - Temporary platform load: High usage periods can add a short delay to background tasks like report generation. 🛠️ Steps to Resolve a Stalled Export 1. Wait at least 5 full minutes from the moment you clicked Export before taking any action. 2. Check your browser's download bar or downloads folder — the file may have already been saved without a visible notification. 3. Verify that your browser allows pop-ups and automatic downloads for Search Atlas. In Chrome, go to Settings → Privacy and Security → Site Settings → Pop-ups and redirects. 4. Perform a hard refresh of the page (Ctrl + Shift + R on Windows, Cmd + Shift + R on Mac) and try the export again. 5. If the issue persists, try exporting in a different browser (Google Chrome is recommended) or in an incognito/private window to rule out extension conflicts. 6. If your report is very large, consider splitting it into smaller sections by duplicating the project and removing some modules, then exporting each version separately. 🗺️ How to Access the Report Builder To reach your reports, navigate to Left sidebar → Reports. From the projects list, open the report you want to export and click the Export to Docs button in the top-right area of the report view. 💡 Tips for Faster, Smoother Exports - Use a stable, wired internet connection when exporting large reports. - Avoid running multiple simultaneous exports from the same account. - Keep your browser up to date — outdated browsers can cause compatibility issues with file generation. - Close unnecessary browser tabs to free up memory during the export process. 🆘 Still Having Trouble? If you have followed all the steps above and your report still fails to generate, our support team is ready to help. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 How to Create Client Reports with OTTO SEO Data

This article explains how to create client reports that include data from your OTTO SEO projects using the Report Builder. If you've been unsure how to pull OTTO SEO information into a shareable report — or how to confirm the report is set up correctly — this guide covers each step in detail. 📍 Where to Find It Navigate to Left sidebar → Reports to open the Report Builder. From here you can create new reports, refresh summary, download a CSV, and configure automated email delivery to clients. 🛠️ Step-by-Step 1. In the left sidebar, click Reports to open the Report Builder project list. 2. Click + Create to start a new report. 3. When prompted to select a project or data source, choose the client project that has OTTO SEO enabled. OTTO SEO data is tied to the project it was activated on, so make sure you select the correct project from the list. 4. Configure the report sections you want to include — such as site audit results, keyword rankings, or on-page optimizations that OTTO SEO has applied or recommended. 5. Add your client's branding or any custom notes as needed, then save the report. 6. To share the report automatically, use the Automated email reports option to schedule recurring delivery directly to your client's inbox. 7. To provide an immediate download, use Download .CSV to export the current data snapshot. ✅ How to Confirm It Worked After creating the report, verify the following to confirm everything is set up correctly: - The report appears in your Report Builder project list under Left sidebar → Reports. - Opening the report shows data sections populated with information from your selected OTTO SEO project — not blank or placeholder fields. - If you scheduled an automated email, confirm the delivery settings show the correct recipient email address, frequency, and next send date. - If you downloaded a CSV, open the file and check that the rows contain real metric values (rankings, audit scores, etc.) rather than empty columns, which would indicate the wrong project was selected. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team. Additional Notes Use the Refresh Summary button (Left sidebar → Reports → [Report] (Executive Summary) → Refresh Summary) to ensure the report is pulling the most current OTTO SEO data before previewing or sharing. Also confirms the URL path /report-builder/projects-list and advises verifying the project name matches the OTTO SEO deployment before proceeding.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🗺️ How to Find Share of Local Voice in Search Atlas

Search Atlas does not have a metric labelled "SOLV" or "Share of Local Voice." However, the Local SEO Heatmaps tool is the closest functional equivalent: it shows how prominently your business appears in local search results across a geographic grid, which is the same underlying data SOLV scores are built from. 📍 Where to Find It Look for the Local SEO Heatmaps tool within the Local section of the platform's navigation. From there you can view and manage local visibility data for your connected Google Business Profile locations. 🛠️ What to Do 1. Navigate to the Local section in the platform. 2. Open the Local SEO Heatmaps tool. 3. If you have not yet connected a Google Business Profile, set up your GBP connection first — look for the GBP or Google Business Profile setup option within the Local section — then return to Local SEO Heatmaps. 4. Select or create a heatmap for the location you want to measure. 5. Choose a target keyword and grid radius that match the local search area you want to track. A tighter radius replicates the hyper-local focus typical of SOLV tracking; a wider radius shows broader market presence. 6. Run the heatmap. Each grid point reflects your business's local ranking position for that keyword at that location — the aggregate of high-ranking points represents your share of local search presence, which is the functional equivalent of what SOLV measures. ✅ What to Do If the Heatmap Does Not Load If the heatmap grid does not populate as expected, check that your Google Business Profile is properly connected under the Local section of the platform and that you have entered a target keyword. Correcting either of those details and re-running the heatmap should resolve the issue. If you are still unsure where to find the Local SEO Heatmaps tool or need help confirming your GBP connection, please reach out with your project name and a description of what you are trying to measure so our team can guide you to the right place. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🗑️ How to Delete a Report in Report Builder

🔍 Overview If you want to remove a report you no longer need, Report Builder includes a delete option for each project. Depending on your screen size or display settings, you may need to scroll within the report card or project row to reveal the delete control. This article walks you through the exact steps. 🧭 How to Navigate to Report Builder 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. In the left sidebar, click Reports. 3. You will land on the projects list at /report-builder/projects-list. 🗑️ How to Delete a Report 1. On the projects list page, locate the report you want to delete. 2. If you do not immediately see any action controls next to the report, scroll right or scroll down within the report row — the delete option may be hidden off-screen depending on your window width or zoom level. 3. Once the controls are visible, click the Delete option associated with that report. 4. A confirmation prompt will appear. Confirm the deletion to permanently remove the report. ⚠️ Important Notes Before You Delete - Deletion is permanent. Once a report is deleted, it cannot be recovered. - Make sure you have downloaded or saved any data from the report that you may need in the future before deleting. - Deleting a report does not affect any underlying data, campaigns, or settings elsewhere in your account. 🛠️ Troubleshooting: Delete Option Not Visible - Zoom level: If your browser is zoomed in above 100%, action controls can shift off-screen. Try pressing Ctrl + − (Windows) or Cmd + − (Mac) to zoom out. - Screen resolution: On smaller or lower-resolution screens, table columns may overflow. Scroll horizontally within the report row to reveal all controls. - Browser compatibility: For the best experience, use an up-to-date version of Chrome or Firefox. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🔀 Sort and Export Competitors in Site Explorer

🗺️ Overview Site Explorer's Competitors feature lets you discover which domains compete with your target site in organic search. Before exporting that list, you can sort and filter the competitors table so your export contains exactly the data you need — ordered the way you want it. 🔍 How to Access the Competitors Table 1. In the left sidebar, click Site Metrics → Competitors. 2. Enter a domain in the search bar and press Enter to load the site report. 3. View the Competitors page. The competitors table will populate with domains that share keyword rankings with your target site. 📊 How to Sort Competitors by Traffic You can sort the competitors table by any available column — including organic traffic — before exporting. To sort by traffic amount: 1. Locate the Traffic column header in the competitors table. 2. Click the column header once to sort competitors in descending order (highest traffic first). 3. Click the column header a second time to sort in ascending order (lowest traffic first). An arrow indicator next to the column header confirms the active sort direction. You can apply the same click-to-sort method to any other column in the table, such as Domain Authority, Common Keywords, or Referring Domains. 🔎 How to Filter the Competitors Table In addition to sorting, you can narrow the table using available filters before exporting: - Traffic range — set minimum and maximum organic traffic thresholds to focus on competitors within a specific traffic band. - Domain Authority range — filter by domain strength to compare like-for-like competitors. - Common Keywords — filter by the number of keywords your site and the competitor both rank for. Apply your preferred filters using the filter controls above the table. The table updates in real time as you adjust each filter. 📤 How to Export the Sorted and Filtered Competitors List Once your sort order and filters are set, export the table in its current state: 1. Confirm the table is sorted and filtered the way you want. 2. Click the Export button located in the top-right area of the competitors table. 3. Choose your preferred file format (CSV or Excel) when prompted. 4. The downloaded file will reflect the current sort order and any active filters — only the rows visible in the table are included in the export. Tip: If you want all competitors without filtering, clear any active filters before exporting so no rows are excluded. ✅ Quick Reference - Sort by traffic: Click the Traffic column header in the competitors table. - Sort by any metric: Click the corresponding column header — toggle between ascending and descending. - Filter before export: Use the filter controls above the table to set traffic, authority, or keyword ranges. - Export reflects current view: Your sort order and filters carry through to the downloaded file automatically. 💬 Need Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🗂️ Remove a Project from Report Builder

📋 Overview In Report Builder, each report can include one or more projects. If you need to remove a project from a report, you will use a control that may only become visible after scrolling horizontally inside the report editor. This guide walks you through the general process so nothing gets missed. 🧭 How to Get to Report Builder 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. In the left sidebar, click Reports. 3. Your list of existing reports appears at /report-builder/projects-list. 4. Click the report you want to edit. 🗑️ How to Remove a Project from a Report 1. Open the report that contains the project you want to remove. 2. Locate the projects bar near the top of the report editor. This bar displays all projects currently added to the report. 3. Scroll horizontally inside the projects bar. This step is easy to miss — the remove control may only become visible after you scroll within the project area. 4. Once you have scrolled to reveal the full project entry, look for the remove control (such as a button or icon) associated with that project. 5. Click the remove control to detach the project from the report. 6. The project is now removed from the report. Any remaining projects are unaffected. 💡 Tips for Smooth Horizontal Scrolling - Trackpad users: Place two fingers on the trackpad and swipe left or right directly over the projects bar. - Mouse users: Hold the Shift key and roll the scroll wheel while hovering over the projects bar. - All users: If no scroll bar is visible, try hovering directly over the projects bar first — the scroll bar appears on hover in most browsers. - Make sure your browser zoom level is set to 100%. A zoomed-in view can push the remove control fully off screen. ❓ Frequently Asked Questions - Will removing a project delete any data? No. Removing a project from a report only detaches it from that report. The project and all its data remain intact in your account. - Can I re-add the project later? Yes. You can include it again by adding the project back through the report editor. - The remove control is not appearing even after scrolling. What should I do? Try refreshing the page and reopening the report. If the issue persists, contact our support team using the chat widget described below. 🆘 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Understanding Your Site Health Score

📋 What Is the Site Health Score? The Site Health Score is a numerical rating that gives you a quick snapshot of your website's overall technical SEO condition. It is generated after Search Atlas crawls your site and evaluates on-page and technical factors across your pages. You can find your score inside the Site Audit area of the platform after a crawl has been completed. 🔢 How to Read Your Score Your score sits on a scale, where a higher number indicates a healthier site from a technical SEO perspective. Use the ranges below as a general guide: - Excellent: Your site is in great shape. Only minor issues exist. Focus on maintaining this level and resolving any remaining notices. - Good: Your site is performing well but has some issues worth addressing. Prioritise any warnings to push your score higher. - Needs Improvement: A notable number of issues are present. Fixing errors and warnings in this range can meaningfully improve crawlability and rankings. - Critical: Significant technical problems exist. Immediate attention is recommended to avoid negative impacts on search visibility. 🔍 What Does a High Score Mean? A high site health score means your site is in excellent technical condition. Any remaining gap from a perfect score typically reflects a handful of low-severity notices or minor warnings — not serious errors. At this level, your site's technical foundation is strong and unlikely to be holding back your search performance. To close that gap, review the remaining issues flagged in your audit report. Even at high scores, resolving notices can improve consistency across your pages. ⚠️ Understanding Issue Types The audit categorises issues into three severity levels, each of which affects your score differently: - Errors (High Severity): These are the most damaging issues — broken links, missing canonical tags, pages blocked from indexing, and similar problems. Fixing errors has the greatest positive impact on your score. - Warnings (Medium Severity): These are issues that are not immediately critical but can harm performance over time, such as slow page speed, duplicate meta descriptions, or thin content. - Notices (Low Severity): These are informational flags that highlight opportunities for improvement. They have a smaller effect on your score but are still worth reviewing. 🚀 How to Improve Your Score 1. Open your site audit report inside Search Atlas after a crawl has completed. 2. Sort issues by severity — start with Errors, then Warnings, then Notices. 3. Click any issue to see the affected pages and the recommended fix for that issue type. 4. Apply the recommended fixes on your site, then re-run the crawl to see your updated score. 5. Repeat this process regularly to maintain and improve your site health over time. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

⚡ Access and Compare Site Audit Baseline Metrics

What Are Baseline Metrics? When you run your first site audit in Search Atlas, the platform captures a snapshot of your site's performance at that moment. This snapshot is your baseline — the starting point you can use to measure improvement, spot regressions, and demonstrate SEO progress over time. Baseline data typically includes technical health scores, keyword rankings, organic traffic estimates, and on-page signals recorded during your initial audit run. How to Access Your Audit Baseline and History Because the exact location of audit history and baseline snapshot features can vary depending on your account setup and current platform version, the most reliable way to locate your baseline data is to: 1. Log in to Search Atlas and navigate to the site auditing area of the platform. 2. Look for a history, snapshots, or previous audits section within your site's audit or reporting view — this is where past audit runs are typically stored. 3. Identify the earliest recorded audit entry for your site — this is your original baseline. 4. Open that entry to review the metrics captured at the time of your first scan. If you are unsure where audit history is located in your account, a support teammate can point you to the correct section for your plan and setup. How to Compare Baseline Against Current Metrics To measure progress, you will want to compare your baseline audit data against a more recent audit. The general approach is: 1. Open your baseline audit entry and note the key metrics you want to track (for example, overall health score, number of issues, or crawl errors). 2. Open your most recent audit entry for the same site. 3. Compare the values side by side to identify improvements or regressions since your starting point. If the platform surfaces a built-in comparison or date-range filter feature in your audit view, you can use that to generate a structured before-and-after report. A support teammate can confirm whether this option is available on your plan and walk you through how to use it. How to Track Keyword Ranking Changes Over Time For keyword-level progress, look for Left sidebar → Keywords → Rank Tracker within Search Atlas that allows you to filter by date range. Setting the start date to match your original baseline audit date will let you view how individual keyword positions have shifted since you began tracking. If you are not sure which section of the platform contains rank history for your site, reach out to the support team for guidance specific to your account. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🌍 View All Countries in Site Explorer Reports

Overview The country distribution report in Site Explorer shows where a site's traffic and backlinks originate. By default, the report displays the top countries by traffic or backlink share, with remaining countries grouped under an Others category. This article explains what to expect when reviewing the full country breakdown. How to View the Full Country List 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. In the left sidebar, navigate to Site Metrics (Site Explorer). 3. Enter the domain you want to analyse and open the site detail view. 4. Locate the Country Distribution section within the report. 5. Review the country list displayed. The report shows the top contributing countries; any remaining countries are grouped under the Others category. If the Others category appears in the list, this means those remaining countries individually account for a very small share of traffic or backlinks and are aggregated together by the platform. The individual country names within Others are not broken out further in the current report view. What to Have Ready If You Need Support - The domain name you are analysing. - The specific report section you are viewing (for example, traffic distribution or backlink country breakdown). - A description of what you expected to see versus what is currently displayed. - A screenshot of the report section if possible, to help our team identify the correct information for your view. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📄 Report Export to Docs: Generation Time and Expected Behavior

🔍 Overview When you trigger a report export in the Report Builder, Search Atlas compiles your report data and generates a downloadable file. Depending on the size and complexity of your report, this process can take anywhere from a few seconds to several minutes. This article explains what to expect during generation and when loading behavior is normal versus when you should reach out for help. ⏱️ How Long Does Export Generation Take? Report generation time varies based on the content included in your report. Smaller reports with fewer sections and a limited date range will typically complete faster, while larger reports with many modules, extended historical data, or a high volume of tracked keywords and pages will take longer. Some exports may complete in under a minute; others may take several minutes to fully generate. This is expected behavior — the system is working in the background to compile all your report data. ⚙️ Factors That Affect Generation Time Several factors influence how quickly your report is compiled and exported: - Number of modules included: Reports with more sections — such as backlink data, keyword rankings, site audit results, and content metrics — require more processing time. - Date range selected: Longer historical date ranges pull more data points, increasing generation time. - Volume of tracked keywords or pages: Reports tied to large projects with many tracked URLs or keywords take longer to compile. - White-label customization: Custom branding, logos, and color schemes add a small amount of rendering time. - Platform load: During peak usage periods, generation may take slightly longer than usual. 🔄 What to Do While Your Report Is Loading While your report is being generated, avoid navigating away from the page or triggering the export again, as this may interrupt the process. Allow the export sufficient time to complete before assuming something has gone wrong. If the export appears to have stalled for an extended period without producing a file, try the following steps: 1. Wait a few additional minutes to allow any background processing to finish before taking further action. 2. If no file appears after waiting, try refreshing the page and initiating the export again from the Reports. 3. If the export continues to stall across multiple attempts, note the name of the project, the modules included in the report, and any error messages displayed, so our team can investigate efficiently. 📋 When to Contact Support If you have tried the steps above and your report export is still not completing, our support team can look into what is happening on the backend. Please have the following ready when you reach out: - The name of the project you are exporting - The modules or sections included in your report - The approximate time you initiated the export - Any error messages or unusual behavior you observed If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🗑️ How to Delete Reports in Report Builder

🔍 Overview Deleting a report in Report Builder requires a specific action that is easy to miss. There is no delete option available when you click directly on a report to open it. The delete control is accessed from the reports list view, not from inside the report itself. Follow the steps below to delete a report successfully. 📋 Before You Begin - Make sure you have the correct permissions to delete reports in your workspace. - Deletion is permanent. There is no undo option once a report is deleted. - You must be in the Report Builder projects list view, not inside an open report. 🗑️ How to Delete a Report 1. In the left sidebar, click Reports. This takes you to the Report Builder projects list at /report-builder/projects-list. 2. Locate the report you want to delete from the list. 3. Hover over the report row to reveal the action controls. 4. Click the three-dot menu (⋮) or the delete icon that appears on the report row. 5. Select Delete from the menu. 6. Confirm the deletion when prompted. The report will be permanently removed from your projects list. ⚠️ Why You Cannot Find the Delete Option Inside a Report When you open a report by clicking on it, the view switches to the report editor or preview mode. In this mode, there is no delete option available. You must go back to the main reports list to access delete controls. If you are searching for a radio button or a delete option within an open report, this does not exist in the current interface. ❓ Troubleshooting - No hover controls appear: Make sure you are on the projects list page (/report-builder/projects-list) and not inside an open report. Click Reports in the left sidebar to return to the list view. - Delete option is greyed out or missing: You may not have the required permissions for that report. Contact your workspace administrator to review your access level. - Report still appears after deletion: Refresh the page. The list may not update automatically in all cases. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📝 Add Custom Text Blocks in Report Builder

Overview The Report Builder in Search Atlas lets you add custom text blocks to your client reports — such as introductions, section headers, commentary, or disclaimers. This article explains how to access this feature so you can personalise your reports quickly and confidently. How to Add Custom Text in the Report Builder Custom text can be added directly inside an open report in the Report Builder. To get started: 1. Navigate to Reports from the left sidebar. 2. Open an existing report or create a new one. 3. Once inside the report editor, look for the option to add a text or custom text element to your report. This option is available within the editing interface when a report is open. 4. Select the text element and insert it into your report at the desired position. 5. Click on the inserted block and type or paste your content directly into it. If you cannot locate the option to add a text element, make sure you have a report open in editing mode rather than viewing the Report Builder dashboard. The ability to add elements is only available once a report is open for editing. Common Uses for Custom Text Blocks Custom text blocks are a flexible way to make your reports more professional and client-ready. Here are some popular ways to use them: - Report introduction: Add a welcome message or brief summary of the reporting period at the top of the report. - Section labels: Insert headers between data sections to organise the report clearly for clients. - Contextual commentary: Explain what specific metrics mean or why results changed during the period. - Disclaimers or notes: Add any standard legal text, data source notes, or next-step recommendations at the bottom of the report. - Agency branding copy: Include a short agency bio, contact details, or a call-to-action for your clients. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Find and Understand Article-Level SEO Score

📋 Overview Search Atlas displays two distinct scores for your articles: the SEO Score and the Content Score. Customers sometimes confuse these two metrics or have trouble locating the SEO Score at the article level. This article explains what each score measures and how to find them in the platform. 🔍 Where to Find the Article-Level SEO Score The SEO Score is available inside the Content Genius workspace at the individual article level. Follow these steps to locate it: 1. Navigate to Content Genius from the main left-hand navigation menu. 2. Open the specific article you want to review by clicking on its title. 3. Once inside the article editor, look for the SEO Score displayed within the article view. If you are still having difficulty locating the SEO Score for a specific article, note the exact name of the article and which section of Content Genius you are working in before reaching out to support — this will help the team guide you to the correct location quickly. 📝 SEO Score vs. Content Score — What Is the Difference? These two scores measure different aspects of your article's quality. Understanding the distinction helps you improve your content more effectively. - SEO Score: Evaluates on-page SEO factors such as keyword usage, meta information, heading structure, internal linking, and other technical SEO signals. It reflects how well the article is optimised for search engines. - Content Score: Measures the depth, relevance, and topical coverage of the written content itself. It is driven by how thoroughly your article covers the target topic compared to top-ranking competitors. In short, the SEO Score tells you how technically sound your article is for search, while the Content Score tells you how comprehensive and relevant the content is to the reader and topic. 💡 Tips for Improving Your SEO Score - Ensure your target keyword appears naturally throughout the article, including in key structural elements such as headings and the opening paragraph. - Review and complete any meta information associated with your article, such as the meta title and meta description. - Add internal links to and from the article where relevant to strengthen your site's link structure. - Revisit your heading hierarchy to make sure it follows a logical structure. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🔍 Google Ads Testing and GA4 Cross-Site Tracking

🧭 Overview If you notice unfamiliar or unexpected data appearing in your GA4 property — such as cross-site tracking data showing up within a single property — this article explains what may be happening. This is a known type of data anomaly that can surface in GA4 properties connected to Google Ads accounts. ⚙️ Why Unexpected Data May Appear Search Atlas does not inject, modify, or deploy GA4 tracking code directly into your website or GA4 property. The platform does not have write access to your GA4 account and cannot create events, sessions, or cross-site measurement configurations on your behalf. However, if your Google Ads account is connected through Search Atlas and that Google Ads account is already linked to a GA4 property, indirect interactions between those Google systems can cause unexpected data to appear. This type of cross-site tracking data surfacing within a single GA4 property is the known symptom associated with this issue. 🔎 Steps to Investigate the Data Anomaly 1. Review your Google Ads and GA4 connection. Check whether your Google Ads account is linked to your GA4 property and note when that link was created or last modified. Compare that timing to when the anomaly first appeared. 2. Check your GA4 property configuration. Review your GA4 property settings to look for any cross-domain measurement or auto-tagging configurations that may be contributing to unexpected session data. 3. Note the details for escalation. If the anomaly persists after reviewing your configuration, gather the following before reaching out: your project name, the GA4 property ID, a description of the unexpected data, and the approximate date the issue first appeared. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🔍 GA4 Report Builder Date Range Discrepancy Explained

Overview If your GA4 metrics in Report Builder look slightly different from the numbers shown in your native Google Analytics 4 dashboard for the same 90-day period, you may be experiencing a known date boundary discrepancy. This article explains what is known about this issue and what to have ready when contacting support. The Reported Issue Users have reported that GA4 metrics in Report Builder do not match the metrics shown in their native GA4 dashboard when selecting an equivalent 90-day period. The discrepancy appears to be related to how each platform defines the end boundary of the Last 90 Days date range, though the exact technical cause requires investigation by our support team to confirm for your specific account. Possible Contributing Factors Date range discrepancies between integrated tools and native analytics platforms can occur for a number of reasons, including differences in how each platform handles the current day's data, time zone settings, or data processing delays. If you are seeing a metric mismatch, it is important to rule out these factors before assuming the integration is broken. What to Check Before Contacting Support Before reaching out, gather the following information so our team can investigate quickly: - Your project name in Search Atlas - The exact date range displayed in your Report Builder report - The exact date range you are comparing in native GA4 - A screenshot or description of the specific metrics that differ and by how much - Your GA4 property's time zone setting, if known Having this information ready will allow our team to identify the root cause and advise on next steps specific to your account. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📈 View Historical Domain Power Trends in Search Atlas

🔍 Overview Search Atlas tracks Domain Power — the platform's proprietary authority metric — and lets you visualise how it changes over time through a dedicated line graph. This feature lives exclusively in the Report Builder, inside a widget called Historical Authority. Tools such as Site Explorer and Backlink Analyzer show your current Domain Power score but do not display a historical trend graph. 🧭 Where to Find the Historical Authority Widget Follow these steps to generate a Domain Power trend graph for any domain: 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. In the left sidebar, click Report Builder. 3. Open an existing report or click Create New Report to start a fresh one. 4. Inside the report editor, click Configure Report (top-right area of the canvas). 5. In the widget library that appears, locate the Historical Authority widget. 6. Click Add or drag the widget onto your report canvas. 7. In the widget settings panel, enter the target domain you want to analyse. 8. Select your preferred date range to define how far back the trend should go. 9. Click Apply. The widget will render a line graph showing Domain Power scores plotted over your chosen time period. 📊 Reading the Trend Graph Once the Historical Authority widget loads, here is what you will see: - X-axis: Timeline covering the date range you selected. - Y-axis: Domain Power score (0–100 scale). - Line graph: Each data point represents the Domain Power recorded at that point in time, making it easy to spot gains, drops, or plateaus. This view is directly comparable to how tools like Ahrefs display Domain Rating history — giving you a clear, visual record of authority changes driven by your link-building or content efforts. ⚠️ Common Mistakes to Avoid - Looking in Site Explorer: Site Explorer shows your current Domain Power score in the metrics summary, but there is no historical graph available there. - Looking in Backlink Analyzer: This tool focuses on individual backlink data and link profiles — it does not include a Domain Power trend chart. - Skipping Configure Report: The Historical Authority widget only appears when you click Configure Report inside the Report Builder editor. It is not visible on the main Report Builder dashboard. 💡 Tips for Getting the Most Out of This Feature - Add the Historical Authority widget to client-facing reports to demonstrate SEO progress over time. - Compare multiple domains by adding separate Historical Authority widgets to the same report — one per domain. - Use longer date ranges (6–12 months) to surface meaningful authority trends rather than short-term fluctuations. - Pair this widget with a Backlink Growth widget in the same report to correlate link acquisition with Domain Power improvements. 🆘 Need Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Why Classic Dashboard and Agent Hub Show Different Scores

🔍 Overview If you've noticed that your SEO scores or OTTO scores look different between the Classic Dashboard and the Agent Hub, you're not seeing a bug. These two views are built for different purposes and may display different values for the same site. This article explains what to do when you spot a discrepancy and which view to rely on. 🏗️ What Each View Is Designed For Classic Dashboard is your site-level workspace. It gives you a detailed view of a single website's SEO health, OTTO activation status, and optimization progress for that specific domain. Agent Hub is your portfolio-level command center. It is designed to help you monitor and manage multiple websites at a glance across your entire portfolio. ✅ Which View to Trust When the scores shown in Classic Dashboard and Agent Hub do not match, use the following guidance: - For site-specific decisions — such as checking OTTO task progress, reviewing optimization status, or diagnosing SEO issues on a single domain — rely on the Classic Dashboard. It reflects the most up-to-date data for that individual site. - For portfolio-level monitoring — such as comparing relative performance across multiple sites or identifying which sites need attention — use Agent Hub. Treat its scores as directional indicators rather than precise per-site figures. 🔄 What to Do When You See a Discrepancy 1. Open the affected site directly in Classic Dashboard to view its current SEO and OTTO scores. 2. Compare those values against what Agent Hub is displaying for the same site. 3. If Classic Dashboard shows the expected score and Agent Hub does not, wait and check Agent Hub again later — portfolio views may not reflect recent changes immediately. 4. If Classic Dashboard itself is showing an unexpected score after a recent crawl or OTTO activation, allow time for the data processing cycle to complete, then reload the page. 5. If the discrepancy persists in Classic Dashboard or you believe the score is incorrect, note the project/site name, the score values shown in each view, and the date and time you observed the issue, then contact support. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Understanding Perplexity Visibility in Site Metrics

📋 Overview When reviewing Perplexity visibility data inside AI Visibility (left sidebar → AI Visibility), you may notice that the domain displayed as a top-ranking or recommended result differs from the site you entered. This is expected behaviour and reflects how Perplexity's AI-powered search engine surfaces content — not a data error in Search Atlas. 🔍 Why a Different Domain Appears Perplexity is an AI answer engine. Unlike traditional search engines that return a ranked list of blue links, Perplexity synthesises answers and cites the sources it considers most authoritative for a given query. This means: - The domain Perplexity recommends may not be the site you are analysing — it is the site Perplexity's model currently favours for related queries. - Search Atlas reports this data accurately and without modification. If Perplexity cites a different domain than the one you entered, it is because that is the source Perplexity selected in its generated answer. - This is a competitive insight, not a bug. It tells you which domain is winning visibility in AI-generated responses for your target topic. 📊 How to Read the Perplexity Visibility Metric To access and interpret this data, go to the left sidebar → AI Visibility and add the domain you want to analyse. Once the report loads, locate the Perplexity visibility data within the report. Any domain shown there is a site that Perplexity has cited in AI-generated answers related to your entered domain's topic or niche. Treat these domains as AI search competitors — sites you may want to study or outperform to increase your own Perplexity citation rate. ⚙️ Common Scenario Explained As a general example: if you enter your domain and the Perplexity visibility data shows a different domain, it means that when users ask Perplexity questions related to your niche, Perplexity's AI is currently citing that other domain as its preferred source. Search Atlas surfaces this so you can identify the gap and take action. This is not misleading data — it is a direct reflection of the AI search landscape for that niche at the time the data was collected. 💡 How to Improve Your Perplexity Visibility If a competitor domain is being cited instead of yours, consider reviewing the content and authority signals of the sites that are appearing, and look for opportunities to strengthen your own site's coverage of relevant topics so that AI answer engines are more likely to cite it as an authoritative source. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🧠 Close Search Atlas Brain Modal to Access Dashboard

🔍 Overview Search Atlas Brain is an AI-powered assistant that opens as a modal overlay on top of the main platform. If Brain launched automatically or you opened it accidentally, the rest of the interface may appear inaccessible until you close the modal. This is expected behaviour — the modal is sitting in front of the dashboard, not replacing it. You do not need to clear your cache, perform a hard refresh, or log out to resolve this. ✅ How to Close the Brain Modal Look for a close or dismiss control on the Brain modal itself — typically a button or icon positioned on the modal panel — and click it to exit. The Brain modal should dismiss and the main dashboard will be accessible behind it. If you are unsure where the close control is located in your current version of the platform, try clicking outside the modal area (on the darkened overlay surrounding it), as some modal implementations allow dismissal this way. ⚠️ Why Cache Clearing and Incognito May Seem to Help Opening the platform in an incognito window may appear to resolve the issue because Brain does not always launch automatically in a fresh session. This can make it seem like a browser or cache problem when it is actually just a matter of the modal being open in your regular session. Clearing cache or using incognito is not necessary and will not reliably prevent Brain from opening in future sessions. 🛑 If You Cannot Dismiss the Modal If the modal cannot be closed using the controls available, please contact our support team so we can assist you directly. When reaching out, please have the following ready: - Your project name or workspace URL - A screenshot of what you are seeing - The browser and zoom level you are using - Any steps you have already tried If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🏆 Add and Manage Competitors in Search Atlas

What This Article Covers Search Atlas lets you benchmark your website against competitor domains across keyword rankings, traffic estimates, and content gaps. This article explains how to add competitors and use them for competitive comparisons. How Competitors Work in Search Atlas Competitors are added at the project level. Once added, they become available across multiple tools — including rank tracking and keyword gap analysis — so you only need to set them up once per project. How to Add a Competitor To add a competitor domain to your project, open your project in Search Atlas. Navigate to Site Metrics → Competitors (Organic Competitors / Paid Competitors). Enter your competitor's root domain (for example, competitorsite.com) in the input field provided. Once saved, the competitor domain will appear alongside your website data for comparison. You can add multiple competitor domains to a single project. Comparing Competitors for Rank Tracking Once your competitors are added at the project level, they become available inside the rank tracking area of your project. From there, you can view your tracked keywords alongside ranking data for the competitor domains you have added, allowing you to identify where competitors outrank you and where you hold an advantage. Finding Keyword Gaps Against Competitors The keyword gap tool is designed for competitive keyword analysis. It surfaces keywords your competitors rank for that your site does not, helping you find quick-win opportunities. Open the keyword gap section within Search Atlas, enter your primary domain and one or more competitor domains in the comparison fields, and run the report. Review the results to find keywords where competitors have visibility that your site is missing, and use available filters to prioritize by search volume or difficulty. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📄 How to Create Client-Facing Audit Reports

Search Atlas allows you to generate client-facing audit and marketing reports directly from your projects. This article walks you through the general process for creating these reports. 📋 What This Feature Covers Client-facing reports in Search Atlas can cover areas such as SEO audits, paid ads performance, and overall marketing summaries. You can generate these reports from within your existing projects and share them with clients. ✅ How to Create a Client-Facing Report To generate a client-facing audit or marketing report in Search Atlas, follow these general steps: 1. Open the project you want to report on from your Search Atlas dashboard. 2. Navigate to the reporting section within that project. 3. Select the type of report you need — for example, an SEO audit, paid ads performance summary, or overall marketing report. 4. Choose the metrics and sections you want to include in the report. 5. Generate the report and use the available export or sharing options to deliver it to your client. 💡 Tips - Make sure the relevant data (site audit, campaign data, etc.) has already been collected within your project before generating the report. - If you need to combine multiple report types, check whether your plan supports multi-section or combined reports. - Review the generated report before sharing to confirm all selected metrics are displaying correctly. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Finding LLM Visibility Email Metrics in Dashboard

📧 Why Your Email and Dashboard May Look Different Search Atlas sends regular LLM Visibility email digests that highlight citation gains, positive brand mentions, and visibility movement across AI-powered search engines. These numbers are a snapshot of activity over a specific reporting period. When you open the dashboard after reading a great email report, the data you see may reflect a different date range or a broader view — which can make the dashboard look less impressive at first glance. This article will show you exactly where to find the metrics that match what you see in your email. 🔍 Step 1: Navigate to Site Metrics The LLM Visibility data lives inside the Site Metrics section of Search Atlas. To get there: 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. In the left sidebar, click Site Metrics. 3. Locate and select the site you want to review (for example, virtuas.com) from the list. 4. You will land on the Overview sub-page for that site. 📈 Step 2: Open the Overview Sub-Page The Overview sub-page is the primary place to review aggregated performance data for your site, including LLM citation and visibility trends. To reach it directly: 1. From Site Metrics, click your site name or ID in the list. 2. Then select Overview from the sub-navigation. Here you will find a consolidated view of your site's performance metrics, including any LLM-related visibility movement that was summarised in your email report. 📅 Step 3: Match the Date Range to Your Email Report A very common reason the dashboard appears to show weaker numbers is a mismatched date range. Your email digest covers a fixed reporting window (for example, the past 7 or 30 days). The dashboard may default to a different period. - Locate the date range selector at the top of the Overview page. - Set the start and end dates to match the period covered in your email report. - The metrics will update to reflect that specific window, and you should see numbers consistent with your email. 🗝️ Step 4: Review Keywords and Pages for Deeper Detail If you want to drill further into the specific queries or pages driving your LLM visibility gains, use the additional sub-pages under Site Metrics: - Keywords — Shows which keyword-level queries are generating citations and impressions in AI-powered results. - Pages — Breaks down performance by individual page, so you can see which content is being cited most. - Site Events — Logs notable changes or milestones that may correlate with visibility spikes mentioned in your email. To access any of these, click Site Metrics in the left sidebar, select your site, and then choose the relevant sub-page from the navigation. 💡 Tips for Keeping Email and Dashboard in Sync - Check your email report date: The header of your LLM Visibility email will state the exact reporting period. Use this to set your dashboard date range. - Bookmark your site's Overview page: Going directly to Site Metrics → [Your Site] → Overview saves time and ensures you are always looking at the right property. - Use the correct site: If you manage multiple domains, confirm the correct site is selected in the Site Metrics list before reviewing data. 🛠️ Still Not Seeing the Right Numbers? If you have matched the date range and navigated to the correct site but the dashboard still does not reflect the metrics from your email, there may be a data sync delay or a configuration issue worth investigating. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be instantly connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📏 Understanding Otto AI H2 Length Size Chart Labels

🔍 What Is the 'Size Chart' Label? When reviewing H2 headings in Otto AI, you may notice some of your original headings are flagged with a label that reads Size Chart. This is not a reference to text content inside your headings. It is a UI metric indicator — a classification label Otto AI uses to describe the character length category of your H2 heading. In other words, Otto AI groups H2 headings into named length tiers so you can quickly see whether a heading is too short, well-sized, or too long — without counting characters manually. Size Chart is the name of one of those tiers. 📊 What Do the H2 Length Tiers Mean? Otto AI evaluates each H2 heading on your page and assigns it to a length category based on its character count. These categories act like a sizing scale: - Too Short — The heading is likely too brief to be descriptive or keyword-relevant. - Size Chart — The heading falls within a mid-range length that Otto AI has flagged for review. It is not necessarily wrong, but it sits outside the recommended optimal range and may benefit from adjustment. - Optimal — The heading length aligns with SEO best practices for H2s. - Too Long — The heading is likely too lengthy, which can dilute focus and hurt readability. When you see Size Chart next to many of your original H2s, it means those headings share a similar character-count range that Otto AI considers worth reviewing — not that the words "Size Chart" appear anywhere in your content. 🗺️ Where to Find H2 Length Metrics in Otto AI 1. In the left sidebar, click OTTO SEO, then open SEO Automation. 2. Select the project or page you want to review. 3. Navigate to the On-Page or Content Audit section within Otto AI. 4. Look for the H2 Headings panel. Each heading listed will display its current length label — such as Size Chart, Optimal, Too Short, or Too Long — alongside the original text of the heading. The label column describes the size classification, while the adjacent column shows the actual heading text from your page. These are two separate pieces of information. ✅ What Should You Do When H2s Are Labeled 'Size Chart'? Seeing Size Chart on multiple headings is a signal to review those H2s for length, not a content error. Here is how to approach it: - Check the character count — Otto AI may display the exact character count next to the label. Compare it against the recommended optimal range shown in the panel. - Decide whether to adjust — If a heading is clear, descriptive, and relevant, a minor length adjustment may be all that is needed to move it into the Optimal tier. - Use Otto AI's suggestions — Where available, Otto AI will offer a recommended rewrite. You can accept, edit, or dismiss the suggestion depending on your content strategy. - Prioritize high-traffic pages first — If many pages show the Size Chart label, start with pages that receive the most organic traffic for the greatest SEO impact. 💡 Quick Summary - Size Chart is a length classification label in Otto AI's H2 metrics — not text found in your headings. - It indicates the heading's character count falls in a range that Otto AI recommends reviewing. - The fix is a length adjustment, not a content rewrite, unless the heading also has separate content issues. - You can find these labels under OTTO SEO in the left sidebar, inside SEO Automation. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📅 Retrieve Historical Monthly Reports by Date Range

📋 Overview Report Builder lets you access reports generated in previous months using a built-in date range filter. If you are looking for reports from the past three or more months, you do not need to adjust any delivery or email settings — you simply need to apply the correct date range inside Report Builder. This article walks you through exactly how to do that. 🗂️ How Monthly Reports Are Stored Search Atlas automatically saves a copy of every monthly report that is generated for your projects. These reports are stored in Report Builder and remain accessible regardless of whether email delivery is active or paused. Historical reports are not deleted after delivery, so you can retrieve any prior month's report at any time directly from the platform. 🔍 How to Retrieve Reports from Prior Months 1. Log in to Search Atlas and click Reports in the left sidebar. This takes you to the projects list at /report-builder/projects-list. 2. Select the project whose historical reports you want to view by clicking its name. 3. Once inside the project, locate the date range selector near the top of the report view. By default, this is set to the current month. 4. Click the date range selector to open the calendar picker. 5. Set your start date to the beginning of the earliest month you want to retrieve — for example, the first day three months ago. 6. Set your end date to the last day of the most recent month you want to include. 7. Click Apply or Update to load the reports that fall within that range. 8. Your historical reports for the selected period will now appear in the list. Click any report to open it, or use the download option to export it. 📆 Retrieving the Last Three Months Specifically If your goal is to pull reports from the past three months, follow the steps above and set your start date to the first day of the month that is three months before today. For example, if today is late July 2026, set the start date to May 1, 2026 and the end date to July 31, 2026. All monthly reports generated for your project within that window will be returned. ⬇️ Downloading Historical Reports Once your filtered reports are visible, you can download individual reports or multiple reports at once: - Single report: Click the report to open it, then select the Download or Export button in the top-right corner. - Multiple reports: Use the checkboxes next to each report in the list, then click the bulk Download option that appears in the action bar. Reports are exported as PDF or the format configured for your project. If no format has been set, the default export will be used. ⚠️ Common Reasons Reports May Not Appear If you apply a date range but no reports are returned, consider the following: - Report generation was paused: If report generation was disabled for a project during a specific period, no report will have been saved for those months. Check the project's report schedule settings to confirm reports were active. - Wrong project selected: Confirm you are inside the correct project. Each project maintains its own separate report history. - Date range too narrow: Monthly reports are saved once per month. Make sure your date range spans at least one full calendar month. - Project created recently: Reports only exist from the month the project was first set up. There will be no data for months before the project existed. 📧 Note on Email Delivery vs. Report Storage Email delivery settings control whether reports are sent to recipients each month — they do not affect whether reports are saved in Report Builder. Even if email delivery failed or was never configured, your monthly reports are still stored in the platform and accessible via the date range filter described in this article. You do not need to modify recipient lists, email frequency, or spam filter settings to retrieve historical reports. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

Manage Competitors in the Competitive Positioning Map

📌 What Is the Competitive Positioning Map? The Competitive Positioning Map is a bubble chart inside Search Atlas that visually compares your website against competitors across key SEO metrics. Each bubble on the chart represents a domain. Keeping your competitor list accurate ensures the chart gives you meaningful, actionable insights. 🔍 How to Access the Competitive Positioning Map 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. Navigate to the Competitive Positioning Map feature within the platform. 3. Your current competitors will appear as bubbles on the chart alongside your own domain. ➕ How to Add or Remove Competitors on the Map The Competitive Positioning Map lets you control which competitor domains appear as bubbles on the chart. If you are unsure where to find the competitor management controls, or if the option does not appear as expected, please have the following ready before reaching out to support so we can resolve it as quickly as possible: - Your project name or the domain you are tracking - The competitor domain(s) you want to add or remove - A description of what you are trying to do (e.g., add a new competitor, remove an existing one, or replace a competitor with a different domain) - Any error message or unexpected behavior you are seeing, with a screenshot if possible 🔄 How to Replace or Update an Existing Competitor If you need to swap one competitor domain for another on the chart, this typically involves removing the existing entry and adding the new domain in its place. If you encounter any difficulty completing this within the platform, gather the details listed above and contact our support team for step-by-step guidance. 💡 Tips for Choosing the Right Competitors - Focus on direct competitors: Choose domains that target the same keywords and audience as your website. - Mix competitor sizes: Include a range of smaller, similar-sized, and larger domains to understand your full competitive landscape. - Review regularly: Revisit your competitor list periodically to make sure it still reflects your actual competitive environment. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🔄 Why Deleted Projects Keep Reappearing on Your Dashboard

🧭 Overview If you delete a project from your Home dashboard but it keeps coming back, the cause is almost always a saved project inside Site Explorer. Search Atlas automatically re-creates Home dashboard projects from any domain saved in Site Explorer. Until you remove the domain there, the project will continue to reappear. 🔗 How Site Explorer and Your Home Dashboard Are Linked Search Atlas connects your Home dashboard directly to Site Explorer. Here is what happens behind the scenes: - When you save or track a domain inside Site Explorer, Search Atlas automatically adds that domain as a project on your Home dashboard. - If you delete the project from the Home dashboard but the domain remains saved in Site Explorer, the platform will regenerate the project the next time the dashboard refreshes. - To permanently remove a project from the Home dashboard, you must remove the domain from Site Explorer first. 🗑️ How to Permanently Remove a Reappearing Project Follow these steps to stop a project from reappearing on your Home dashboard. 1. In the left sidebar, go to Site Metrics → Site Explorer. This opens the saved-projects list at /site-explorer/list. 2. Find the domain that matches the project reappearing on your Home dashboard. 3. Click the options menu (three dots) next to that domain. 4. Select Delete or Remove to permanently remove the domain from Site Explorer. 5. Return to your Home dashboard. The project will no longer reappear. Important: Deleting a domain from Site Explorer will also remove any historical data, tracked keywords, and saved settings associated with that domain inside Site Explorer. Make sure you no longer need that data before proceeding. 💡 When You Want to Keep Site Explorer Data but Hide the Dashboard Project If you still want to track the domain inside Site Explorer but do not want it cluttering your Home dashboard, do not delete it from Site Explorer. Instead: - On your Home dashboard, look for a Hide or Archive option on the project card. This removes it from your dashboard view without deleting the underlying Site Explorer data. - If no Hide option is available for your plan, the only way to prevent regeneration is to remove the domain from Site Explorer entirely. ❓ Frequently Asked Questions Why does the project come back after I delete it from the Home dashboard? Deleting a project from the Home dashboard only removes the dashboard card. It does not remove the saved domain in Site Explorer. The platform regenerates the project automatically from Site Explorer on the next refresh. Will I lose my keyword rankings or Site Explorer history if I delete the domain? Yes. Removing a domain from Site Explorer permanently deletes all associated data for that domain, including Rank Tracker keywords and any saved reports. Export any data you need before deleting. I deleted the domain from Site Explorer but the project still shows on my dashboard. What should I do? Try a hard refresh of your browser (Ctrl + Shift + R on Windows or Cmd + Shift + R on Mac). If the project still appears after refreshing, contact our support team using the instructions below. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

⚡ How to Understand UX Signals Score Fluctuation

This article explains why your UX Signals score can change between reporting periods — including jumping up one week and returning to a previous value the next. Because the exact calculation methodology and signal components can vary based on your account configuration, the guidance below focuses on what to check and what information to gather before reaching out to support. What to Do When You Notice a Score Change 1. Note the exact dates of the two reporting periods where the score changed. Make sure you are comparing equivalent time windows rather than overlapping or mismatched date ranges. 2. Check whether any changes were made to your site between the two periods — such as new pages published, layout edits, or third-party script additions — that could have affected page behavior. 3. Check whether a campaign, promotion, or external link drove an unusual traffic spike during the higher-scoring period, as atypical traffic patterns can influence engagement-based metrics. 4. Review the individual signal components shown in your UX Signals report to identify which specific metric shifted the most between the two periods. This helps narrow down the likely cause. 5. If the score returned to the same value it held before the spike, document the exact values and dates — this pattern is useful context for the support team to investigate. What to Have Ready When You Escalate If the steps above do not clarify the cause, please gather the following before contacting support so the team can investigate efficiently: - Your project name and the URL(s) where the score change was observed - The exact score values and the dates each was recorded - A brief description of any site changes or traffic events that occurred between the two periods - A screenshot of the UX Signals report showing the fluctuation, if available If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🏆 OTTO Flawless Pages Metric and Missing Optimizations Explained

🔍 What the Healthy Pages Metric Actually Measures The Healthy Pages counter on your OTTO dashboard (OTTO SEO → All Sites (SEO Automation)) (for example, 54/157) shows how many of your tracked pages currently meet all active optimization criteria compared to the total number of pages OTTO is monitoring. A page is counted as flawless only when every optimization task assigned to it has been applied and verified. The remaining pages — in this example, 103 — have at least one outstanding issue according to OTTO's internal scoring, even if those issues are not always visible as actionable cards on the dashboard. ❓ Why No Optimizations Appear Despite a Low Flawless Score This is the most common source of confusion. The dashboard can show a low flawless count while displaying zero actionable optimization cards. There are four main reasons this happens: - Optimizations are already queued or in progress. OTTO batches and processes tasks automatically. Tasks that have been generated but not yet surfaced as individual cards are still counted in the metric. Refreshing the page or waiting a few minutes will often reveal them. - All visible optimizations have been applied. Once you accept and deploy an optimization, OTTO marks it complete. If no new issues have been detected in the latest crawl cycle, no new cards appear — yet the page may still fall short of the flawless threshold because OTTO is waiting to confirm the change is live and indexed. - The crawl has not completed. OTTO re-evaluates pages on a rolling crawl schedule. During or immediately after a crawl, scores update before new optimization cards are generated. The metric reflects the crawl result; the cards appear once analysis is finished. - Keyword reassignment is pending. When a page's target keyword changes — either manually or through OTTO's automatic reassignment — previous optimization cards are invalidated and new ones are generated fresh. There is a brief window where the page is flagged as non-flawless but no cards are shown yet. 📋 How Excluded Pages Affect the Count Pages you have manually excluded from OTTO tracking are removed from the denominator entirely. If you excluded 10 pages, your total drops from, say, 167 to 157 — so the denominator you see always reflects only actively monitored pages. Excluded pages do not count against your flawless score, and OTTO will never generate optimization cards for them. To review or change which pages are excluded, go to OTTO SEO in the left sidebar and open SEO Automation (/seo-automation-v3), open the relevant site, and check the Pages tab where exclusion status is listed for each URL. 🔄 Understanding Keyword Reassignment and Score Gaps OTTO continuously monitors whether each page is ranking for its assigned keyword or drifting toward a different one. When OTTO detects a mismatch, it may reassign the target keyword automatically. After reassignment: 1. All previous optimization cards tied to the old keyword are cleared. 2. OTTO re-analyzes the page against the new keyword's criteria. 3. New optimization cards are generated — this can take up to one full crawl cycle. During this window the page is marked as non-flawless in the metric, but no actionable cards appear. This is expected behavior and resolves on its own. If a reassignment seems incorrect, you can manually override the target keyword from the page detail view inside OTTO SEO → All Sites (SEO Automation). ✅ Steps to Diagnose Your Specific Discrepancy 1. Navigate to OTTO SEO in the left sidebar and open SEO Automation (/seo-automation-v3) and open your site's OTTO dashboard. 2. Check the Last Crawled timestamp at the top of the dashboard. If a crawl is in progress or completed very recently, wait for it to finish and then refresh. 3. Filter the Pages tab by Non-Flawless to isolate the pages contributing to the gap. Review each page's status column — it will indicate whether it is Pending Analysis, Keyword Reassigned, Optimizations Applied – Awaiting Confirmation, or Excluded. 4. If a page shows Pending Analysis, no action is needed. Cards will appear once the crawl cycle completes. 5. If a page shows Optimizations Applied – Awaiting Confirmation, OTTO is waiting to verify the deployed changes are live. This resolves automatically within 24–48 hours after the change is indexed. 6. If a page shows an unexpected keyword, click the page row, review the assigned keyword, and manually set the correct one if needed. ⚡ Quick Tips to Keep Your Flawless Score Accurate - Accept and deploy OTTO optimizations promptly — undeployed changes keep a page non-flawless even after cards disappear. - Review exclusions periodically. Pages accidentally excluded will not receive optimizations and will silently hold down your total tracked count. - Avoid changing target keywords frequently. Each reassignment resets the analysis cycle and temporarily inflates the non-flawless count. - Use the Filters panel on the Pages tab to sort by issue type and prioritize the highest-traffic non-flawless pages first. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🔍 Investigate Report Builder Data Differences

📊 Why data may differ Report Builder combines data from integrations such as Google Analytics, Google Search Console, Meta Ads, and Keyword Explorer. Differences can occur because each source may use different date ranges, filters, query logic, attribution rules, or data refresh times. 🗓️ Check the date range 1. Open Reports from the left sidebar. 2. Open the report and review its date preset and comparison period. 3. Use the same dates in the connected platform or dedicated Search Atlas dashboard. 4. Check whether the report uses your account time zone while the source platform uses another time zone. Preset names can represent different date windows across tools. Compare the exact start and end dates instead of relying only on labels such as “last 7 days.” 🎯 Compare filters and query settings Review filters for properties such as campaign, page, country, device, search type, query, or conversion. A direct platform view may include or exclude records differently from Report Builder. For keyword data, confirm the project, search engine, location, language, device, and ranking settings match. 🔗 Verify the integration 1. Confirm the report uses the intended account, property, website, or ad account. 2. Check that the integration is connected and has permission to access the required data. 3. Confirm the selected project and source match the dashboard you are using for comparison. 4. Consider whether the source has recently changed, delayed, or backfilled data. 🔄 Refresh and download the report From Reports, select Refresh data and allow the report to reload. Then use Download .CSV to inspect the underlying rows. Compare totals and individual records where possible, rather than comparing only a displayed summary. 🧭 Check related dashboards For SEO automation data, open OTTO SEO from the left sidebar and compare the project and scan status. For AI Visibility metrics, use AI Visibility → All Projects, Summary, Visibility, Sentiment, or Topics & Queries. These pages may use different scopes or processing schedules than a report. 📝 Prepare an investigation If the difference remains, record the report name, source integration, exact date range, time zone, filters, project or account, metric name, expected value, actual value, and the time you refreshed the data. Include a CSV export and screenshots showing the matching comparison view. This information helps identify date-window, query, or integration-specific issues. 💬 Get help with unresolved differences Some discrepancies may result from known limitations or bugs affecting date presets, query logic, or integration filtering. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be instantly connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📤 Export Site Audit Error Reports Step by Step

🔍 Overview The Site Audit tool in Search Atlas crawls your website and surfaces technical SEO errors, warnings, and notices. You can export this data at any time to share with your team, track progress offline, or import it into external reporting tools. This article walks you through every step of the export process. 🗺️ Where to Find Your Site Audit Before exporting, make sure you are in the correct section of the platform: 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. In the left sidebar, click OTTO SEO → Site Audit. 3. Select your target project from the list. If you have not yet run a crawl, start one now and return to this guide once it completes. 4. Open the Site Audit page to view the audit dashboard. You should now see a summary of your crawl results, including total errors, warnings, and notices broken down by category. 📋 Step 1 — Open the Error Report You Want to Export 1. On the Site Audit dashboard, locate the Issues section. This lists every detected error and warning grouped by type (for example, broken links, missing meta descriptions, duplicate titles). 2. Click on a specific issue category to open its detailed report, or stay on the main Issues overview if you want to export all errors at once. 3. Use the filter options at the top of the table to narrow results by issue type, priority level (Error, Warning, Notice), or URL if needed. Filters apply before the export, so only the visible data will be included in your file. 💾 Step 2 — Trigger the Export 1. With the report data visible in the table, look for the Export to Docs button (Site Audit Overview). It is located in the top-right corner of the report table, labelled Export to Docs. 2. Click Export. Search Atlas will immediately prepare your file. 3. Your browser will download the file automatically. Check your browser's default downloads folder if the file does not appear right away. Tip: If you are exporting a large crawl (thousands of URLs), the file may take a few seconds to generate. Do not navigate away from the page while the download is preparing. 📂 Step 3 — Understand What the Export Contains The exported CSV file includes the following columns for each affected URL: - URL — the full address of the page with the issue. - Issue Type — the category of the error or warning (for example, Missing H1, Broken Internal Link). - Priority — Error, Warning, or Notice. - Issue Description — a plain-language explanation of what was found. - Discovered Date — when the crawl first detected the issue. You can open this file in Microsoft Excel, Google Sheets, or any spreadsheet tool. Sort and filter by the Priority column to tackle critical errors first. 🔄 Step 4 — Export Across Multiple Crawl Sessions If you want to compare error data across different crawl dates: 1. In the left sidebar, click OTTO SEO → Crawl Monitoring to view previous crawl sessions. 2. Select the crawl session you want to review. 3. Repeat the export steps above for each session. 4. Combine the exported CSV files in your spreadsheet tool to build a progress-over-time report. ✅ Step 5 — Export Specific Issue Categories Only To download only one type of error (for example, all broken links): 1. On the Issues tab, click the specific issue category you want (for example, Broken Links). 2. The table will now show only URLs affected by that issue. 3. Click Export in the top-right corner of that filtered table. 4. The downloaded file will contain only the rows visible in the current filtered view. This is the fastest way to hand off a focused task list to a developer or content team member without sending them the full audit. ⚠️ Common Issues and Fixes - Export button is greyed out: A crawl must be fully completed before exporting is available. Check the crawl status indicator at the top of the audit dashboard and wait for it to show Complete. - File downloads but appears empty: Make sure your active filters are not hiding all rows. Clear all filters and try the export again. - CSV opens with garbled characters: Open the file in Google Sheets or use the Data → Import function in Excel and select UTF-8 encoding. - Export only shows a partial list: Some views paginate results. Always export directly from the table using the Export button rather than copying rows manually — the export captures all pages of results, not just what is visible on screen. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🔗 How to Connect Google Analytics to Your Dashboard

This article explains how to connect Google Analytics to your Search Atlas project so your traffic and performance data are visible directly inside the platform. What This Integration Does Connecting Google Analytics to your Search Atlas project allows your site traffic and performance metrics to appear alongside your other SEO data in one place. How to Connect Google Analytics Follow these steps to link your Google Analytics account to your Search Atlas project: 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account and open the project you want to connect Google Analytics to. 2. Navigate to your project Settings (usually accessible from the project dashboard or the top navigation menu). 3. Look for an Integrations or Connected Accounts section within Settings. 4. Select Google Analytics from the list of available integrations. 5. Click the button to authorize or connect your Google account. You will be redirected to a Google sign-in page — make sure to sign in with the Google account that has access to the Google Analytics property you want to link. 6. Grant the requested permissions so Search Atlas can read your Analytics data. 7. Once authorized, select the correct Google Analytics property (website) you want to associate with this project and confirm the selection. 8. Return to your project dashboard. Your traffic and performance metrics should now begin appearing alongside your other SEO data. Note that it may take a few minutes for data to populate. Troubleshooting Tips - Make sure you are signed in to the Google account that owns or has Read & Analyze access to the Analytics property. - If you manage multiple Google Analytics properties, confirm you are selecting the one that matches the domain for your Search Atlas project. - If the integration does not appear or the data does not load after a few minutes, try disconnecting and reconnecting the account from the Integrations settings. Before You Contact Support If you are still unable to complete the connection after following the steps above, please have the following ready so our team can assist you quickly: - The name of the Search Atlas project you want to connect Google Analytics to - The Google account associated with your Google Analytics property - Any error messages you have seen, including exact wording and when they appeared If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Understanding Risk Penalty in Ranking Factor Matrix

🔍 What Is the Ranking Factor Matrix? The Ranking Factor Matrix is a feature inside Search Atlas Local that evaluates the key signals influencing your Google Business Profile (GBP) rankings. It scores your profile across multiple categories so you can quickly identify strengths and areas that need attention. To access it, navigate to Left sidebar → Local → [your GBP project] → Ranking Factor Matrix inside the platform. ⚠️ What Is a Risk Penalty? A Risk Penalty is a negative scoring adjustment applied to your Ranking Factor Matrix results when your Google Business Profile contains signals that could actively harm your local search rankings. Unlike a low score caused simply by missing information, a Risk Penalty flags factors that are considered actively detrimental — meaning they do not just fail to help your rankings, they are likely to suppress them. These are issues that search algorithms, reviewers, or platform policies may interpret as spammy, inconsistent, or trustworthiness-undermining signals. 📋 Common Reasons a Risk Penalty Is Applied A Risk Penalty can be triggered by a range of issues detected on your GBP. Common examples include: - Keyword stuffing in your business name — Adding non-branded keywords to your official GBP name violates Google's guidelines and can lead to listing suspension. - NAP inconsistency — Your business Name, Address, and Phone number differ across your GBP listing, website, and local citations, creating conflicting trust signals. - Duplicate listings — Multiple active GBP profiles for the same location send contradictory signals and split ranking authority. - Suspended or flagged listing status — A listing that has previously been suspended or is currently under review carries a significant risk to visibility. - Missing or mismatched primary category — Selecting an inaccurate primary business category can cause your profile to rank for irrelevant queries while losing relevance for your actual services. - Unresolved negative review patterns — A high volume of recent negative reviews with no owner responses may be flagged as a reputational risk signal. 📊 How Risk Penalty Affects Your Matrix Score Each ranking factor in the matrix carries a weighted score. When a Risk Penalty is detected for a factor, the system does not simply assign a zero — it applies a negative deduction to your overall score for that category. This means a profile with several Risk Penalties can score lower than a profile that simply has incomplete information. The penalty level is proportional to the severity of the risk. High-severity issues such as a suspended listing or keyword-stuffed business name carry a heavier deduction than lower-severity signals. 🛠️ How to Resolve a Risk Penalty Follow these steps to address a Risk Penalty shown in your Ranking Factor Matrix: 1. Go to Left sidebar → Local → [your GBP project] → Ranking Factor Matrix to open it. 2. Identify any factors marked with a Risk Penalty indicator. 3. Click on the flagged factor to view the specific issue and the recommended fix. 4. Make the required changes directly on your Google Business Profile or within Search Atlas Local using the relevant sub-pages such as Reviews, Posts, or Local Citations. 5. After making changes, allow up to 72 hours for Google to process updates and for your matrix score to refresh. 💡 Tips to Avoid Risk Penalties - Always use your official, legal business name on your GBP — no added keywords. - Regularly audit your citations under Left sidebar → Local → Local Citations to ensure NAP consistency. - Respond to all reviews, especially negative ones, using the Left sidebar → Local → Reviews (GBP Reviews) section. - Remove or merge any duplicate GBP listings as soon as they are identified. - Review your primary category selection periodically to ensure it still accurately reflects your core business. 🙋 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team. Additional Notes A Risk Penalty of zero means no detectable risk factors are present. Also notes 'thin or missing profile content' (lacking description, category, critical fields) as a distinct penalty component, and flags unusual review velocity/rating distribution as 'low review credibility signals'.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Risk Penalty Metric in Ranking Factor Matrix

🔍 What Is the Ranking Factor Matrix? The Ranking Factor Matrix is a feature inside Search Atlas GBP Projects that evaluates your Google Business Profile (GBP) across a set of weighted ranking signals. Each signal is scored and combined to give you an overall picture of how well your profile is optimised for local search visibility. Risk Penalty is one of the key metrics within this matrix. ⚠️ What Is Risk Penalty? The Risk Penalty is a negative scoring modifier applied to your Ranking Factor Matrix score when your Google Business Profile contains elements that are known to harm local search rankings or violate Google's guidelines. Unlike positive ranking factors that reward good optimisation, the Risk Penalty actively reduces your overall score to reflect issues that could suppress your visibility or trigger a Google penalty. In plain terms: the higher your Risk Penalty value, the more your profile is being dragged down by risky or problematic signals. A Risk Penalty of zero means no detectable risk factors are present. 🧩 What Components Make Up the Risk Penalty? The Risk Penalty is calculated from a combination of risk signals detected on your profile. The main components include: - Keyword stuffing in business name: Adding non-branded keywords to your GBP business name is a well-known guideline violation. When detected, this contributes a significant penalty to your score. - Inconsistent NAP data: Mismatches between your Name, Address, and Phone number across your GBP profile and other citations introduce a trust risk that is factored into the penalty. - Suspended or flagged profile signals: Indicators associated with profiles that have a history of suspensions, edits under review, or user-suggested changes that contradict your listed information. - Thin or missing profile content: Profiles lacking a business description, category selection, or other critical fields carry a higher risk of underperforming and contribute a smaller but measurable penalty. - Low review credibility signals: Unusual patterns in review velocity or rating distribution that may indicate quality issues are factored in as a minor risk component. - Unverified profile status: An unverified GBP listing is treated as a risk signal because Google limits the ranking potential of unverified profiles. 📐 How Is Risk Penalty Scored? Each risk component is assigned a weight based on how severely it is known to impact local rankings. The individual component scores are summed and then applied as a deduction against your total Ranking Factor Matrix score. The penalty is displayed as a negative number in the matrix breakdown, so you can clearly see how much each risk component is costing you. The overall Risk Penalty is presented alongside your other ranking factors so you can prioritise which issues to fix first for the greatest improvement in your composite score. 🗺️ How to Find the Risk Penalty in Search Atlas GBP Projects 1. Log in to Search Atlas and go to Local in the left sidebar. 2. Select the GBP project you want to review. 3. Navigate to the Ranking Factor Matrix via Left sidebar → Local → project → Ranking Factor Matrix. The URL will be /gbp-galactic/ranking-factor-matrix. 4. Find the Risk Penalty row in the matrix table. Click on it to expand the component breakdown and see which specific risk signals are contributing to your penalty score. ✅ How to Reduce Your Risk Penalty To lower your Risk Penalty and improve your overall Ranking Factor Matrix score, work through the following actions: - Remove any non-branded keywords from your GBP business name and use only your real registered business name. - Audit your NAP data across all citations using the Local Citations section (Left sidebar → Local → Local Citations) and correct any inconsistencies. - Verify your GBP listing through Google Search Console or directly via Google Maps if it is currently unverified. - Complete all missing profile fields including business description, primary and secondary categories, and business hours. - Review your ratings and respond to reviews regularly via Left sidebar → Local → Reviews (GBP Reviews) to maintain a healthy review profile. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📋 Recovering a Deleted Report Builder Layout

🗂️ Overview In Search Atlas, report layouts (also called templates) created inside Report Builder are permanently deleted the moment you confirm their removal. There is no recycle bin, undo option, or automatic backup for deleted layouts. This article explains what to do if you have accidentally deleted a layout and how to rebuild or restore your work. ⚠️ Why Deleted Layouts Cannot Be Automatically Restored When a layout is deleted from Report Builder (Left sidebar → Reports), the action is immediate and irreversible at the platform level. This means: - The layout name, structure, and all saved configuration are removed from your account instantly. - There is no version history or trash folder for report layouts. - Other team members sharing the same workspace will also lose access to the deleted layout. - All versions of the layout, including those you may have edited over time, are also permanently removed. - Even our engineering team cannot retrieve a deleted layout once it has been removed. Because of this, we strongly recommend treating shared or frequently used layouts as permanent assets and exercising caution before deleting them. 🔍 Step 1 — Confirm the Layout Is Truly Deleted Before taking any further action, verify that the layout has been deleted and is not simply hidden or misplaced: 1. Go to Left sidebar → Reports to open the Report Builder projects list (at /report-builder/projects-list), where all your current layouts are displayed. 2. Scroll through your full list of reports and layouts. 3. Use the search bar at the top of the list to search for the layout name (for example, Ryan). 4. Check whether any team member may have renamed or moved the layout. If the layout does not appear anywhere in the list after these checks, it has been permanently deleted. 🛠️ Step 2 — Recreate the Layout Manually The fastest way to recover your workflow is to rebuild the layout from scratch inside Report Builder. Follow these steps: 1. Navigate to Left sidebar → Reports. 2. Click New Report (or the equivalent create button) to start a blank layout. 3. Add the same sections, data widgets, and branding that were part of the deleted layout. 4. Give the layout a clear, recognisable name to avoid accidental deletion in the future. 5. Save the layout once you are satisfied with the configuration. If you or a colleague remembers the structure of the deleted layout — such as the widgets, columns, filters, or data sources used — jot those details down first to make the rebuild faster. This is the quickest path to resuming normal reporting. 💡 Tips to Prevent Accidental Deletion in the Future - Duplicate layouts before editing. Before making major changes to a layout, create a copy so you always have a fallback version. - Use descriptive names. Clearly named layouts — for example, including the client name, date, or report type — are easier to identify and less likely to be mistakenly deleted by other team members. - Review before deleting. Always confirm the layout name and contents before clicking delete, as the action takes effect immediately with no confirmation step to reverse it. - Restrict access for shared templates. If a layout is used by multiple team members, communicate clearly before deleting it. Consider assigning layout management responsibilities to a designated person to reduce the risk of accidental removal. - Document your templates externally. For critical report structures, keep a brief written record of the widgets and settings used so rebuilding is straightforward if needed. 🆘 Step 3 — Contact Our Support Team If you are unable to recreate the layout or believe the deletion was caused by a platform error, our support team may be able to assist with further investigation. Please have the following information ready before reaching out: - The name of the deleted layout (for example, Ryan). - The approximate date and time the deletion occurred. - The email address associated with your Search Atlas account. - Any details about the layout structure or widgets it contained. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📄 Report Builder PDF Exports Now Look Like Real Reports

PDF exports from Report Builder have been completely redesigned — both the classic and updated report layouts now produce structured, professional-looking documents instead of web pages converted to PDF. ✨ What's New Exporting a report to PDF used to produce output that felt like a screenshot of the platform: content flowed top to bottom with no real page structure, sections and cards could be cut off mid-page, and application chrome like sidebars and headers sometimes appeared in the file. That's all changed. - Redesigned layout for the updated report builder: Sections and cards are now properly bounded within the document, cards no longer get sliced across page breaks, and each export includes a real report cover and footer — the kind of document you'd confidently hand to a client. - Restructured layout for the classic report builder: The same document-first structure has been applied to classic reports, while keeping the visual identity classic users already recognize. The overall style has also been refined to feel more like a printed report than a rendered web page. - Platform chrome no longer appears in exports: Sidebars and navigation headers no longer leak into either export, so the PDF contains only report content. - Exports are now faster and more stable: Previously, generating a PDF on a long report could freeze your browser tab. That issue is resolved, along with a separate delay that could make the export feel unresponsive. Exports now build directly from what you see on screen, so the PDF accurately reflects the report as displayed — and it's ready much faster. 🛠️ How to Use It 1. Open any report in Report Builder. 2. Select the PDF export option as you normally would. 3. Download and review your export — no settings changes are needed to receive the updated layout. 📋 What to Expect Both classic and updated reports will automatically use the new export format — there is nothing to configure or enable. The visual identity of classic reports is preserved; only the document structure and page layout have been improved. The content in your PDF will match exactly what is displayed on screen in the report builder. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🔍 Understanding Site Explorer Search History Logs

🗺️ Overview If you notice domains you do not recognise — such as competitor sites, social platforms like Facebook, or video tools like Loom — appearing in your Site Explorer history, this is expected behaviour. These entries are not errors or security issues. They reflect searches that members of your team have run inside Site Explorer, not sites that were automatically added to your account. 📂 Two Types of History in Site Explorer Site Explorer records two distinct types of data, and it is important to understand the difference between them: - Search activity history — A log of every domain or URL that any team member has manually searched inside Site Explorer. This includes external sites such as competitor domains, partner websites, or any URL entered into the search bar for research purposes. - Crawl data for your own sites — Metrics and page data gathered from domains you have added to your account for ongoing monitoring. This is separate from the search activity log and only covers sites you explicitly manage. When you open Site Explorer at Left sidebar → Site Metrics (Site Explorer) (URL: /site-explorer/list), the history panel displays all searches performed by your team — not just searches for your own properties. 👥 Why External Domains Appear in Your History Any team member with access to Site Explorer can search any domain or URL. Common reasons external sites show up in your history include: - A team member researched a competitor's domain to review its backlink profile or organic keywords. - Someone looked up a reference site, such as a content source or industry publication. - A team member checked a social platform or third-party tool domain as part of a link-building or outreach workflow. - A colleague searched a client's competitor sites during an audit. All of these actions are logged under your account's search history because they were performed while signed in to your workspace. 🔎 How to Review Who Searched What To identify which team member searched a specific domain, follow these steps: 1. Navigate to Left sidebar → Site Metrics (Site Explorer). 2. Locate the domain in question within your search history list. 3. Check the associated timestamp and, if visible, the user attribution column to identify which team member ran the search. 4. Cross-reference with your team's current projects or outreach tasks to confirm the context of the search. If your account has multiple users, we recommend establishing a brief team guideline on when and why to search external domains, so the history log remains easy to interpret for everyone. ⚠️ This Is Not a Security or Crawl Issue Seeing an unfamiliar domain in your history does not mean: - An external site has been added to your monitored properties. - Search Atlas has crawled or indexed that domain on your behalf. - Your account has been accessed without authorisation. - Any CMS pages or internal URLs have been auto-generated. The history log is a read-only record of manual searches. No data from those external searches is applied to your site's reports or monitored dashboards unless you explicitly add that domain as a tracked property. 🧹 Managing Your Search History If your history log has become cluttered with searches you no longer need, you can clear or remove individual entries directly from the Site Explorer list view. This keeps your workspace tidy without affecting any tracked site data or reports. 💡 Best Practices for Teams - Brief new team members on the fact that all searches — including competitor research — are logged in the shared history. - Use consistent naming or labelling conventions when researching multiple client competitors so searches are easy to attribute later. - Periodically review the history log as a team to ensure it reflects active projects and remove outdated entries. 🆘 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Why the Citations Section in Brand Insights Shows Unrelated Domains

The Citations section in Brand Insights shows the websites that AI engines referenced when answering questions about your industry topics — which is why it includes competitors and third-party sources alongside your own domain. This is expected behavior, not an attribution error. 🔍 What the Citations Section in Brand Insights Shows The Citations section lists the websites that AI engines — such as ChatGPT, Gemini, and Perplexity — referenced when answering questions about topics in your industry. AI engines pull from many sources to build an answer, so the list reflects the full set of domains they cited across your topic area. Your own domain appears here too. For eastbayobgyn.com, your domain is the most cited domain in the report and appears in 39 AI responses. In most cases, your top-ranked domain confirms data accuracy. If citation counts seem unusually high or inconsistent, this may reflect a data refresh lag — refresh the page or contact support. 🌐 Why Competitor and Third-Party Domains Appear in Citations The other domains in the list are competitors and third-party sources that AI engines also referenced when answering questions in your topic area. Their presence does not mean those sites mention your business — it means AI engines drew on them to answer questions related to your industry. The Citations list reflects the competitive landscape, not an error Think of the Citations list as the competitive landscape as AI engines see it. When an AI engine answers a question in your field, it weighs many authoritative and competing sources. Brand Insights surfaces those sources so you can see who you share space with in AI-generated answers. This helps you understand which sources AI engines trust in your industry and identify gaps where your content could build stronger authority. - Your domain — how often AI engines cite your site for your topics. - Competitor domains — other businesses AI engines reference for the same topics. - Third-party sources — directories, publications, and reference sites AI engines trust in your field. ⚙️ How the Citations Section Gets Populated You do not need to add or configure anything. The Citations section auto-populated when you viewed Site Metrics — no manual setup required. As AI engines reference new sources for your topics, the list reflects what they cite. ✅ How to Read Your Brand Insights Citations Data Use the Citations section to gauge your visibility in AI answers relative to others in your space. 1. In the left sidebar, go to Local → Local Citations. 2. Find your domain near the top and note its response count — for eastbayobgyn.com this is 39 AI responses. 3. Review the competitor and third-party domains below it to see which sources AI engines favor for your topics. 4. Use the ranking to spot where you lead and where competing sources are cited more often. When your domain sits at the top with the highest response count, you are reading the data correctly — that signals strong AI citation presence for your industry topics. ❓ Frequently Asked Questions About Citations Why does Total Cited Sources stay the same when I click different recommendations? This can occur with large datasets. Refresh your browser to sync the display. 🎯 You now know that the Citations section in Brand Insights intentionally shows competitor and third-party domains because they reflect every source AI engines cite for your industry — with your own domain ranked by how often it is referenced. Understanding which third-party sources AI engines cite helps you benchmark your content strategy and identify high-authority domains to reference in your own content. Review your Site Metrics regularly to track how your AI citation presence changes over time.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Adding GA4 Key Events to Your Reports

📋 Overview Google Analytics 4 (GA4) key events track the actions that matter most to your business — purchases, form submissions, sign-ups, and more. This article explains where GA4 key event data appears in Search Atlas, how to work with it today, and what is coming in a future update. 🔍 Where GA4 Key Events Appear GA4 key event data is available inside Report Builder. Once your GA4 property is connected, Report Builder displays a dedicated Key Events section that lists your designated key events in a paginated table. To access this section: 1. Open Report Builder from the left sidebar. 2. Select or create the report you want to work with. 3. Scroll to the Key Events section within the report view. 4. Review your paginated key event data pulled directly from your connected GA4 property. 🤖 Using the AI Agent to Work with Key Events Report Builder includes a built-in AI agent that can help you pull and organise data inside your reports. You can use prompts like the ones below to work with your GA4 key event data: - "Show me the key events from my GA4 property in this report." - "Add a Key Events section to this report." - "Summarise my top GA4 key events for the selected date range." Type your prompt directly into the agent chat inside Report Builder. The agent will reference your connected GA4 data and update the report accordingly. ⚠️ Current Limitations: Executive Summary Cards At this time, it is not yet possible to add individual GA4 key event cards — with customisable visual indicators such as charts or trend widgets — directly to the Executive Summary section of a report. This is a known feature request (RB-1600) that is actively being tracked by our product team. What you can do today: - View all designated GA4 key events in the Key Events section of Report Builder. - Use the AI agent to include key event summaries in your report content. - Share or export the report with the Key Events section included. ✅ Confirming Your GA4 Property Is Connected Key event data will only appear if your GA4 property is properly connected to Search Atlas. To verify your connection: 1. Go to Site Metrics in the left sidebar. 2. Select Overview or Site Events to confirm GA4 data is populating. 3. If no GA4 data appears, check your integration settings and reconnect your GA4 property if needed. 🛠️ Troubleshooting: Key Events Not Showing Correctly If you see events in the Key Events section that do not match the key events you have designated inside GA4, try the following steps: - Confirm that the events are marked as key events inside your GA4 property settings, not just tracked as standard events. - Allow up to 24 hours for newly designated key events to sync and appear in Report Builder. - Disconnect and reconnect your GA4 integration if data still appears inconsistent. 🚀 What's Coming Next The ability to add individual GA4 key event cards with customisable visual indicators to the Executive Summary is on the product roadmap under feature request RB-1600. When this feature is released, you will be able to surface specific key events as visual cards directly within your executive-level report views. We recommend checking the Search Atlas changelog or release notes for updates on this feature. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be instantly connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Export Reports as Excel or CSV

Report Builder now supports Excel (.xlsx) and CSV exports alongside the existing PDF option, giving you a structured, data-ready format for KPI tracking, analysis, or feeding numbers into other tools. ✨ What's New When you click Download .CSV in Reports → Report Builder (Report Builder), a modal now appears letting you choose your preferred format before downloading: - Excel (.xlsx) — recommended: Exports your report data in a fully structured, columnar format with better layout and formatting, ideal for pasting into a spreadsheet or sharing with a team that works in Excel. - CSV: A simple, plain-text format with universal compatibility, great for importing into any analysis tool or database. - PDF: The original export option, still available — best for client-facing documents meant to be read, not edited. The Excel and CSV exports lay out your report data in real columns built for working with numbers, not just viewing them. This works across all V3 report types, not just individual cards or sections. 🚀 How to Use It 1. Open Reports → Report Builder (Report Builder) and navigate to the report you want to export. 2. Click the Download .CSV button. 3. In the export modal, select your preferred format: Excel (.xlsx), CSV, or PDF. 4. Confirm and download your file. 📋 What to Expect - Excel and CSV exports are structured for data work — columns map directly to your report's data fields, making them ready to paste into a spreadsheet or import into another tool. - PDF remains the best choice when you need a polished, readable document to hand to a client. - Excel (.xlsx) is recommended over CSV when formatting and structure matter, as it preserves layout more reliably. - This export option is available across V3 report types. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🗺️ Disabling Heatmaps on Your PRO Plan

🔍 What Are Heatmaps in Search Atlas? Heatmaps are an optional tracking feature available on the PRO plan. When enabled, Search Atlas collects visitor interaction data — such as clicks, scrolls, and mouse movement — on your connected pages. This data is stored on Search Atlas servers and contributes to your plan usage, which may affect your billing. ⚙️ How to Disable Heatmap Tracking You can turn off heatmap tracking directly from your Search Atlas dashboard. Follow these steps: 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. Navigate to Local → Local SEO Heatmaps from the left-hand sidebar. 3. Select the website or project for which you want to disable heatmaps. 4. Click the Settings or Manage option for that project. 5. Toggle the heatmap tracking switch to Off or click Disable Heatmaps. 6. Confirm your choice when prompted. Once disabled, Search Atlas will stop collecting new heatmap data for that project immediately. 🗑️ Requesting Heatmap Data Removal Disabling heatmap tracking stops new data from being collected, but any previously recorded heatmap data may still be stored on Search Atlas servers. If you want all existing heatmap data permanently deleted from our servers, you need to submit a data removal request. To request data deletion: 1. Disable heatmap tracking for all relevant projects (see steps above). 2. Contact our support team via the live chat widget (see below) and request full removal of your stored heatmap data. 3. Our team will confirm once the data has been permanently deleted from our servers. Please note: Data removal is permanent and cannot be undone. Make sure you have exported or saved any heatmap reports you wish to keep before submitting your request. 💳 How Disabling Heatmaps Affects Your Billing The heatmap feature is included as part of the PRO plan. Here is what you need to know about billing: - Disabling heatmaps stops new data collection, but it does not automatically reduce your PRO plan subscription cost, as heatmaps are bundled within the plan tier. - If you believe you are being charged specifically for heatmap usage above your plan limits, our support team can review your account and clarify any usage-based charges. - If you no longer need the PRO plan features and wish to downgrade, contact our support team to discuss your options. ❓ Frequently Asked Questions - Will disabling heatmaps affect the rest of my PRO plan features? - No. Turning off heatmaps only stops heatmap data collection. All other PRO plan features remain fully active. - How long does it take for data to be removed after a deletion request? Our team will process your request as quickly as possible. You will receive a confirmation once deletion is complete. - Can I re-enable heatmaps after disabling them? Yes. You can re-enable heatmaps at any time from the same settings area, unless you have also requested a full data deletion. - Does disabling heatmaps remove the tracking script from my website? Disabling heatmaps within Search Atlas stops data from being recorded, but if you manually added a tracking script to your website, you may also want to remove that script from your site's code.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

Understanding Citation Submission Dates and Update Visibility

🔍 Overview When you update business information — such as a phone number — across your citation network, you may notice that the Last Submitted On date inside Local Citations does not immediately reflect the new submission date. This article explains why that happens and what you can expect. 📋 How Citation Submission Tracking Works Search Atlas submits your business data to citation sources and aggregator networks on your behalf. After a submission is sent, the platform records a Last Submitted On date to indicate when that data was last pushed. However, the platform currently has a known limitation: completing an aggregator-network submission does not automatically trigger a re-scan of your live citations. This means: - The Last Submitted On date shown in Local Citations may reflect an older submission, not your most recent update. - The citation data displayed in your dashboard — including live status — may be based on a previous scan rather than the latest submission. - Changes you submitted (such as a new phone number) may already be live or in progress on citation sources even if the date has not updated in the platform. ⚙️ Why This Happens When a submission is sent to aggregator networks, the platform does not always re-scan active citations afterward to confirm the update has gone live. As a result, the Last Submitted On timestamp and the citation status shown in the dashboard can fall out of sync with the actual submission activity. This is a known limitation that has been reported to our team. 🗺️ How to Check Your Citation Status While the date display limitation exists, you can still review your citation information inside the Local Citations section of the platform: 1. Navigate to Local → Local Citations in your dashboard. 2. Review the list of citation sources and their current recorded status. 3. Note the Last Submitted On date — keep in mind this may not reflect your most recent submission if updates were made after the last scan. If you recently submitted a change and the date has not updated, your submission may still be processing or confirmed live on the citation source even though the dashboard has not yet reflected it. ✅ What You Should Know Right Now - Your data was submitted. A date not updating does not mean your submission failed. The update has been sent to the citation network. - Live data may lag. Citation sources and aggregators can take days or weeks to reflect submitted changes, which is separate from the platform display limitation. - This is a known limitation. Our team is aware that the Last Submitted On date does not always update after a new submission, and improvements to this behavior are being tracked. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🗺️ Heatmap Reports: Troubleshooting and Support

📊 What Are Heatmap Reports? Heatmap reports in Search Atlas show how your business ranks across different geographic locations for specific keywords. They help you visualize your local search visibility at a glance, making it easier to identify growth opportunities and track progress over time. 🔍 Accessing Your Heatmap Reports To view your Heatmap reports, follow these steps: 1. Open the left sidebar menu in your Search Atlas dashboard. 2. Click on Local to expand the section. 3. Select Local SEO Heatmaps from the menu options. 4. Choose the heatmap you want to view from your saved reports. From this page, you can Save reports, Import from Google Business Profile, or Import Heatmaps from external sources. 🛠️ Common Technical Issues If you're experiencing problems with your Heatmap reports, here are the most common issues and quick fixes: - Blank or missing data: Ensure your Google Business Profile is properly connected. Go to Local → GBP Projects and verify the connection is active. - Outdated rankings: Click Refresh data from the Home dashboard to pull the latest information. - Import errors: When importing heatmaps, double-check that your file format is supported and all required fields are included. - Slow loading times: Large map areas with many data points may take longer to render. Try narrowing your geographic range for faster results. 📈 Understanding Your Heatmap Data Each colored section of your heatmap represents your ranking position in that specific area. Here's what the colors typically indicate: - Green: You rank in the top 3 positions — great visibility. - Yellow: You rank between positions 4 and 10 — moderate visibility. - Red: You rank below position 10 — needs attention and optimization. Use these insights to target your SEO efforts in areas where your visibility is lowest. 💡 Tips for Better Heatmap Performance To improve your local rankings and see more green on your heatmap: - Keep your Google Business Profile updated with accurate business information. - Post regularly using the Posts feature in your GBP Projects. - Respond promptly to customer reviews to boost engagement signals. - Target keywords strategically based on gaps in your heatmap coverage. 💬 Getting Live Help From Our Team If you've tried the troubleshooting steps above and still need assistance, our support team is ready to help you in real time. We do not offer phone or email support — all live assistance is handled directly within the platform. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team. Our teammates can help you with technical issues, account questions, and strategy guidance for getting the most out of your Heatmap reports.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

Report Builder Date Range, Comparison and Email Options

This article explains a known issue with custom date ranges in Report Builder, which comparison options are available, and how scheduled report emails are configured. Why does my custom date range revert to Last 30 Days? In the Create Report wizard, choosing a custom date range and clicking Apply can silently switch the report back to "Last 30 Days". When this happens, the saved report keeps the "Last 30 Days" setting, so your chosen dates are not stored, and no warning is shown. This is a known issue that our product team has logged and has not yet resolved. What can I do while the issue is open? - After you click Apply, check the date range shown on the report before you save it. - If it shows "Last 30 Days", your custom dates were not kept. - Reach our team through live chat and share the report name, the dates you selected and the range that appears after saving. A screenshot of each helps. What comparison options does Report Builder offer? The comparison selector offers four choices: Previous period, Previous year, Custom date and Don't compare. "Year to Date" is not available as a comparison type. Older comparison presets, such as previous month or the last 3, 6 or 12 months, are shown as Previous period when an older report is opened. How do I schedule report emails? Open the report's Configure Report drawer and go to the Emails tab. There you can choose the Email Frequency, which can be Weekly, Monthly or Quarterly, and add recipient email addresses in the separate recipients list.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Schedule Reports and Add Recipients

📋 Overview Search Atlas lets you create reports and schedule them for recurring delivery. You can choose a weekly or monthly schedule and add the available recipients shown in the report settings. ⚙️ Set Up a Scheduled Report 1. Open Reports from the left sidebar. 2. Select the report or project you want to configure. 3. Choose the reporting period and the data you want to include. 4. Enable the scheduled email option. 5. Select a weekly or monthly delivery frequency. 6. Enter the recipient email addresses available in the Recipients field. 7. Save the report and confirm the schedule. 👥 Add Report Recipients The number of recipients depends on the report type and the recipient settings available in your Search Atlas account. Add recipients directly in the Recipients field and confirm that each address is accepted before saving. If the field allows only one recipient, or you need to send the report to additional people, create separate scheduled reports where appropriate. Do not add shared inboxes or addresses that have not agreed to receive the report. 📅 Weekly and Monthly Delivery Choose weekly for regular performance updates or monthly for client reporting. Review the selected time zone, start date, and schedule before saving. Scheduled emails may contain a report summary rather than the complete report, depending on the report type and current settings. 🔗 Share Reports with GHL Sub-Accounts Search Atlas scheduled reports are delivered to the email recipients configured in Search Atlas. There is no general direct sync that automatically places scheduled reports into GoHighLevel (GHL) client sub-accounts. To share a report with a GHL client, use one of these practical options: - Add the client's approved email address as a report recipient, if the recipient field supports it. - Download or open the completed report, then upload or share it through the appropriate GHL client sub-account. - Use an approved third-party automation only if your organization's security and data policies allow it. GHL sub-account access does not automatically grant access to Search Atlas reports. Each client must receive the report through a configured recipient or a separate sharing process. 🔍 Troubleshoot Scheduled Reports - Confirm the report is saved and scheduled. - Check that recipient addresses are correct and accepted. - Review spam, junk, and company email filters. - Confirm the schedule, time zone, and delivery frequency. - Open the report from Reports and verify the selected project or domain. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 What Each Term in the Distribution Report Count Means

When reviewing your Distribution Report in Search Atlas, you will see a section called Distribution Report Count. This section breaks down where your press release has been published using three distinct categories. Understanding each term will help you accurately gauge your press release's reach and publication status. Here is what each term means: - Primary: A count of distribution links where the press release was published on your selected distribution channels. These are the core outlets you specifically chose when setting up your distribution. - Secondary: A count of distribution sites where the press release was published, but outside of our distribution channels. For example, this may include other websites belonging to your client that picked up the press release independently. - Unconfirmed: A count of distribution links for your selected channels that are expected to pick up the press release but have not yet done so. These sites are still anticipated to publish your content, so it is worth checking back later to see if this count has updated. Together, these three counts give you a complete picture of your press release's current publication status — from confirmed placements on your chosen channels, to additional third-party coverage, to outlets still expected to publish. If you have questions about a specific count or notice something unexpected in your Distribution Report, feel free to chat with a human teammate using the in-app live chat widget and we will be happy to help.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🔗 Share Client Dashboards and SEO Reports

🏢 Overview for Agencies Search Atlas gives agencies two distinct ways to share SEO progress with clients: Viewer access (a logged-in account seat) and public snapshot links (a shareable URL requiring no login). These serve different purposes, and understanding the difference prevents confusion about what clients can and cannot see. Additionally, the Report Builder is designed for scheduled PDF or email reports — not for historical comparisons of domain metrics or SEO pillar scores. This article clarifies each option so you can set up the right workflow for your agency. 👤 Option 1: Viewer Access (Recommended for Ongoing Client Visibility) Viewer access gives a client their own login to your Search Atlas workspace. They can browse dashboards, monitor OTTO progress, and check domain metrics in real time without being able to edit any settings. 1. Go to Left sidebar → Home and open your account settings. 2. Navigate to the Users & Permissions section of your workspace. 3. Invite your client using their email address and assign the Viewer role. 4. The client will receive an email invitation and can log in immediately after accepting. What Viewers can see: live project dashboards, OTTO recommendations and progress, domain metrics, and keyword rankings for any project they have been granted access to. What Viewers cannot do: edit projects, change OTTO settings, manage billing, or access projects they have not been explicitly invited to. 🔗 Option 2: Public Snapshot Links (No Login Required) If your client does not want a Search Atlas account, or you need a quick way to share progress without granting login credentials, you can generate a public snapshot link. This produces a read-only URL that captures the current state of the dashboard at the moment it is generated. Important limitations to understand before sharing: - A snapshot link reflects data at the time it was created. It does not update automatically as new data comes in. - To share a more recent view, you must generate a new snapshot link and send the updated URL to your client. - Snapshot links do not provide a historical timeline or side-by-side comparison of domain metrics or SEO pillar scores across different dates. - Anyone with the link can view the snapshot — treat it accordingly and regenerate the link if you need to revoke access. 📊 Report Builder: Scheduled PDF and Email Reports The Report Builder lets you create branded, scheduled reports delivered by email or exported as a PDF. This is the best tool for sending regular progress updates to clients who prefer a document over a live dashboard. What Report Builder is good for: - Weekly or monthly automated email reports sent directly to your client. - PDF exports covering keyword rankings, backlink summaries, and task completion. - White-labeled reports displaying your agency branding (see White Label section below). What Report Builder does not support: - Historical comparisons of domain authority metrics (such as Domain Rating or Trust Flow trends over custom date ranges) — these are not available as a Report Builder module. - Historical comparisons of OTTO SEO pillar scores across time periods — pillar progress is shown in the live dashboard but cannot be pulled into a historical chart within reports. If a client asks to see how their domain metrics have changed over several months, direct them to the live project dashboard where trend data is displayed natively, and use Viewer access so they can check it themselves at any time. 🏷️ White Label Setup for Agency Branding White Label lets you present Search Atlas under your own agency brand — custom domain, logo, and colour scheme — so clients see your brand rather than Search Atlas when they log in or receive reports. 1. Go to More Features → Agency Hub → White Label Setup (URL: /agency-settings). 2. Under White Label Setup, enter your custom domain and upload your agency logo. 3. Configure colours and any additional branding options under Settings. 4. Use the Site Analysis Lead Capture Widget to embed a branded SEO audit tool on your agency website. Migration limitation: If you are moving an existing client workspace to a White Label environment, client project data and historical records do not migrate automatically. You will need to rebuild projects under the White Label workspace or work with our team to plan the transition before switching. Do not activate White Label on a live client workspace without accounting for this — historical data in the original workspace will not carry over to the new branded environment. ✅ Choosing the Right Option - Client needs ongoing, live access: Use Viewer access with a login invitation. - Client needs a quick, no-login view right now: Generate a public snapshot link, and remember to regenerate it when data changes. - Client wants regular automated updates: Set up a Report Builder schedule with PDF or email delivery. - Agency wants full branding control: Configure White Label Setup before inviting any clients, and plan for manual project setup if migrating existing workspaces. - Client wants historical domain metric or pillar comparisons: Use the live project dashboard with Viewer access — this is not available through snapshot links or Report Builder. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

✏️ Update Your Business Name in Reports and Emails

🔍 Why Is My Personal Name Showing Instead of My Business Name? If your automated emails, reports, or WordPress plugin display your personal name (such as "Jordan") instead of your company name (such as "Evoke"), it usually means your business name has not been set in one or more places inside Search Atlas. Depending on the feature, the platform pulls your business name from different settings — so you may need to update it in a few locations. ⚙️ Step 1: Update Your Agency Whitelabel Settings The Agency Whitelabel section controls the branding displayed in client-facing reports, automated emails, and connected tools like the WordPress plugin. Follow these steps: 1. In the left sidebar, click More Features and then open Agency Hub (Agency Whitelabel settings) at /agency-settings. 2. Locate the business or agency name field and replace any personal name with your company name (for example, "Evoke"). 3. Save your changes. Once saved, your company name will be used in outgoing automated emails and in the WordPress plugin display going forward. 📊 Step 2: Check Your Automated Email Report Settings Automated email reports may have their own name and sender settings. To review and update them: 1. Navigate to the Reports section of the platform. 2. Find the report whose emails are showing the wrong name and open its settings. 3. Update any name or sender fields to reflect your company name. 4. Save the changes and send a test email to confirm the correct name now appears. 💡 Tips to Keep Your Business Name Consistent - Update all relevant locations — Whitelabel settings and report settings — to ensure your business name is consistent everywhere. - Check existing reports individually — already-created reports may retain the old name until you manually update them. - Re-send a test automated email after saving to confirm the changes have taken effect before your next scheduled send. 🛠️ Still Seeing the Wrong Name? If your personal name is still appearing after updating your settings, our support team can investigate further. Please have the following ready when you reach out via the chat widget: your account details, the specific feature or report showing the incorrect name, and any relevant screenshots. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🔍 Why Search Atlas SEO Scores Differ From AISEO

📌 Overview If you previously tracked your SEO performance using AISEO and noticed your scores look different inside Search Atlas, you are not alone. This article explains why those scores differ and how to interpret your Search Atlas score with confidence. 🔍 Why the Scores Look Different Search Atlas and AISEO use different methodologies, data sources, and grading scales to calculate SEO scores. A score of 80%–90% in AISEO does not map directly to the same percentage in Search Atlas — they are measuring different things. Because each tool applies its own internal logic and benchmarks, scores are not directly comparable between the two platforms. ✅ Which Score Should You Trust? Search Atlas is your primary source of truth for SEO performance within the platform. A lower Search Atlas score compared to AISEO does not necessarily mean your SEO has gotten worse — it reflects that the two tools are answering different questions using different scoring approaches. Focus on tracking your Search Atlas score over time rather than comparing it to your previous AISEO scores. 🛠️ What to Do If Your Score Seems Unexpectedly Low If your Search Atlas score appears much lower than expected, here are concrete steps you can take to understand and improve it: 1. Log in to Search Atlas and open your project to review your current score and any details surfaced by the platform. 2. Review the recommendations provided. Understanding the specific recommendations provided within Search Atlas tells you exactly where to focus your effort. 3. Look at the details provided for your site rather than focusing solely on the score itself. Addressing the specific items highlighted by the tool will help produce meaningful improvements. 4. Prioritize high-impact fixes first. Address critical issues highlighted by the platform before moving on to minor optimizations. Each resolved issue will move your overall score upward. 5. Re-run your audit after making changes to confirm your score is trending upward. Because Search Atlas uses its own benchmarks, comparing your new Search Atlas score to your previous Search Atlas score — not your AISEO score — is the only meaningful way to measure progress. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🔍 Diagnose Unexpected Geo-Targeted Traffic Spikes

🌐 Why Am I Seeing Traffic From China or Singapore? If your UK-targeted websites are suddenly showing traffic spikes from countries like China or Singapore, there are two likely explanations: bot or crawler activity, or a misconfiguration in your geo-targeting settings. This article walks you through how to diagnose the cause and take corrective action. 🤖 Step 1 — Determine Whether the Traffic Is from Bots Unexpected international traffic spikes are most commonly caused by automated bots, web scrapers, or data centre crawlers rather than real users. Look for these warning signs in your analytics platform: - Bounce rate is unusually high (above 90%) for the suspicious traffic segment - Session duration is near zero — bots rarely spend time on pages - Pages per session is exactly 1 across a large volume of visits - No conversions or goal completions from the traffic source - Traffic arrives in short, concentrated bursts rather than a gradual increase If several of these signs are present at the same time, bot activity is the most likely cause. Real organic growth from a new region is typically gradual and shows meaningful engagement metrics. ⚙️ Step 2 — Verify Your Geo-Targeting Configuration Even when bot traffic is the primary cause, it is worth confirming that your geo-targeting settings are correctly configured. A misconfiguration could amplify the problem or mask its true source. Check each of the following: 1. Google Search Console — International Targeting: Go to Search Console → Legacy Tools → International Targeting. Confirm the target country is set to United Kingdom for each of your four sites. If it is set to Unlisted or the wrong country, correct it immediately. 2. Hreflang tags: If your sites serve multiple language variants, verify that hreflang="en-gb" tags are present and correctly implemented in your page source or sitemap. Incorrect or missing hreflang can cause search engines to serve your pages to unintended audiences. 3. Server or CDN location: Confirm your hosting or CDN is not automatically routing traffic through international nodes that could confuse geo-detection. 4. Analytics filters: Check whether any existing IP exclusion or geo filters in your analytics account have been accidentally removed or changed. 📊 Step 3 — Investigate in Search Atlas Site Explorer Use Search Atlas to cross-reference whether the traffic spike corresponds to any real keyword ranking changes in those regions. This helps confirm whether the visits are organic or artificial. 1. In the left sidebar, navigate to Site Metrics (Site Explorer). 2. Enter your website URL and review the organic traffic data by region and keyword. 3. Go to Keywords → Rank Tracker and check whether any keywords are ranking in Chinese or Singaporean search results. If your keywords are purely UK-focused and show no international rankings, this strongly suggests the traffic is not organic. 4. Go to Keywords → Keyword Gap to compare your site against competitors and confirm whether international visibility has genuinely expanded or whether your domestic rankings remain unchanged. If Site Explorer shows no corresponding keyword rankings or visibility in China or Singapore, the traffic spike is almost certainly non-organic. 🛠️ Step 4 — Filter and Block Bot Traffic Once you have confirmed the traffic is from bots or crawlers, take the following steps to filter it from your data and reduce its impact: - In Google Analytics 4: Create an audience filter to exclude traffic from the relevant countries (China, Singapore) if you have no legitimate audience there. Navigate to Admin → Data Streams → Configure Tag Settings → Define Internal Traffic, or use Reporting Identity filters. - In Google Analytics 4 (Bot filtering): Go to Admin → Data Settings → Data Filters and enable the Bot and spider filtering option if it is not already active. - At the server or firewall level: Work with your hosting provider or IT team to block known data centre IP ranges associated with scraping activity using a Web Application Firewall (WAF) such as Cloudflare. - robots.txt: Ensure your robots.txt file is correctly configured. While it will not stop malicious bots, it signals legitimate crawlers and helps identify bad actors that ignore the file. 💡 Step 5 — Monitor Going Forward After applying filters and verifying your settings, monitor your traffic over the next 7 to 14 days. Watch for: - A return to your normal UK-centric traffic baseline - Any further spikes that may indicate persistent crawler activity - Changes in your UK keyword rankings, which should remain unaffected by bot traffic alone Set up custom alerts in your analytics platform to notify you if traffic from specific countries exceeds a defined threshold. This allows you to catch future spikes early and investigate before the data skews your reporting. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Site Metrics Keywords Tab: Column Definitions Explained

🗺️ Overview The Keywords tab inside Site Explorer gives you a detailed breakdown of the keywords your domain ranks for, along with performance data pulled directly from search engine results. Understanding what each column measures helps you make accurate decisions about your SEO strategy. To reach this view, go to Left sidebar → Site Explorer and select the Keywords tab from the top navigation within the page. 📋 Column Definitions at a Glance The Keywords tab contains several columns, each measuring a distinct aspect of keyword performance. Here is what each one means: - Keyword — The search query for which your domain has a tracked or detected ranking. - Position SERP — The organic ranking position your page holds for this keyword in the standard, unpaid search results (the classic blue-link listings). A value of 1 means your page appears first in organic results. This number reflects only where your page sits in the core organic listings, not in any special result format. - SERP Features — Indicates whether your page or domain appears inside one or more enhanced result formats on the same search results page. These are non-standard placements such as Featured Snippets, People Also Ask boxes, Image Packs, Video Carousels, Local Packs, Site Links, and similar formats. A keyword may show a Position SERP of 4 but also carry a SERP Feature badge if your content was pulled into a Featured Snippet at the top of the page. - Traffic — The estimated organic traffic of the analyzed domain (per country) for this keyword. It is an estimate, not a direct measurement from your analytics account. - Search Volume — The average number of times this keyword is searched per month across all users. - Keyword Difficulty (KD) — A score from 0 to 100 indicating how competitive it is to rank organically for this keyword. Higher scores mean more competitive. - CPC — The average cost per click advertisers pay for this keyword in paid search. Useful as a signal of commercial intent. - URL — The specific page on your domain that holds the ranking for this keyword. 🔍 Position SERP vs. SERP Features: Key Differences These two columns are closely related but measure completely different things. Confusing them is one of the most common misreads in this tab. - Position SERP tells you where your page ranks among standard organic listings. It is a single number reflecting your place in the traditional ranked list of results. - SERP Features tells you whether your page or domain appears in any enhanced or special result format on that same page. This is not a ranking position — it is a presence indicator for non-standard placements. A practical example: Your page may rank at Position SERP 6 for a keyword, meaning it is the sixth organic result. At the same time, the SERP Features column may show a Featured Snippet icon, meaning your content also appears at the very top of the page inside an answer box. Both facts are true simultaneously because they measure different elements of the same results page. This distinction matters because SERP Features can drive significant traffic even when your organic position is not in the top three. Always review both columns together when evaluating a keyword's true visibility. 📈 Understanding the Traffic Estimate The Traffic column shows an estimated monthly visit count, not a live analytics figure. It is produced by this calculation: 1. Take the keyword's average monthly Search Volume. 2. Apply the average CTR associated with your current Position SERP. Pages at position 1 receive a much higher CTR than pages at position 10. 3. The result is the estimated monthly organic sessions attributable to that keyword. Because CTR benchmarks vary by industry, device, and whether SERP Features are present on the page, treat this number as a directional indicator rather than an exact count. It is most useful for comparing keywords against each other and prioritising optimisation efforts. 💡 Tips for Using These Columns Effectively - Sort by Traffic (descending) to find the keywords currently driving the most estimated visits, then check their Position SERP to identify quick-win opportunities where you rank between positions 4 and 15. - Filter for keywords that have active SERP Features to understand where your content is already being surfaced in enhanced formats — and where competitors might be displacing you from those features. - Use Position SERP alongside Search Volume to find high-volume keywords where your ranking has slipped and where improving your position would yield a meaningful Traffic increase. - Combine insights from this tab with Left sidebar → Keywords → Rank Tracker to monitor position changes over time for your most important keywords. 🆘 Need Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Client Dashboard Access and Progress Tracking

Overview Search Atlas allows you to give clients direct access to their project data through scoped dashboard sharing. This article explains how client-facing access works, how to restrict it to a single project, and how to use trend data to demonstrate SEO progress over time. Setting Up Client Dashboard Access To share dashboard access with a client scoped to a specific project, you can add them as a team member within your account. When a client is added with restricted permissions and assigned to a specific project, they will only see data relevant to their project — no other client data will be visible to them. If you are unsure which role or permission level to assign, or if you are experiencing difficulty limiting a client's view to a single project, please have the following ready when you reach out to our team: - The project name(s) you want to share with the client - The client's email address - A description of the access issue or any error message you are seeing Using White Label for a Branded Client Experience Search Atlas offers a White Label feature that allows clients to see a dashboard under your own branding rather than Search Atlas branding. When configured, clients logging into the platform will see your branded interface. This is recommended for agency clients who need a consistent, professional experience. If you need assistance confirming whether White Label is included in your plan or need help getting it configured, please have your account details ready when you contact our team. Tracking SEO Progress Over Time Search Atlas provides trend and comparison data within your project dashboard so you can demonstrate progress to clients across key SEO dimensions. You can monitor metrics such as keyword rankings, site health, backlink growth, and content performance over time. If you are having trouble locating comparison or trend data within your project dashboard, please note which specific metrics or reports you are trying to access and have that information ready when you reach out. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Report Builder Updates: GBP, OTTO & Integrations

We've made several improvements to Report Builder that give you more accurate data, better visibility into your OTTO SEO status, and smoother integration connections across your reports. ✨ What's New This update brings three meaningful changes to Report Builder: - GBP location names in shared reports: When sharing a report publicly, the sidebar now correctly displays your Google Business Profile location names instead of showing placeholder text. Recipients viewing your shared report will see the real location names as intended. - OTTO SEO status in reports: You can now surface your OTTO SEO connection status and the count of found issues directly within Report Builder, giving clients and stakeholders a clear snapshot of your site's SEO health alongside the rest of your report data. - Improved integration auto-matching: Report Builder now more reliably auto-populates the correct integration when adding widgets for LLM Visibility, Google Ads, and Facebook Ads — reducing the need for manual selection and saving setup time. 🛠️ How to Use It 1. Open the left sidebar → Reports (Report Builder). 2. To see OTTO data, add or edit a widget and look for the OTTO SEO connection status and found-issues count in the available data options. 3. When adding widgets for LLM Visibility, Google Ads, or Facebook Ads, the correct integration will now be matched and pre-filled automatically. 4. To verify the GBP location fix, share a report publicly and confirm that location names display correctly in the sidebar for viewers. 📋 What to Expect - Public shared reports will now display GBP location names for all viewers, including those who are not logged in to the platform. - OTTO SEO connection status and found-issues count are now available as reportable data points within Report Builder. - Integration auto-matching for LLM Visibility, Google Ads, and Facebook Ads applies when creating new widgets or editing existing ones — previously configured widgets are not affected retroactively. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📍 SAB Citation Aggregator Coverage and Link Counts

🗺️ What Are SAB Citations? Service Area Businesses (SABs) serve customers at the customer's location — think plumbers, landscapers, or mobile consultants — without displaying a physical address publicly. Citation aggregators can still distribute your business data (name, phone, service area) across their downstream publisher networks, but SAB-specific coverage varies significantly between aggregators. Choosing the right one protects your credits and maximises your citation footprint. ⚙️ How SAB Citations Work in Search Atlas Search Atlas fully supports citation submissions for SABs. When configuring your listing, enter your business ZIP code and leave the street address hidden so it is never shown publicly. The aggregator still receives and distributes all other business data across its network. Each aggregator submission costs 40 credits, so understanding SAB-specific downstream coverage before submitting is essential — especially when managing multiple SAB listings. 📊 Aggregator Comparison: SAB Coverage and Downstream Links The three aggregators available in Search Atlas handle SAB listings differently. Here is how they compare for businesses with no physical address displayed: - Data Axle — Best SAB coverage (~60–80+ downstream sites). Data Axle has the largest publisher network and imposes the fewest address requirements on its downstream partners, making it the highest-yield option for SABs. Service area data is distributed broadly even without a street address, so you are unlikely to see the severely limited link counts that affect other networks. - Neustar Localeze — Good SAB coverage (~30–50 downstream sites). Localeze maintains a strong network of local directories and data partners and supports SAB profiles. A subset of its downstream partners do require a physical address to publish a listing, which reduces total coverage compared to a standard listing — but overall volume remains solid for service area businesses. - Foursquare — Limited SAB coverage (~10–20 downstream sites). Foursquare's platform is optimised for venue- and location-based data. Without a physical address, SAB listings qualify for far fewer placements in its network. Foursquare is the lowest-yield option specifically for SABs and is best reserved for brick-and-mortar businesses. 🏆 Recommended Submission Order for SABs For maximum citation return on your credits, follow this priority order: 1. Data Axle first — Widest SAB-compatible network and highest downstream link count. Start here for every SAB listing. 2. Neustar Localeze second — Strong secondary coverage; complements Data Axle with additional directory reach. 3. Foursquare third (optional) — Only consider once the first two are submitted and your credit balance allows. Expected SAB yield is significantly lower. If you are managing two SAB listings on a limited credit budget, submitting both to Data Axle will typically return more total citations than spreading credits equally across all three aggregators. 🛠️ How to Submit SAB Citations 1. In the left sidebar, go to Local → Local Citations. 2. Open the GBP project for your SAB listing. 3. Navigate to the Local Citations section inside the project. 4. When prompted for address details, enter your ZIP code only and leave the street address field blank or set to hidden so the address is not displayed publicly. 5. Select your target aggregator — start with Data Axle for the best SAB results. 6. Confirm the submission. 40 credits will be deducted per aggregator. Important: Downstream distribution is not instant. New listings typically appear on partner sites within 4–12 weeks after aggregator submission. Active citation counts in your dashboard update only once links are confirmed as live, so early counts may appear lower than the final total. ❓ Common Questions About SAB Citations Will hiding my address always reduce my link count? Yes, to varying degrees. Every aggregator has some downstream partners that require a physical address. Data Axle has the fewest such restrictions, which is why it consistently produces the highest SAB link counts. Can I submit one SAB listing to all three aggregators? Yes — each aggregator submission is independent. Submitting to multiple aggregators increases your total citation footprint and strengthens local SEO signals across a wider range of data sources. My citation count looks very low right after submission — is something wrong? Not necessarily. Counts reflect only verified live links, not pending distributions. Allow the full 4–12 week window before drawing conclusions about coverage. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📲 Find and Share Your Review QR Code

🔍 What Is the Review QR Code? Search Atlas generates a unique review link and QR code for each business location you manage. You can send the link via text or other messaging channels, or share the QR code so clients can scan it and leave a review instantly — no searching required on their end. 📍 Where to Find the Review Link and QR Code Log in to your Search Atlas account and navigate to Local → Overview → Reviews (tab). From there, click the Generate Review QR Code button to see your unique review link and QR code. Tip: If you manage multiple locations, make sure the correct location is selected before copying the link or downloading the QR code — each location has its own unique code. 📤 How to Share the Review Link with Clients Once you have located your review link and QR code, you can share them in several ways: - Copy the link: Copy your unique review URL and paste it into a messaging platform to share with clients. - Download the QR code: Save the QR code image to your device and include it in printed materials, email signatures, receipts, or social media posts. - Send a review request directly: Search Atlas includes functionality to send the review link to a client from within the platform. 💡 Tips for Getting More Reviews - Add the QR code to printed invoices or business cards so clients can scan it immediately after a service. - Include the review link in your post-appointment follow-up messages. - Display a printed QR code at your front desk or checkout area for walk-in customers. - Set up automated review request campaigns inside Search Atlas to send requests without manual effort. ❓ Need Help Finding Your QR Code? If you are having trouble locating your review link or QR code inside Search Atlas, our support team can walk you through exactly where to find it in your account and help confirm the correct steps for your setup. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🛠️ How to Build a Client Prospecting Report with Google Ads

This article explains how to use Report Builder to generate a comprehensive prospecting report that highlights issues and opportunities across a client's SEO and Google Ads presence — giving you a ready-made deliverable to win new business. 📍 Where to Find It To access Report Builder, go to the Left sidebar → Reports. This opens the projects list where you can create and manage all your reports. 🛠️ Step-by-Step 1. In the left sidebar, click Reports to open the Report Builder projects list. 2. Click Create New Report (or the equivalent new-project button) to start a fresh report for your prospect. 3. Enter the prospect's domain or business details when prompted so the report pulls data specific to their site. 4. In the report builder, add the sections relevant to your prospecting pitch. At minimum, include an SEO audit section to surface on-site issues and a Google Ads section to highlight paid search opportunities and inefficiencies. 5. Configure each section's settings — such as target keywords, location, and date range — to match the prospect's market and goals. 6. Once all sections are configured, click Generate (or Run Report) to compile the full audit. 7. When the report is ready, use the Share or Export option to download a PDF or create a shareable link you can send directly to the prospect. ✅ How to Confirm It Worked You'll know the report was generated successfully when: - The report appears in your Reports projects list with a completed status (not "processing" or "pending"). - Opening the report shows populated data for each section — SEO issues are listed with severity indicators, and the Google Ads section displays findings such as wasted spend, missing keywords, or ad copy gaps. - The Export or Share button is active, confirming the report is fully rendered and ready to deliver to your prospect. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

⚡ How to Build a Client Report with SEO and Google Ads Issues

Report Builder lets you create a single client-facing report that combines SEO improvement opportunities and Google Ads issues. The steps below reflect general guidance for this type of report — if your specific workflow differs, please reach out to the team for tailored assistance. Step 1: Open Report Builder From your Search Atlas dashboard, navigate to Reports. Select the project you want to generate the report for. Step 2: Confirm Your Google Ads Connection Before adding Google Ads data to the report, make sure a Google Ads account is connected to your project. If it is not connected, link it through your project settings so that paid search issue data is available to pull into the report. Step 3: Add SEO Issues to the Report Within Report Builder, add the SEO issues section to your report. This pulls in on-page and technical improvement opportunities for the selected project. Step 4: Add Google Ads Issues to the Report Add the Google Ads issues section to include paid search performance data and issue flags for your project. This section will only populate if a Google Ads account is connected (see Step 2). Step 5: Customize and Share the Report Once both sections are added, customize the report layout and branding as needed. Use the sharing options in Report Builder to generate a shareable link or export the report to send to your client. 🛠️ What to Have Ready If You Need Support If you run into issues while building the report, having the following information ready will help the team assist you as quickly as possible: - The name of the project you want to run the report for - Whether a Google Ads account has been connected to that project - What you are trying to include in the report (e.g., SEO issues, paid search issues, or both) - Any error messages or unexpected behavior you have encountered If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 View Your Site Explorer Quota Usage

📋 Overview Site Explorer includes quota tracking so you can monitor how many analyses you have run and how many remain in your current plan period. This article explains how to locate and read your quota usage information. 🗺️ How to Navigate to Site Explorer 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. Locate Site Metrics (Site Explorer) in the left sidebar. 3. Open Site Explorer to access your domain analysis tools. 📈 How to View Your Quota Usage 1. Once inside Site Explorer, look for a quota or usage indicator within the interface. This area displays information about how many analyses you have consumed and how many remain in the current plan period. 2. Review the figures shown for consumed and remaining capacity to understand how much quota is available for domain power and brand signal analyses. 3. If you run a domain lookup and the remaining count appears reduced, that analysis has drawn from your quota. Return to the quota indicator within Site Explorer to confirm the updated figures. 💡 Tips for Managing Your Quotas - Prioritise high-value domains. Focus your lookups on competitor domains or target sites that directly inform your strategy. - Monitor usage regularly. Check your quota usage periodically during active research phases to avoid unexpected limits. ❓ Frequently Asked Questions When does my quota reset? Quota resets depend on your specific plan. To confirm your exact reset date, check your account settings or contact our support team for details about your current plan period. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 How to Send a Client Report

📊 Choose how to send the report You can send a client report manually with a shareable web link or a PDF export. For recurring updates, configure an automated email delivery. Scheduled emails currently send an executive summary, not the full rendered report as an attachment or embedded report. 🔗 Share a report with a link 1. In the left sidebar, select Reports. 2. Find and open the report you want to share. 3. Generate or copy its shareable link, then send the link to your client. If you are sharing externally, generate the link through your custom white-label portal. Otherwise, the report may display default Search Atlas branding. 📄 Export and send a PDF 1. Open the report from Reports. 2. Choose the PDF export option, if available for that report. 3. Save the PDF and send it to your client using your usual communication method. 📧 Schedule recurring email delivery 1. In the left sidebar, select Reports. 2. Open Automated Email Reports. 3. Create or configure a scheduled delivery, add the recipient email addresses, and set the delivery schedule. 4. Save the schedule. Recipients will receive an executive summary; the full rendered report is not currently attached or embedded in the scheduled email. 🛠️ Find and manage reports On the Reports page, use All Reports to view reports. You can also use + Create to start one, Refresh data to update report data, or Download .CSV to export data as a CSV file. 💬 Need help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be instantly connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

Duplicate and Reuse Reports Across Projects

Overview If you have spent time building a polished report layout — custom widgets, branding, and section order — you may want to reuse that layout across multiple projects without rebuilding it from scratch. The ability to duplicate a report and reassign it to a different project in Report Builder is a feature that customers have requested. Current Status At this time, we are unable to confirm that a self-serve workflow for duplicating a report and reassigning it to a different project is available in Report Builder. This capability has been requested by customers, and our team is aware of the demand. We do not want to provide steps that may not match what you see in the platform, as this could cause confusion. What to Do in the Meantime - Check the platform directly: Log in to Report Builder and explore the options available on your existing reports (such as any action menus or settings panels) to see whether a duplicate or copy function is currently accessible in your account. - Contact our support team: If you need this workflow confirmed or enabled for your account, reach out to our team with the name of the report you want to reuse and the project(s) you want to assign it to. We can check the current state of this feature and advise you on next steps. - Have the following ready when you reach out: your project name(s), the name of the report you want to duplicate, and a brief description of the outcome you are trying to achieve. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 How to Build a Client Report With Google Ads Data

This article covers creating a client report with Google Ads data in Search Atlas. Verified step-by-step documentation for this specific workflow is not yet available. However, the guidance below will help you prepare and escalate effectively so our team can assist you quickly. Before You Start - Confirm you have a Google Ads account connected to your Search Atlas workspace. - Identify the client, the reporting period, and the specific Google Ads metrics you need (e.g., impressions, clicks, cost, conversions). How to Get Help Building Your Report Because confirmed UI steps for this workflow are not yet documented, we recommend reaching out directly so a team member can walk you through the exact process for your account. To help us assist you as quickly as possible, please have the following ready: - The name of the client or project you are building the report for. - The Google Ads account you have connected (or are trying to connect) in Search Atlas. - The reporting period and the specific metrics you need to include. - Any error messages you have encountered, including the exact wording and when they appeared. If Google Ads Data Is Not Appearing - Verify that your Google Ads integration is active under your account settings. - Check that the connected account has the access level required for the metrics you need. - Note the exact error message and the client or project name so our team can investigate further. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 How to Connect Google Analytics to Your Account

This article explains how to connect a Google Analytics property to Search Atlas and where to view your Analytics reports once the integration is active. If you have been unable to locate the connection settings or confirm that data is flowing correctly, follow the steps below. 🛠️ How to Get This Set Up Connecting Google Analytics to your Search Atlas account or projects is something our team handles directly to ensure the integration is configured correctly for your specific setup. To get this done, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a team member who can walk you through the process or complete it on your behalf. When you reach out, have the following ready to help us get you connected as quickly as possible: - The name of the Search Atlas project you want to connect Google Analytics to - The Google account email address that has access to the Google Analytics property you want to link - The name of the Google Analytics property (and, if you know it, whether it is a Universal Analytics or GA4 property) ✅ What to Expect Once the integration has been set up, your Google Analytics data will begin appearing within your Search Atlas project. If you have multiple projects or properties to connect, let the team know so all connections can be configured at the same time. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Scholar Grader Factuality Scoring: Understanding Triples

🔍 What Is a Semantic Triple? A semantic triple is a structured way of expressing a single fact by linking three elements together. Scholar's factuality grader reads your content and attempts to extract these triples automatically. The more triples Scholar can detect and confirm, the higher your factuality score. There are two common formats Scholar recognises: - SPO (Subject–Predicate–Object): The most widely used format. Example — Albert Einstein (Subject) developed (Predicate) the theory of relativity (Object). - EAV (Entity–Attribute–Value): A variation often used to describe properties. Example — Mount Everest (Entity) height (Attribute) 8,849 metres (Value). EAV triples are especially common in content that lists product specs, statistics, or scientific measurements. Both formats serve the same purpose: they let Scholar isolate discrete, checkable claims inside your content rather than analysing vague or subjective language. 📐 How Scholar Calculates Your Factuality Score When you run a Scholar report, the grader scans your content and attempts to do the following: 1. Extract triples — Scholar parses your text and identifies statements that fit an SPO or EAV pattern. 2. Verify triples — Each extracted triple is checked to confirm the claim is factually accurate. 3. Score your content — Your factuality score reflects how many of the detected triples can be confirmed as accurate. A higher proportion of confirmed triples produces a higher score. The triple count shown in your report reflects how many triple-shaped statements Scholar detected in your content. This number alone does not determine your score — what matters is whether those triples can be verified. ⚠️ Why Your Factuality Score Shows as 0 A factuality score of 0 does not mean your content contains no facts. It means Scholar was unable to verify any of the detected triples. The most common reasons this happens are: - No verifiable triples detected: Scholar found statements that look like triples in structure but could not isolate complete SPO or EAV patterns — often because the language is too vague, opinion-based, or heavily qualified. - Triples could not be confirmed: Scholar extracted triples successfully but the specific claims (dates, figures, names, relationships) could not be verified. This can happen with highly niche, proprietary, or newly published information. - Content is non-factual in nature: Purely promotional, narrative, or opinion-driven content typically contains few or no verifiable factual claims, resulting in a score of 0. ✅ What You Can Do If your factuality score is unexpectedly 0, try the following: - Review your content for concrete, specific claims — named entities, measurable figures, or established facts tend to produce extractable triples. - Reduce heavy qualification or hedging language that may prevent Scholar from isolating clear SPO or EAV patterns. - Re-run the Scholar report after making revisions to see whether the score updates. - If the score remains 0 despite your content containing clear factual statements, this may indicate a grading issue that requires investigation by our team. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📧 Fixing Report Emails Sent to Wrong Addresses

🔍 Why Reports Go to the Wrong Address Every scheduled report in Search Atlas has its own recipient list. That list is set when the report is first scheduled and does not automatically sync with your account email or your current team roster. This is why a report can arrive at an address that is not registered on your account, or keep reaching a teammate who was removed months ago. Common causes include: - The report was scheduled with a different email before your current account email was set. - A former team member's address was never removed from the report's recipient list. - The email toggle is switched on while the visible recipient list looks empty, so an older stored address is still being used. Changing your profile email or deleting a user does not update existing report schedules. The fix is to edit each scheduled report directly. 🛠️ Update Recipients on a Scheduled Report 1. In the left sidebar, click Reports to open your report projects. 2. Open the project that contains the affected report. 3. Locate the report and open its email or schedule settings. 4. In the recipients field, delete any address that should not receive the report, especially addresses that are not registered on your account. 5. Type in the correct email address and add any other recipients you want on the list. 6. Confirm the schedule frequency is correct and click Save. 7. Repeat these steps for every scheduled report in the project. Recipient lists are stored per report, so updating one report never updates the others. 👥 Clear a Former Teammate's Email Removing someone from your account removes their access, but it does not remove their email from reports they were added to. If a departed teammate is still receiving your reports: 1. Go to Reports in the left sidebar and open the project. 2. Open each scheduled report's email settings. 3. Delete the former teammate's address from the recipient list. 4. Save the report. If a report keeps sending after a subscription lapsed or an account was deactivated, check that the schedule toggle is switched off and save again. 📨 About the Sender Address Scheduled report emails are delivered from a fixed system sender address on behalf of Search Atlas. This sender address is not configurable and has no effect on where the report is delivered. As long as your own email appears in the recipient list, the report will reach your inbox even though the sender address looks different. 💡 Tips to Avoid Stale Recipients - Review recipient lists whenever someone joins or leaves your team. - After changing your account email, audit every scheduled report and update the recipient list on each one. - When you duplicate a report, the copy keeps the original recipient list, so edit it before the next scheduled send. - Switch the email schedule off on reports you no longer need instead of leaving them active. 🤝 Still Landing in the Wrong Inbox? If you have updated the recipient list and emails still go to the old address, or a report sends weekly with no visible recipients, there may be a cached schedule on our side that needs to be cleared. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🗺️ Managing Heatmap Features on Your PRO Plan

🔍 Overview Heatmaps are a core feature of the Search Atlas PRO plan, providing visual geo-grid data for your Google Business Profile (GBP) rankings. This article explains how heatmap functionality works, what controls are available to you, and how usage relates to your billing. 🗺️ How Heatmaps Work on the PRO Plan When you are on the PRO plan, heatmap functionality is included as part of your subscription. Heatmaps are generated automatically when you connect a Google Business Profile and set up a Local SEO tracking campaign. The data collected — including geo-grid scan results — is stored securely on Search Atlas servers and used to power your ranking reports. ⚙️ Can I Disable Heatmaps? Currently, Search Atlas does not offer a self-serve option to fully disable heatmap functionality or automatic heatmap creation at the account level. Heatmaps are bundled into the PRO plan as a built-in feature, and there is no toggle to turn them off independently without changing your plan. If you do not want heatmap scans to run, the options available to you are: - Remove your GBP integration — Disconnecting your Google Business Profile from Local SEO will stop new heatmap scans from being generated for that location. - Delete existing heatmap campaigns — You can remove individual Local SEO campaigns from your dashboard, which will stop future scans for those specific locations. - Downgrade your plan — If heatmap functionality is not something you need, consider speaking with our team about a plan that better fits your requirements. 🗑️ Requesting Data Removal If you would like your existing heatmap data removed from Search Atlas servers, this cannot be done through the platform interface and requires a manual request to our support team. To submit a data removal request: 1. Open the Search Atlas platform and locate the chat widget in the bottom-right corner. 2. Type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team. 3. Let the team member know which account and locations are affected, and that you are requesting heatmap data deletion. Our team will confirm the scope of the request and process the removal accordingly. 💳 How Heatmaps Affect Your Billing Heatmap access is included in your PRO plan subscription — it is not billed separately per scan. You are not charged an additional fee each time a heatmap scan runs. The cost is part of your monthly or annual plan fee. Disabling heatmaps would therefore not reduce your current plan cost unless you also change your subscription tier. If you are concerned about your billing or believe you are being charged incorrectly for heatmap usage, please reach out to our support team directly through the platform. ✅ Quick Reference - Disable all heatmaps account-wide: Not currently available as a self-serve setting. - Stop new scans for a location: Remove the GBP integration or delete the Local SEO campaign. - Delete stored heatmap data: Contact support via the chat widget. - Reduce billing due to heatmaps: Heatmaps are included in PRO — no separate charge applies. 💬 Need Further Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Report Builder Downloaded Reports Get a Fresh Look

We've updated the design of downloaded reports in Report Builder, along with fixes to heatmap rendering and layout spacing that improve the overall quality of the reports you share with clients. ✨ What's New Downloaded reports now feature a redesigned layout that presents your data more clearly and professionally. In addition, heatmaps that were previously displaying an incorrect map location with no pins will now render accurately, showing the correct geographic area with all location pins in place. Spacing around Site Metric cards has also been refined for a cleaner, more polished appearance throughout the report. 🛠️ How to Use It 1. Open Reports (Report Builder) from the left sidebar. 2. Open an existing report or create a new one. 3. Add or review any heatmap widgets and Site Metric cards in your report. 4. Download or export the report to see the updated design and corrected heatmap rendering. 📋 What to Expect The redesigned layout applies to downloaded versions of your reports. Heatmaps will now display the correct location and show pins as expected. If you have saved reports that previously contained heatmaps with rendering issues, downloading them again will reflect the corrected output. No changes to your saved report configurations are required. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 SEO Optimization Score: Improve Your Results

🎯 What Is the SEO Optimization Score? Your SEO optimization score reflects how completely and correctly your business information is configured across your connected listings and profiles. A score of 100% means all recommended fields and deployment items are filled in and verified. A lower score — such as 54% — means specific items are incomplete, missing, or need attention. Improving this score helps search engines better understand your business, which can positively affect your local and organic rankings. 🧩 What Factors Impact Your Score? Your SEO optimization score is calculated based on the completion and accuracy of key deployment items across your connected listings. Common areas that affect your score include: - Business name — Must match exactly across all listings. - Business address — Full, formatted address including suite or unit numbers. - Phone number — A local or trackable number in the correct format. - Website URL — A verified, working URL linked to your primary domain. - Business categories — Primary and secondary categories selected and confirmed. - Business description — A keyword-rich description within the character limit. - Operating hours — All days accounted for, including special hours and holidays. - Photos and media — Logo, cover photo, and additional images uploaded. - Services or products — Relevant offerings listed with descriptions where applicable. - Attributes — Business-specific attributes selected (e.g., wheelchair accessible, free Wi-Fi). Ensuring each of these deployment items is complete and accurate across your GMB listings is the primary way to raise your score. 🔍 How to Identify and Address Missing Items To improve your SEO optimization score, review your connected listings in Search Atlas and identify which deployment items are incomplete or missing. Work through each item listed in your profile — prioritizing core business information such as name, address, phone number, website, and business description — and fill in or correct any gaps. For GMB listing management specifically, make sure your Google Business Profile information is consistent with what is entered in Search Atlas. Inconsistencies between your GMB profile and your Search Atlas deployment items can lower your score even if information appears elsewhere. If you are unsure which specific items are causing your score to be lower than expected, our support team can review your account and identify the exact deployment items that need attention. 🛠️ What to Have Ready When Contacting Support If you need help identifying why your SEO optimization score is not reaching 100%, please have the following ready so our team can assist you efficiently: - Your current SEO optimization score percentage - The name of the business profile or listing in question - Any specific deployment items you believe are complete but are still showing as incomplete - Screenshots of your current score and any error or warning messages displayed If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Fix and Improve Your Report Quality

🔍 Why Report Quality Matters Sending an inaccurate or incomplete report to a client can damage trust and raise questions about your SEO process. Report quality issues in Search Atlas most commonly fall into a few categories — and many can be addressed by reviewing your project settings, data connections, and report configuration before escalating to support. 🔎 Step 1: Identify the Type of Issue Before making changes, pinpoint exactly what is wrong with the report. Common issues include: - Outdated data — metrics reflect an old crawl or keyword snapshot - Missing sections — certain modules were not included or saved correctly - Incorrect domain or project — the report was built against the wrong project - Inaccurate keyword rankings — rankings shown do not match expected results - Branding or formatting errors — logo, colors, or client name are incorrect 🔄 Step 2: Check Your Data Connections and Refresh Status If the data appears stale or missing, review the following before regenerating the report: - Confirm that the correct project and domain are associated with the report you are reviewing. - Check whether any third-party integrations (such as Google Search Console) are properly connected within your project settings. Disconnected integrations can result in blank or zero-value data. - If data appears outdated, initiate a new crawl or ranking refresh from within the relevant tool in your project, then wait for it to complete before reviewing the report again. - Verify that the target location settings for keyword tracking match what was agreed with your client, as rankings are location-specific. 🛠️ Step 3: Review Each Report Section Work through the report section by section to confirm accuracy: - Keyword Rankings: Confirm the tracked keywords and target location are correct. An incorrect geo setting will produce misleading ranking data. - Site Audit Data: Verify the crawl was run against the correct domain and completed without errors. - Backlink Data: Check that the domain is entered correctly — a subdomain versus root domain difference can significantly affect link counts. - Traffic Data: Confirm any required integrations are active and connected in your project settings. - Branding: Review your agency logo, colors, and client name in the report settings before resending. ✏️ Step 4: Correct and Resend the Report Once you have identified the issue, make the necessary corrections within the report and save your changes. Review the updated report in full before resending it to your client. 📋 Before Contacting Support If you are unable to resolve the issue after completing the steps above, please have the following ready when you reach out: - The name of the project and domain the report is associated with - A description of exactly what data appears incorrect or missing - Any error messages you have seen, including the exact wording - The date and time you first noticed the issue If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

⚡ Acting on Search Atlas Audit Recommendations

Overview When Search Atlas audits your site or local presence, it surfaces a prioritised list of recommendations. Each recommendation maps to a specific tool inside the platform. This article explains the five most common audit recommendation areas and how to act on each one. Keyword Filtering and Exporting If your audit recommends refining your keyword strategy, the Keyword Manager is your starting point. Navigate to the keyword management area of the platform, where you can filter keywords by metrics such as search volume, keyword difficulty, intent, or CPC. Once you have narrowed down the view you need, use the export option to download your filtered list as a CSV file. Exported keyword lists can be shared with your content team or imported into other tools for further planning. Organising Keywords into Clusters Audit recommendations around content gaps or topical authority often point to keyword clustering. Clusters group related keywords so you can plan content that covers an entire topic rather than individual terms. Inside the keyword management area, select the keywords you want to group and use the clustering feature to organise them — either manually or by letting Search Atlas group them by semantic similarity. Assign the resulting cluster to a project or content brief. Working from clusters helps you avoid keyword cannibalism and ensures each page you create serves a clear topical purpose. Enabling FAQ and HowTo Schema Markup If your audit flags missing structured data, you can add FAQ or HowTo schema directly from your OTTO project without editing any code. Navigate to OTTO SEO → All Sites → [your project] → Overview → Onpage Optimizations (OTTO Grader) and look for the schema markup options. Select the relevant pages, choose the schema type you need, fill in the required fields — questions and answers for FAQ, or ordered steps for HowTo — and apply the changes. Once deployed, you can verify the schema using Google's Rich Results Test to confirm eligibility for enhanced search features. Setting Up Directory Listings Audit recommendations related to local visibility often include expanding your presence across business directories. Search Atlas manages this under the Local section of the platform. Open your local project and look for the directory or listings management area, where you can connect to and sync your business information across major directories. Keeping your Name, Address, and Phone number (NAP) consistent across directories is critical for local search rankings. Building Local Citations and Authority Beyond directory listings, your audit may recommend building local citations to strengthen authority. Inside your local project, look for citation-building options that allow you to submit or manage your business profile across additional platforms. Prioritise directories and platforms that are relevant to your industry and location for the greatest impact on local authority. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Understanding Conversions, CPA, and Lead Tracking

📌 What Is a Conversion in Search Atlas? In Search Atlas, a conversion is any action a user takes that you have defined as valuable — tracked via your connected ad platform (such as Google Ads or Meta Ads). Common conversion events include form submissions, phone calls, button clicks, purchases, and sign-ups. Important distinction: A conversion records the moment a prospect takes a desired action (for example, submitting a contact form). It does not automatically mean that person has become a paying client. Whether a conversion counts as a lead or a closed sale depends entirely on how you have configured your conversion actions inside your ad platform. 🎯 How Conversions Relate to CPA Cost Per Acquisition (CPA) is calculated by dividing your total ad spend by the number of recorded conversions in a given time period. - CPA = Total Spend ÷ Number of Conversions - CPA reflects the cost to generate one conversion event — not necessarily one closed deal. - If your conversion action is a lead form submission, your CPA is your cost per lead. - If your conversion action is a purchase or checkout completion, your CPA is your cost per sale. This means your CPA metric is only as accurate as your conversion definition. Defining the right conversion action upfront is essential to getting meaningful CPA data. 🔀 Lead vs. Paying Client — What Gets Tracked Search Atlas surfaces the conversion data reported by your connected ad platforms. It does not automatically track what happens after a conversion — for example, whether a lead progressed through your sales process and became a paying client. - Lead: A prospect who has completed a conversion action (form fill, call, sign-up). This is what your ad platform counts and reports back to Search Atlas. - Paying client: A lead who has gone on to purchase your product or service. This stage typically happens offline or in a CRM, outside of standard ad-platform tracking. To bridge this gap, you can configure offline conversion imports directly within Google Ads or Meta Ads. Once set up in those platforms, that downstream data (such as closed deals) will flow through to the performance data visible in Search Atlas. ⚙️ How to Get Accurate Conversion Tracking Because Search Atlas relies on the conversion actions you define in your connected ad platforms, the following steps will help ensure your data is accurate: 1. Log in to your Google Ads or Meta Ads account and review your active conversion actions. 2. Confirm that each conversion action is labeled accurately — for example, Lead Form Submit versus Purchase Complete. 3. If you want to track post-lead outcomes (such as closed sales), set up offline conversion imports within your ad platform so that data flows into Search Atlas. 4. Review your conversion data regularly in Search Atlas to ensure the numbers align with your business goals. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 How to Resend Reports in Search Atlas

📋 Overview Search Atlas allows you to send and resend reports to clients or teammates directly from the Report Builder. Whether you need to resend a one-time report or adjust an automated email schedule, this article walks you through every option available. 🔍 Finding Your Reports To access your reports, follow these steps: 1. Click Reports in the left sidebar. 2. You will land on the Projects List page (/report-builder/projects-list). 3. All your existing reports are listed here under All Reports. 📤 Resending a Report Manually If you need to send a report immediately — for example, to share updated data with a client — follow these steps: 1. Navigate to Left sidebar → Reports. 2. Locate the report you want to resend from the All Reports list. 3. Click Refresh data to make sure the report reflects the most current information before sending. 4. Click Download .CSV if you need to export the data and attach it manually to an email. Note: The Refresh data action updates the report with the latest available data before you share it. 📧 Using Automated Email Reports Search Atlas includes an Automated Email Reports feature that lets you schedule recurring report deliveries. This is the most efficient way to ensure reports are sent consistently without manual effort. To set up or modify an automated email report: 1. Go to Left sidebar → Reports. 2. Select the report you want to automate from the All Reports list. 3. Click the Automated Email Reports option within the report. 4. Configure the recipient email addresses, sending frequency, and any other delivery preferences. 5. Save your settings — the report will now be delivered automatically on your chosen schedule. If an automated report was not received, you can re-trigger delivery by opening the report, refreshing the data, and confirming the automated email settings are still active and correctly configured. ➕ Creating a New Report to Resend If the original report is no longer available or you need a fresh version, you can create a new one: 1. Go to Left sidebar → Reports. 2. Click the + Create button at the top of the page. 3. Build your report using the available data modules. 4. Once complete, use the Automated Email Reports option to schedule delivery, or download and share it manually. 💡 Tips for Smooth Report Delivery - Always click Refresh data before resending to ensure recipients receive the most up-to-date information. - Double-check recipient email addresses in the Automated Email Reports settings to avoid missed deliveries. - Use descriptive report names so clients and teammates can easily identify what each report contains. - If a scheduled report was skipped or not received, verify the automation settings are still enabled inside the report. 🆘 Need Further Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be instantly connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🔠 Report Widget Text Sizing Across Sections

📋 Overview When building reports in Search Atlas, text widgets in different sections — such as Google Analytics (GA) and Google Business Profile (GBP) — can appear at different sizes. This article explains how to customize text widget sizing so your report looks consistent and professional throughout. 🗺️ Getting to the Report Builder 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. In the left sidebar, click Reports. 3. Open an existing report or create a new one from the Report Builder page. 4. Click into the report you want to edit to open the report builder canvas. 🔠 Understanding Text Widget Sizing Text widgets are independent elements placed on the report canvas. Each section of your report — including GA and GBP sections — holds its own set of widgets. Because widgets are not globally linked, a text widget in the GA section and one in the GBP section must each be configured individually to match in size. There is no single global setting that controls all text widgets at once, but you can achieve a consistent look by following the steps below for each widget. ✏️ Resizing a Text Widget 1. Click on the text widget you want to resize on the report canvas. A selection border will appear around it. 2. Drag any corner or edge handle to resize the widget to your preferred dimensions. 3. To match a widget in another section, note the approximate width and height of the correctly sized widget first, then resize the second widget to match. 4. Click outside the widget to deselect and confirm the new size. 🔤 Adjusting Text Font Size Inside a Widget 1. Double-click the text widget to enter edit mode. 2. Highlight the text you want to change. 3. Use the font size selector in the text toolbar that appears at the top of the widget to set your preferred size. 4. Apply the same font size to the corresponding text widget in the other report section (for example, match your GA section heading font size to your GBP section heading font size). 5. Click outside the widget to save your changes. 📐 Tips for Keeping Widgets Consistent - Use the same font size for equivalent headings across all sections — for example, set all section titles to the same point size. - Resize widget containers to the same width by dragging them to a consistent column width across sections. - Work top to bottom — configure your GA section widgets first, then replicate the same sizes when building or editing your GBP section widgets. - Preview your report after resizing to check how it renders for your client or end user. 💾 Saving Your Changes Changes to widgets are saved automatically as you work. Once you are satisfied with the layout, click the Save or Publish button (depending on your report status) to finalize the report for sharing. 🙋 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📋 Track Form Submissions From Multiple URLs

Understanding URL-Based Form Tracking If you run the same landing page across multiple publications, ads, or campaigns, you need a way to know exactly which source drove each form submission. Search Atlas Website Studio supports this using URL query parameters — short tags appended to your page address that identify where a visitor came from. Instead of building duplicate landing pages for every source, you share one page with slightly different URLs. When someone submits a form, the parameter is captured alongside their submission so you can attribute it correctly. How Tracking URLs Work Every tracking URL points to the same landing page. The only difference is a label added after a question mark. Here is a practical example: - Magazine A: yourdomain.com/landing?source=magazine_a - Magazine B: yourdomain.com/landing?source=magazine_b Both URLs load the identical page. The parameter (?source=magazine_a or ?source=magazine_b) is invisible to the visitor but recorded alongside each form submission. Create Unique Tracking URLs Follow these steps for each publication or campaign you want to track: 1. Choose your base URL. This is the landing page where your form lives (for example, yourdomain.com/landing). 2. Add a query parameter. Append a question mark followed by a descriptive label, such as ?source=magazine_a. 3. Repeat for each source. Create one unique URL per publication, ad placement, or partner. 4. Share each URL with its respective partner. Give Magazine A their link and Magazine B theirs. Use underscores or hyphens instead of spaces, and keep your naming consistent across all sources to ensure clean data in your reports. Enable Form Submission Tracking in Website Studio Website Studio's Lead Capture functionality records form submissions along with the URL parameters that brought each visitor to your page. To set this up, locate the Lead Capture settings within your Website Studio account and ensure the feature is enabled for the domain you want to track. If you are unsure where to find this setting for your account, reach out to support so a team member can confirm the correct location and verify that query string capture is active for your site. View and Attribute Submissions by Source Once tracking is active and visitors begin submitting forms, you can review submissions and filter them by the query parameter value (for example, source=magazine_a) to see exactly how many leads each publication or campaign generated. When contacting support about your submission data, have the following ready: - Your domain name and the specific landing page URL - The query parameter names and values you are using (e.g., source=magazine_a) If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🔍 How to Access the Bulk URL Analyzer Tool

📋 Overview The Bulk URL Analyzer is a powerful tool inside Search Atlas that lets you analyze multiple URLs at once — ideal for auditing competitor pages or reviewing a large set of URLs for key SEO metrics. If it seems to have disappeared from the interface, don't worry: the tool is still available, but it may be in a less obvious location than you'd expect. 📍 Where to Find the Bulk URL Analyzer The Bulk URL Analyzer is not listed in the left sidebar like most tools. Instead, it is accessed from the apps-grid icon in the top-right corner of the Search Atlas platform, then selecting More Features → Bulk URL Analyzer. 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. Click the apps-grid icon in the top-right corner of the platform interface. 3. Select More Features → Bulk URL Analyzer. 4. The Bulk URL Analyzer panel will open, ready for you to enter your URLs. Because this entry point sits outside the main navigation sidebar, it is easy to overlook — especially after a UI update or if you haven't used the tool in a while. 🛠️ What the Bulk URL Analyzer Does The Bulk URL Analyzer allows you to paste or upload a list of URLs and retrieve SEO metrics for all of them simultaneously. Common use cases include: - Competitor analysis: Evaluate multiple competitor pages in one go to benchmark their authority and performance. - Bulk SEO checks: Quickly review domain authority, backlink counts, organic traffic estimates, and other key metrics across a large set of URLs. - Content audits: Assess the SEO health of your own pages in bulk without running individual checks. This tool is sometimes referred to as the bulk competitor tool or bulk SEO checker by customers — they all refer to the same Bulk URL Analyzer feature. 💡 Tips for Using the Bulk URL Analyzer - Enter one URL per line to ensure each address is processed correctly. - Include the full URL format (for example, https://example.com/page) to avoid errors. - Use the results to prioritize which competitor pages or content gaps deserve the most attention in your SEO strategy. 🔗 Related Tools You May Also Find Useful If you are researching competitors or analyzing site performance, these tools in the left sidebar complement the Bulk URL Analyzer well: - Left sidebar → Site Explorer — Analyze individual domains and URLs, track rankings, and explore keyword opportunities. - Left sidebar → Keywords → Keyword Gap — Identify keyword opportunities your competitors rank for that you do not. - Left sidebar → Keywords → Keyword Magic — Research and expand your keyword lists based on competitor and niche data. 🆘 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Understanding Query Visibility Reports

🔍 How query types are handled Search Atlas separates queries into two groups: - Branded queries: Searches that mention your company, product, or brand name. - Non-branded queries: General searches that do not mention your brand. Both query types help measure how AI systems mention your business. However, they are used differently in reporting. 📈 How Overall Visibility % is calculated Overall Visibility % is calculated only from non-branded queries. This shows how visible your business is when people search for general topics without already naming your brand. Branded queries are excluded from this percentage so the result reflects discovery by new or broader audiences. Branded queries still contribute to citation tracking and sentiment analysis. 💬 Why branded queries still matter Branded queries help Search Atlas evaluate whether AI answers mention your business when users search for it directly. They can affect: - AI citations and brand mentions - Sentiment associated with your brand - The context and accuracy of AI-generated answers These results may appear in query-level details even though they do not change Overall Visibility %. 📄 Why the dashboard and report can differ The dashboard and exported or delivered report may not match immediately because they can be generated at different times. The dashboard may display newly processed query results while a report is still using the previous completed data set. Differences can also occur when comparing Overall Visibility % with detailed branded-query results. The percentage includes only non-branded queries, while detailed results may include both branded and non-branded queries, along with citations and sentiment. ⏱️ Why processing can take 24–48 hours AI visibility data requires Search Atlas to run queries, collect responses, identify citations, classify branded and non-branded results, and analyze sentiment. Reports are delivered after this processing is complete. Allow up to 24–48 hours for new data, updates, or a report to finish processing. During this period, the dashboard and report may temporarily show different information. After processing completes, compare the same date range, query set, and metric. ✅ What to check 1. Open AI Visibility from the left sidebar. 2. Confirm the date range and selected project are the same in the dashboard and report. 3. Check whether you are comparing Overall Visibility % with branded-query results, citations, or sentiment. 4. Wait up to 48 hours for recently submitted or updated data to finish processing. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be instantly connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Download Your Keyword Gap Rankings Report

📋 What Is the Keyword Gap Tool? The Keyword Gap tool in Search Atlas lets you compare keyword rankings across multiple domains — including your own site and competitors. This is especially useful for niche industries like gym or fitness websites, where identifying ranking opportunities can directly inform your content strategy. 🔍 How to Access the Keyword Gap Tool 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. Navigate to the Keyword Gap tool from the main navigation menu. 3. Enter the domains you want to compare — for example, your gym website and competitor domains. 4. Run the analysis to generate the keyword gap report. 📥 How to Download the Keyword Gap Report Once your Keyword Gap analysis has loaded, look for an export or download option within the results area to save your data locally. The available export format will depend on your plan and the options shown in the interface at the time of your analysis. If you do not see a download option after the report has fully loaded, wait a moment for all results to finish processing and then check again. If the option is still not visible, our support team can confirm the exact steps for your account and plan. 💡 Tips for Getting the Most from Keyword Gap - Compare niche competitors: For gym or fitness websites, enter the URLs of local or national competitors that rank for relevant terms like "personal training" or "gym membership." - Filter your results: Use any available filters in the results view to narrow down keywords by the metrics most relevant to your strategy. - Cross-reference with Rank Tracker: Use the Rank Tracker tool within Search Atlas to monitor how your rankings change over time after acting on gap insights. ⚠️ Troubleshooting Common Issues - No download option visible: Ensure the analysis has fully loaded before looking for the export option. If results are still processing, wait a few seconds and try again. - Unexpected or unrelated keywords in results: Try re-running the analysis or adjusting the domains you entered to ensure they are correct. - Report is empty: Double-check that the domains you entered are correct and publicly indexed. New or low-authority domains may return limited data. 🛠️ Need More Help? If you are unsure where to find the download option or the steps above do not match what you see in your account, please have the following ready when you reach out: your project or domain name, the specific screen or step where you are stuck, and any error messages you see. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

How to Connect and View Google Analytics Reports

This article covers how to connect your Google Analytics account to Search Atlas and where to find your analytics data once the integration is active. 📍 Finding the Google Analytics Integration To locate the Google Analytics integration inside Search Atlas: 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. Navigate to the Settings section from the main menu or sidebar. 3. Look for an Integrations option within Settings. 4. Select Google Analytics from the list of available integrations. If you do not see the Google Analytics option, it is possible the integration is not included in your current plan, or your account role may not have permission to manage integrations. In that case, ask your account owner to attempt the connection or reach out to review your plan options. 🛠️ Completing the Setup Once you have located the Google Analytics integration, follow these steps to complete the connection: 1. Click the button to connect or authorize Google Analytics. 2. You will be redirected to a Google authorization screen — sign in with the Google account that has access to your Analytics property. 3. Grant Search Atlas the requested permissions to access your Google Analytics data. 4. After authorizing, return to Search Atlas and select the Google Analytics property (e.g., your GA4 property) you want to pull data from. 5. Save your selection to complete the integration. If you encounter an error during authorization, are unable to select the correct property, or do not see the connection option after navigating to Integrations, note the following details before escalating: - The email address associated with your Search Atlas account - Whether you are an account owner or a team member with a different role - The Google Analytics property type you are trying to connect (e.g., GA4) - Any error message or unexpected behavior you encountered ✅ Viewing Your Analytics Data Once the integration is active, your Google Analytics data should become accessible within the platform. If data does not appear immediately after connecting, wait a few minutes for the initial sync to complete, then refresh the page. If reports are still not loading after waiting and refreshing, our team can confirm whether the integration completed successfully on your account. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🗑️ Delete Sections in Report Builder Layout Tab

🔍 Overview The option to delete a section in the Report Builder is available — it just lives in a specific place that can be easy to miss. This article walks you through exactly how to find it and remove any section you no longer need. 🗺️ Where to Find the Report Builder To open your reports, go to the left sidebar and click Reports. This takes you to your projects list, where you can open an existing report or create a new one. 🗑️ How to Delete a Section in Report Builder 1. From the left sidebar, click Reports to open your projects list. 2. Open the report you want to edit by clicking on its name. 3. Inside the report editor (Executive Summary), click the Edit layout button. 4. In the Layout tab, find the section you want to remove. Hover over that section to reveal its controls. 5. Click the trash can icon that appears on the section. This icon is only visible on hover, so it will not be visible until your cursor is positioned over the section. 6. Confirm the deletion if prompted. The section will be permanently removed from your report layout. ⚠️ Important Things to Know - The trash can icon is hover-activated. If you do not see it, move your cursor directly over the section block in the Layout tab. - The delete control is only available inside the Layout tab. It does not appear in other tabs of the Report Builder. - Deleting a section removes it and all widgets contained within it. This action cannot be undone, so make sure you no longer need the section's content before confirming. - If a section appears locked or the icon does not respond, check that you have the correct editing permissions for that report. ✅ Quick Checklist - You are in the Layout tab — not the Content, Design, or any other tab. - Your cursor is hovering directly over the section you want to delete. - You have editor-level access to the report. 💬 Still Need Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📝 Edit the Executive Summary in Classic Reports

🔍 Why the Edit Button Isn't Visible The Executive Summary section in the classic Report Builder does not display its editing controls by default. The text edit buttons (Edit layout, Edit Key Insights, Edit Next Steps, Edit Recommended Actions) are intentionally hidden until you interact with the section — they only appear when you hover your cursor directly over the Executive Summary block. 🛠️ How to Edit the Executive Summary 1. From the left sidebar, navigate to Home → searchatlas.com (Executive Summary). 2. Open the report you want to modify inside the classic Report Builder. 3. Scroll to the Executive Summary section of your report. 4. Hover your cursor over the Executive Summary block — the edit controls will appear. 5. Click the appropriate text edit button (Edit layout, Edit Key Insights, Edit Next Steps, or Edit Recommended Actions) that becomes visible. 6. Remove or adjust any out-of-scope items as needed. 7. Use Refresh Summary or Edit layout to apply your changes. ⚠️ If the Edit Option Still Doesn't Appear If hovering over the section does not reveal any edit controls, check the following: - Account permissions: Editing controls are only available to users with Editor or Admin permissions. View-only accounts will not see any edit options. - Hard refresh the page: Interactive elements may occasionally fail to load correctly. Try a hard refresh — press Ctrl + Shift + R on Windows or Cmd + Shift + R on Mac — then attempt to hover over the section again. - Confirm you are in the correct view: Editing is only available inside the classic Report Builder. If you are viewing a shared or published version of the report, all editing controls will be hidden regardless of your permissions. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📋 Duplicate Custom Report Layouts Across Projects

Overview The ability to duplicate a custom report layout and apply it across multiple projects is a feature that has been requested by our users. At this time, there is no confirmed built-in workflow for duplicating and reassigning custom report layouts between projects in Search Atlas. What This Means for You If you are trying to reuse a report layout across projects, the following workaround may help reduce manual effort while this capability is not yet available as a dedicated feature: - Take note of the sections, data blocks, and design choices in your existing custom layout so you can recreate it consistently in other projects. - When building a report in a new project, use your documented layout structure as a reference to rebuild it as closely as possible. We understand this is not ideal, and we recognize the time this can take when managing many projects. How to Submit or Upvote This Feature Request If you would like to see native layout duplication added to Search Atlas, we encourage you to submit or upvote this as a feature request through the platform. Your feedback helps our product team prioritize development. When Contacting Support If you believe this feature already exists in your account and you are unable to locate it, please have the following ready when you reach out: - The name of the project containing the layout you want to duplicate. - A description of what you have already tried in the Report Builder. - Any error messages or unexpected behavior you have encountered, including the exact wording and a timestamp if possible. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🔍 Understanding Site Explorer Search History and Usage Logs

What Is Site Explorer Search History? Every time a domain or URL is analyzed using Site Explorer, Search Atlas logs that query in your account's search history. This creates a running record of all sites that have been looked up under your workspace, making it easy to revisit previous research without re-entering domains manually. You can access your Site Explorer history within the Site Explorer section of your Search Atlas account, where all previously searched domains are listed. Why Are Unfamiliar Sites Appearing in Your History? Seeing domains in your Site Explorer history that you don't recognize can be surprising. One common reason is that other team members or users on your account may have performed those searches — if your Search Atlas workspace is shared with colleagues, any domain they search may appear in the shared history. What You Should Do If You See Unexpected Sites If you notice domains in your history that you don't recognize, here are some recommended steps: 1. Check with other users on your account to see if they recently searched those domains. 2. If activity appears truly unauthorized or suspicious, contact your account administrator to review user access and permissions. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team. Additional Notes Two distinct types of history: 'Search activity history' (manually searched domains/URLs) vs 'Crawl data for your own sites' (metrics from domains added for ongoing monitoring). Navigation path: Left sidebar → Site Metrics (Site Explorer) (/site-explorer/list). The history panel displays all team searches, not just your own properties.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🛑 Stop Automated Reports for Former Clients

🔍 Overview When a client relationship ends, automated reports may continue being sent to the former user's email address. This article explains what information to gather so our team can investigate and stop the affected deliveries. ⚠️ What to Expect Stopping automated reports for a former user may require a backend review of the scheduled report and its recipient settings. Do not assume that removing or changing a user elsewhere in the account will automatically remove the recipient from every scheduled report. 📋 Information to Provide When requesting assistance, have the following details ready: - The Search Atlas account or workspace affected. - The project name and report name, if known. - The recipient email address that is still receiving reports. - The date and approximate time of the most recent unwanted report. - Whether the former user was removed, deactivated, or had their account details changed. 🔧 Resolution Our team can review the affected scheduled report and remove or correct the former recipient's delivery settings. If multiple projects or reports are affected, provide each project name, report name, and recipient email address so they can be checked individually. 🔒 If You Cannot Access the Account If you cannot access the account or the reports continue after the former recipient should have been removed, include the details above when escalating the issue. This allows the team to identify the affected schedules and investigate the backend configuration. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be instantly connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Understanding Year to Date Comparisons

📅 What Is Year to Date Comparison? Year to date comparison shows performance for the current period against the same dates from the previous year. This helps identify trends and measure growth while accounting for seasonality. ⚙️ How Date Presets Work Search Atlas supports both calendar-based and rolling date presets. Calendar presets align to exact months or years while rolling presets use the most recent completed days or weeks. Choose the option that matches your reporting needs in the Report Builder date settings. 🔄 Handling Data Migrations Migrations can create temporary gaps or spikes in historical data. These changes may make YTD comparisons appear inconsistent until the full prior year data stabilizes. The platform automatically flags affected periods so you can interpret results correctly. 📈 Setting Up YTD in Reports 1. Open the Report Builder and select your primary date range. 2. Enable the comparison toggle and choose Year to Date as the comparison type. 3. Review the secondary date range that the system generates automatically. 4. Apply filters or segments as needed before saving the report. 💡 Best Practices for Accurate Results - Use calendar-based presets when comparing full years or quarters. - Switch to rolling presets for the most recent performance trends. - Exclude migration periods from comparisons when possible to avoid skewed metrics. - Double-check data sources after any platform migrations or integrations. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🛑 Stop Automated Reports After Account Closure

🔍 Why Reports Keep Arriving After Account Closure When a Search Atlas account is closed or a subscription lapses, some automated reports may continue to reach recipients for a short period. This happens because report schedules, recipient lists, and project statuses are not always fully cleared at the moment of deactivation. ✅ What You Can Do If your account is still active and you have access, you may be able to reduce unwanted report delivery by reviewing your report settings and removing recipients or disabling schedules where those options are available to you. However, because the steps required to fully stop outgoing reports depend on backend configuration that varies by account, the most reliable resolution is to contact the Search Atlas support team directly. A support teammate can intervene at the backend to stop unwanted report delivery on your behalf. 🚫 No Access to the Platform If your account has been fully deactivated and you cannot log in, you will not be able to edit reports or projects yourself. In this case, escalate to the Search Atlas support team so they can stop unwanted report delivery at the backend. When reaching out, please have the following ready: - Your account name or email address - The name or type of report still sending emails - The recipient email addresses still receiving reports - The approximate date your account was closed or deactivated If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🏥 Fix Clinic Names in Data Aggregator

🔎 Why the wrong name appears Data Aggregator submissions use the location and project information saved in Search Atlas. If a location is connected to an umbrella organization, the submission may use the organization name instead of the individual clinic name. ⚙️ Open project settings 1. Open the relevant project in Search Atlas. 2. Go to Project Settings. 3. Open the location, business information, or Data Aggregator settings. 4. Select the clinic location that needs to be corrected. ✏️ Update the clinic name 1. Find the business name field for the affected location. 2. Replace the umbrella organization name with the clinic’s official public-facing name. 3. Review the address, phone number, website, and primary category to ensure they belong to that clinic. 4. Save the changes. Use the exact name shown on the clinic’s Google Business Profile and other major listings. Do not add extra keywords, service areas, or promotional text. 🔄 Review network submissions Return to Data Aggregator and open Network Submissions. Confirm that the clinic name is now shown for the correct location. Existing submissions may take time to update after the project information changes. 🌐 If you recently moved the website A website move or platform change is separate from the clinic name setting. Do not remove and re-add the project unless instructed by Search Atlas support. If the site moved to Simvoly or another website builder, update the project’s website or domain settings and install the Search Atlas pixel on the new site. In Simvoly, add the pixel through the site’s custom code or header settings, publish the site, and verify the installation in Search Atlas. Other WYSIWYG builders usually provide a similar header, tracking-code, or custom-code area. ✅ Confirm the final setup - The clinic name matches the official listing name. - The address and phone number match the specific location. - The website URL uses the current domain. - The new website is published with the pixel installed. - Data Aggregator shows the correct clinic name before submission. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be instantly connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📈 Understanding Diagonal Growth in SEO

📊 What Is Diagonal Growth? Diagonal growth describes SEO progress that happens across multiple pages and keywords at the same time. Instead of one page gaining most of its visibility, several pages improve for related searches, creating a broader upward trend across your site. This pattern may appear as gradual movement rather than a single dramatic ranking increase. It can indicate that your content, internal links, technical health, and topical coverage are improving together. 🔍 How to Recognize It - Several URLs gain impressions or clicks during the same period. - Related keywords improve across different ranking positions. - Pages move upward at different speeds rather than following one identical pattern. - Overall visibility increases even when individual keyword rankings fluctuate. 🛠️ How to Review Diagonal Growth 1. Open your project in Search Atlas and review the visibility, impressions, clicks, and ranking trends. 2. Compare the current period with a previous period of the same length. 3. Group results by landing page, topic, or keyword cluster. 4. Look for several pages and related terms showing positive movement together. 5. Review the pages with the strongest gains and identify the content or technical changes made during that period. ✅ How to Support Continued Growth - Keep important pages focused on clear search intent. - Expand topic coverage where related keywords are missing. - Strengthen internal links between closely related pages. - Resolve technical issues that limit crawling, indexing, or page performance. - Measure trends over several weeks instead of judging progress from daily changes. ⚠️ Why Results May Vary SEO performance can change because of search demand, competitor activity, algorithm updates, seasonality, and reporting delays. A temporary drop in one keyword does not necessarily mean overall growth has stopped. Evaluate the wider trend across pages, topics, and organic traffic. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be instantly connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🔍 Editing Your Competitor List in Site Metrics

📌 Overview Many customers ask how to add, remove, or swap the competitors shown in Site Metrics. At this time, editing the competitor list in Site Metrics is not supported. This article explains what that means, why you may notice it, and what you can do instead. ❓ What Is Not Supported Once the competitors are displayed in Site Metrics for your site, you cannot change them yourself. Specifically, you cannot: - Add a new competitor to the list - Remove a competitor you do not consider relevant - Replace one competitor with another - Reorder the competitors in the list This is a current product limitation, not an error with your account or your settings. Nothing you did caused it, and there is no setting you are missing. 🧭 Why Your Competitors May Look Different Than Expected The competitors in Site Metrics are not chosen manually. Because of that, the list may sometimes include sites you do not see as direct rivals, or leave out ones you care about. Common reasons include: - The site competes with yours for some search terms, even if its business is different - Large publishers or marketplaces rank for the same topics as your site - Your site covers several topics, so the competitors reflect a mix of them 🛠️ What You Can Do Instead While the list itself cannot be edited, you still have ways to get the competitor insights you need: 1. Review the data as a benchmark. Use the displayed competitors as a general reference for how your site performs in your search space. 2. Analyze your preferred competitors separately. Use the other research tools in Search Atlas to look up the specific domains you care about and compare their performance with yours. 3. Track your own progress. Focus on the trends for your own site, such as visibility and traffic over time, which are not affected by the competitor list. 4. Record your own list. Keep a short list of your real competitors in a spreadsheet or document so you can check them whenever you need to. 💡 Tips for Getting the Most Out of Competitor Data - Look at patterns over time instead of single data points - Pay closest attention to competitors that match your audience and offerings - Treat unrelated sites in the list as context about who shares your search results, not as a mistake 🚀 Requesting This Feature If being able to customize the competitor list would help your workflow, let our team know. Feedback from customers helps us decide what to improve next. When you write to us, include what you would like to change and why it matters for your reporting. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be instantly connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📰 Publication Media Order Status and Dashboard Visibility

📌 Overview When you place a Publication Media order, it should appear in your Search Atlas dashboard so you can follow its progress. Sometimes an order is not visible right away, or you may want a copy of your latest order details. This article explains where to look, what each stage means, and what to do if an order still does not show up. 🔍 Where to Find Your Publication Media Orders 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. Open the Publication Media section from the main navigation. 3. Go to your order list or order history. 4. Check that the correct project or workspace is selected. 5. Clear any search terms or filters, such as date range, status, or publication name. Your most recent orders usually appear at the top of the list. If you have many orders, sort by date or search by publication name to find the one you need. 📊 Understanding Order Statuses Each order moves through several stages. Labels may vary slightly, but they generally follow this pattern: - Pending or Received: your order has been placed and is waiting to be reviewed. - In Progress: the content and placement are being prepared or coordinated with the publication. - Under Review: the publication or our team is checking the content before it goes live. - Published or Completed: your content is live and the final details are available in your order. Publication timelines depend on the outlet, so a status can stay the same for a few days. This is normal and does not mean something is wrong. ❓ Why an Order May Not Show in Your Dashboard If you placed an order and cannot see it, one of these common reasons usually applies: - Recent order: new orders can take a short time to appear. Wait a few minutes, then refresh the page. - Wrong project or workspace: the order may be listed under a different project than the one you are viewing. - Different account: the order may have been placed while logged in with another email or team member account. - Active filters: a date, status, or search filter may be hiding the order. - Payment not completed: if checkout was not finished or the payment was declined, the order may not have been created. - Browser display issue: an outdated page or cached data can prevent new items from loading. 🛠️ Quick Troubleshooting Steps 1. Refresh the page and wait a minute or two. 2. Reset all filters and set the date range to include your order date. 3. Switch between your projects or workspaces and check each one. 4. Confirm you are logged in with the account used at checkout. 5. Check your payment confirmation or receipt to make sure the payment was completed. 6. Log out, log back in, or try a private browser window to rule out a browser issue. Tip: Date formats differ by region. A date such as 8/5 could mean August 5 or May 8, so widen your date range to cover both when searching. 🧾 Requesting Your Order Details If you need a copy or summary of a recent order, first check the order details page in your dashboard, where you can usually see the publication, status, and links. If the order is not there, our team can look it up for you. To speed this up, have the following ready: - The approximate date you placed the order - The name of the publication or website you ordered - The email address on your Search Atlas account - Your payment confirmation or receipt, if available - A screenshot of your order list showing the missing order 💬 Contacting Support If you have tried the steps above and your order still does not appear, or you want our team to confirm its status, we are happy to help. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be instantly connected with a member of our team. ✅ Key Takeaways - Check the Publication Media section and make sure the right project is selected. - Clear all filters and widen the date range when searching. - Confirm the account and payment used at checkout. - Status changes can take time because they depend on the publication. - Include your order date and publication name when contacting support for a faster resolution.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Add GA4 Metrics to Reports Using Atlas Agent

🔍 Overview Many customers want to add a Google Analytics 4 (GA4) metric, such as leads, to a report or dashboard they already have in Search Atlas. You can ask Atlas Agent to do this in plain language, without building the report by hand. This article explains how to make the request, what to check first, and what to do if the metric does not appear. 💡 What to Know About GA4 Metrics First Before you ask Atlas Agent to add a metric, it helps to know how GA4 handles the data. - GA4 does not have a built-in metric called "Leads." Leads are usually tracked as an event, such as a form submission, a click on a phone number, or a booking. - If your site owner has marked that event as a key event (formerly called a conversion) in GA4, it can be reported as a count of key events or conversions. - Atlas Agent can only report on data that exists in your connected GA4 property. If GA4 is not recording the lead event, there is nothing for the report to show. In short, the metric you see in your report will match how leads are set up in your own GA4 account. ✅ Before You Start: Checklist - Your GA4 account is connected to Search Atlas, and you picked the correct property for the site. - You have access to the report or dashboard you want to change. - Your lead event is already being tracked in GA4. If you are not sure, ask whoever manages your website or analytics. - You know the exact name of the event or key event, for example generate_lead or form_submit. This helps Atlas Agent pick the right one. 🛠️ How to Ask Atlas Agent to Add a GA4 Metric 1. Open the report or dashboard you want to update in Search Atlas. 2. Open Atlas Agent from within the platform. 3. Type a clear request that names the metric, the data source, and the report. For example: Add the leads metric from GA4 to this report. 4. If your leads are tracked under a specific event name, include it. For example: Add GA4 key events for generate_lead to this report as Leads. 5. Review what Atlas Agent proposes. Confirm the metric name, the data source (GA4), and the date range are correct. 6. Approve the change and check that the new metric shows in your report. 💬 Example Requests You Can Copy - Add GA4 leads to this report. - Add the key events metric from GA4 to this dashboard and label it Leads. - Show GA4 form submissions by month in this report. - Add GA4 conversions next to organic sessions so I can compare them. The more specific you are about the metric name, time period, and where it should appear, the better the result. ⚠️ Common Issues and How to Fix Them - The metric shows zero or no data. Check that the lead event is firing in GA4 and is marked as a key event. New events can take up to 24 to 48 hours to appear in reports. - Atlas Agent cannot find a metric called Leads. Try asking for the specific event name or for key events or conversions instead. - The numbers do not match GA4. Make sure the date range, property, and filters (such as organic traffic only) are the same in both places. GA4 can also adjust recent data after the fact. - GA4 data is missing entirely. Reconnect your GA4 account and confirm you have permission to view the property. - The metric was added to the wrong report. Open the correct report first, then repeat your request so Atlas Agent knows where to place it. 🚀 Tips for Better Results - Open the target report before you send your request. - Ask for one change at a time, then check the result before adding more. - Use the same names your team uses in GA4 so the metric is easy to recognize. - If the first result is not quite right, reply to Atlas Agent with what to change instead of starting over. 🙋 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be instantly connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🗂️ How to Remove Inactive Websites From Your Dashboard

📌 Overview Over time, your Search Atlas dashboard can fill up with websites you no longer work on, such as old client sites, test projects, or domains you have retired. Removing them keeps your dashboard tidy and makes it easier to find the sites that matter. This article explains how to remove an inactive website and what to check first. ✅ Before You Remove a Website Removing a website is usually a clean-up action, so it is worth a quick check first: - Save your data. Download any reports, keyword lists, or audit results you want to keep. - Check for active tools. If the site uses features such as OTTO SEO, make sure you no longer need them for that site. - Confirm the right site. Similar domain names are easy to mix up, so check the full domain before you confirm. - Check your team. If others use this site, let them know it is being removed. 🛠️ Steps to Remove an Inactive Website 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account and open your dashboard. 2. Find the website you want to remove in your list of sites or projects. 3. Open the options for that website. This is usually a three-dot menu or a settings icon next to the site name. 4. Select Delete or Remove. The exact label can vary by plan and location in the platform. 5. Read the confirmation message carefully, then confirm the removal. 6. Refresh your dashboard to check that the website no longer appears in your list. 💡 Tips for Keeping Your Dashboard Organized - Review your site list regularly, for example once a quarter, and remove sites you no longer manage. - Remove test or duplicate sites as soon as you finish with them. - Export reports for client sites before you remove them, so you have a record of past work. - If you manage many sites, check that each one still has the right tools and settings turned on before deciding it is inactive. 🔎 Troubleshooting - I cannot find the remove option. Look for a menu or settings icon beside the site name. If you share the account with a team, your role may limit who can remove sites. Ask your account owner to do it or to update your permissions. - The site still appears after removal. Refresh the page or log out and back in. If it still appears after a few minutes, contact our team. - I removed the wrong website. Stop making changes and contact our team right away so we can see what options are available. - I am not sure which sites are inactive. Check the last activity or update date for each site, if shown, and review which tools are active on it before removing anything. ❓ Frequently Asked Questions Will removing a website cancel my subscription? No. Removing a site from your dashboard does not cancel your plan. Depending on your plan, it may free up a site slot that you can use for another website. Can I add the website back later? You can usually add a domain again as a new site. Previously collected data and settings may not be restored, so save anything important first. Does removing a site from my dashboard affect my live website? No. Your live website is not changed by removing it from your dashboard. However, if you used OTTO or another tool to apply changes on the site, check whether those changes should stay in place before you disconnect it. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be instantly connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 How to Send a Report to Your Client

📌 Overview Search Atlas lets you share SEO results with clients so they can see the progress you are making. This article explains the common ways to send a report, how to prepare it first, and how to fix the most frequent issues. Note: Exact button names and available options can vary slightly depending on your plan and the report type. If something described here does not match what you see, use the chat option at the end of this article. ✅ Before You Send a Report A little preparation helps your client get a clear, professional report on the first try. - Select the right project or site. Make sure the report is built for your client's website, not another project. - Choose the date range. Pick the period you want to show, such as the last 30 days or the last quarter. - Check your data. Confirm that connected data sources, such as Google Search Console or Google Analytics, are linked and showing numbers. - Add your branding. If your plan includes white label options, add your logo and brand details so the report looks like it comes from your agency. 🚀 Ways to Send a Report Depending on your plan and the report type, you can use one or more of the methods below. 🔗 Option 1: Share a Link A shareable link is the quickest way to give your client access to a live report. 1. Open the report you want to send. 2. Look for a Share option near the top of the report. 3. Copy the link that is generated. 4. Paste the link into an email or message to your client. Your client can open the link in a browser without needing a Search Atlas login. Only share the link with people who should see the data. 📥 Option 2: Download a PDF A PDF is a good choice if you want to review the report before sending it or attach it to your own email. 1. Open the report. 2. Look for a Download or Export option. 3. Choose PDF if you are given a format choice. 4. Wait for the file to finish generating, then save it to your computer. 5. Attach the file to an email or upload it to your own client portal. ⏰ Option 3: Schedule Recurring Reports If your client expects a report every week or month, scheduling saves you time. 1. Open the report you want to automate. 2. Look for a Schedule option. 3. Choose how often the report should be sent, such as weekly or monthly. 4. Add your client's email address as the recipient. 5. Save your settings. Scheduled reports use the most recent data each time, so your client always gets an up-to-date view. 💡 Tips for Better Client Reports - Keep it focused. Include only the metrics your client cares about, such as rankings, traffic, and top pages. - Add context. A short note explaining what changed and what you are doing next makes the numbers easier to understand. - Be consistent. Send reports on the same schedule each time so your client knows what to expect. - Preview first. Open the report yourself before sending to catch missing data or formatting problems. 🛠️ Troubleshooting Common Issues - I cannot find a Share or Download button. Some options depend on your plan or the type of report. Try opening the report from the project it belongs to, then check the top of the page again. - The report looks empty or incomplete. Check that your data sources are connected and that the date range includes days with data. New projects may need a little time before all data appears. - My client cannot open the link. Make sure you copied the full link. Ask your client to try another browser or a private window. - The PDF is missing sections. Wait for the report to finish loading fully before you export it, then try again. - My branding is not showing. Confirm that your logo and brand details are saved in your account settings, then regenerate the report. ❓ Frequently Asked Questions - Does my client need a Search Atlas account? Not for shared links or PDFs. They can view the report without logging in. - Can I send reports under my own brand? If white label options are included in your plan, you can add your own logo and branding to reports. - Can I send reports for more than one client? Yes. Create a separate project for each client and send each report from its own project so data stays separate. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be instantly connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

🗺️ Heat Map Quota Warnings Explained

Local heat maps now give you clearer information about your quota and warn you before you run a scan that would go over your plan's limit. This helps you avoid unexpected refresh failures and understand exactly where your balance stands. ✨ What's New Previously, a heat map could fail to refresh because of a quota balance issue, even when it seemed like you still had quota available. This could be confusing, since it was not clear why the refresh did not go through. With this improvement, the platform now: - Explains quota oversubscription: If a heat map scan would require more quota than your plan has available, you will see a clear explanation of why. - Warns you before you exceed your plan: You are alerted before starting a scan that would go beyond your plan's allowance, so you can decide how to proceed. 🛠️ How to Use It 1. Open your local heat map in the platform. 2. Set up or refresh your heat map scan as you normally would. 3. If the scan would exceed your available quota, review the warning that appears and the explanation of your current balance. 4. Choose how to proceed, for example by adjusting the scan so it fits within your remaining quota. 📋 What to Expect - You will see a warning only when a scan would exceed your plan's quota. Scans within your allowance run as usual. - Quota messages now describe why a refresh cannot be completed, rather than failing without context. - Your plan's quota limits themselves have not changed. Only the clarity and timing of the messaging has improved. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be instantly connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Simpler Report Version Controls in Reports List

The Reports List is now simpler to use. You can change the version of any report directly from the list, individually or in bulk, and each report has just one button to open it. ✨ What's New - Report version control in the row menu: Each report in the Reports List now has a Report version option in its overflow (three-dot) menu, so you can choose which version of a report you want to use without leaving the list. - Bulk version changes: Select multiple reports in the Reports List and change their report version in one action instead of updating them one by one. - One View report button: The two separate view buttons on each row are now a single View report button, so there is no guesswork about which one to click. - Consistent report opening: Reports opened from Home, Portfolio Summary, global search, and the public menu now open in the version assigned to that report. - Cleaner report pages: The Open in Classic view link and the Try New Report banner are no longer shown inside reports. 🛠️ How to Use It Change the version of a single report: 1. Open the Reports List. 2. Find the report you want to update and open the overflow (three-dot) menu on its row. 3. Select Report version. 4. Choose the version you want and confirm your selection. Change the version of several reports at once: 1. Open the Reports List. 2. Select the reports you want to update using the row selection controls. 3. Choose the option to change the report version for your selection. 4. Pick the version and confirm. Open a report: Click View report on any row. 📋 What to Expect - Each report opens in the version it is set to, no matter where you open it from in the platform. - If you used the Open in Classic view link or the Try New Report banner before, use the Report version option in the Reports List instead. - Changing a report's version affects how that report opens from now on. Your existing reports remain in your Reports List. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be instantly connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Publisher Traffic Updates, Payouts, and Getting Orders

👋 Overview Publishers often ask three questions: how to get a website's traffic numbers updated, how payouts work, and what to do when no orders are coming in. This article covers all three and gives you a checklist to follow before contacting support. 📈 Why Your Traffic Metrics Matter Advertisers and SEO teams browse the marketplace and filter sites by quality signals. Traffic is one of the most important. If your site's traffic is shown as low, outdated, or missing, it may be filtered out of searches or skipped in favor of similar sites with stronger numbers. The metrics buyers usually look at include: - Organic traffic: the estimated monthly visits your site gets from search engines. - Domain authority or rating: a score that estimates how strong your site's backlink profile is. - Topic or category: the subject area your site covers. - Language and country: where your audience is based. - Price: what you charge for a placement. 🔄 How to Request a Traffic Metric Update Traffic figures are usually pulled from third-party data sources and refreshed on a schedule, so they may lag behind your real numbers. If you believe your site's traffic is out of date, follow these steps: 1. Open your publisher site list in the platform and find the site in question. 2. Note the traffic number currently displayed. 3. Gather proof of your actual traffic, such as a screenshot of your Google Analytics or Google Search Console performance report covering the last 3 to 6 months. 4. Make sure the screenshot shows the site name or property, the date range, and the traffic figure clearly. 5. Open the chat widget and send us the site's domain name, the current displayed traffic, and your proof. Our team will review it and update the metric where appropriate. Tip: Only submit accurate data. Metrics that don't match independent sources can lead to a site being removed from the marketplace, and buyers who feel misled are unlikely to order again. 🛒 Why You May Not Be Getting Orders A long gap without orders is common and usually has a fixable cause. Check the following: - Outdated or low traffic figures: Buyers filter by minimum traffic. If your number is too low, your site won't appear in their results. - Price too high for your metrics: Sites with similar traffic and authority but lower prices tend to be chosen first. - Missing or incorrect category: If your site is in the wrong category, buyers searching for your topic will not find it. - Narrow or unclear niche: Very general sites compete with many others. Sites with a clear focus are easier to match to a buyer's campaign. - Slow responses: Buyers prefer publishers who accept and complete orders promptly. Pending orders left unanswered can lower your chances of future orders. - Site quality issues: Thin content, too many outbound links, or a site that looks inactive can put buyers off. 🏷️ Which Categories Get the Most Orders? Order volume changes with buyer demand, so no single category is guaranteed to perform best. In general, buyers tend to look for sites in these areas: - Business, marketing, and finance - Technology and software - Health and wellness - Travel, lifestyle, and home - Local and regional news or niche publications The best approach is to choose the category that honestly matches your content. Placements on topically relevant sites are more valuable to buyers than placements on sites that cover everything. If your site covers several topics, pick the one where most of your content and traffic sits. 🚀 How to Get More Orders: Checklist 1. Refresh your metrics: Request a traffic update if your numbers are out of date. 2. Review your category: Make sure it matches your main content. 3. Check your pricing: Compare your price with sites of similar traffic and authority, and consider a competitive price while you build up order history. 4. Keep your site active: Publish new content regularly so the site looks healthy. 5. Respond quickly: Accept, reject, or complete orders without delay. 6. Keep guidelines clear: Make sure your content requirements are easy to understand so buyers know what to expect. 7. Add more suitable sites: If you own several quality sites, listing them gives buyers more ways to find you. 💰 How Payouts Work Publishers are generally paid for orders that have been completed and approved. A few points to keep in mind: - Payment is tied to completed orders. Orders that are pending, rejected, or cancelled are not paid out. - Your earnings and payout status can be reviewed in your publisher account. - Make sure your payout details are complete and correct so your payment is not delayed. - If a completed order does not appear in your earnings, send us the order ID and the site name so we can look into it. Exact payout timing and requirements may vary, so check the details in your account for the most current information. 🧰 Before You Contact Support To get a faster answer, have these ready: - The domain name of the site - The traffic number currently shown in the platform - A screenshot of your real traffic from Google Analytics or Search Console - Any relevant order IDs for payout questions - A short description of what you would like changed 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be instantly connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Viewing Press Release Reports in Signal Genesys

🔍 Overview Once a press release in Signal Genesys reaches Report Available, you can open its report to see where it was published and the live placement links. While it is still being reviewed or distributed, use its status and timeline to follow progress. This article shows you how to find and open the report, what it contains, and what to do if placements are still missing. ✅ Before You Start - Make sure you are logged in to the Signal Genesys account that owns the press release. - Confirm the press release was fully submitted and not left as a draft. - If you manage more than one brand, select the correct brand from the brand filter so you are looking at the right press releases. 🚀 How to View a Press Release Report 1. Log in to your Search Atlas account. 2. Log in to Signal Genesys and use its main navigation menu. 3. Open Press Releases to view your Press Release List. 4. Find the press release by searching its headline or exact ID. You can also use Filters to narrow the list by status or publish date. 5. Open the actions menu on the press release row. Do not click the headline itself. 6. When the status is Report Available, choose View Report. If the status is Publishing, View Report only explains that the distribution report is not ready yet. The report opens as its own Press Release Report page, but only after the release reaches Report Available. 📊 What You Can Expect in the Report The Press Release Report shows the headline and distribution results. Depending on the release and its channels, it can include: - Status: the press release list shows the current status, such as Pending, Awaiting Publication, Publishing, or Report Available. The full report opens when the status is Report Available. - Publication details: the sites or networks where your release was published. - Live links: links to the published versions of your press release. - Dates: the list shows the scheduled publish date, while the underlying release record also stores when it was created and when publication occurred. If the release is still Publishing, its report is not ready yet. A finished report can still show pending distributors, and some channels are listed without placement links. 🧭 Tips for Reading Your Report - Start with the status to see if the distribution is finished. - Open the live links to confirm that your content, links, and branding look correct. - Use Copy Report Link from the press release actions to copy a shareable report link, or export the report as a PDF or spreadsheet. - Check back after a day or two if the release was just submitted, since publication is not always instant. 🛠️ Troubleshooting Common Issues I cannot find my press release. - Check that you are in the correct account, project, or workspace. - Clear any filters or search terms applied to the list. - Look for drafts, since a press release that was never submitted will not have a report. The report is empty or incomplete. - The press release may still be processing. Wait a little while and refresh the page. - Check the status to see if it is still pending. The report will not open. - Refresh the page and try again. - Log out and back in to reload your session. - Try a different browser or an incognito window to rule out extensions or cached data. A link in the report does not work. - Wait a short time and try again, as some publications take time to go live. - Make sure you copied the full link without missing characters. 💡 Best Practices - Review your report soon after the press release is marked complete, so you can spot any issues early. - Keep a record of your live links for your own reporting. - When asking for help, note the press release title and submission date so the team can find it quickly. 💬 Need More Help? If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be instantly connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Fixing GA4 Session Mismatches and Report Comparisons

🔍 Overview Two questions come up often when customers build client reports: Can I compare traffic sources to last month and last year? and Why don't my session numbers match what I see in Google Analytics 4 (GA4)? This article answers both and shows you how to check your numbers quickly. 📅 Comparing Against Last Month and Last Year Clients usually want to see traffic by source with a month-over-month and year-over-year view. The simplest way to get a reliable comparison is to use matching date ranges for each period. 1. Pick the main period for your report, for example the last full calendar month. 2. Set the comparison period to the previous full month (month-over-month). 3. Run the same report again for the same month one year earlier (year-over-year). 4. Place the figures side by side in your report and calculate the percentage change. Tips for accurate comparisons: - Always compare full months to full months. A partial month will look like a drop in traffic. - Compare months with the same number of days where possible, or note the difference. - Use the same GA4 property, the same data stream, and the same filters for every period. - Keep the same metric and dimension in each period. For example, compare sessions by source/medium to sessions by source/medium. - For year-over-year views, confirm the GA4 property was collecting data for the full earlier period. If it was created recently, older data will not exist. If a comparison option is not available in the report view you are using, build the report for each period separately as described above. You can also use the date comparison feature inside GA4 to double-check the results. ⚠️ Why Session Numbers Can Differ From GA4 It is common for numbers to differ slightly between tools, even when both are connected to the same GA4 property. These are the most frequent causes. - Different date ranges or time zones. A report that ends one day earlier, or a property set to a different time zone, will show different totals. - Data processing delay. GA4 can take 24 to 48 hours to finalize recent data. Pulling a report for yesterday or today may show lower numbers than the final figures. - Different metrics. Sessions, users, total users, new users, and engaged sessions are all different. Make sure you are comparing the same metric on both sides. - Different source dimensions. In GA4, session source/medium, first user source/medium, and user source/medium can return different numbers for the same traffic. Session-based dimensions are the right match for session counts. - Channel grouping differences. Default channel group and custom channel groups may place the same traffic in different buckets, such as Organic Search versus Direct. - Filters and segments. A filter on country, device, page, or an internal-traffic rule in one place but not the other will change the totals. - Data thresholds and sampling. In some GA4 reports, especially custom explorations, Google may apply thresholds or sampling that affect small numbers or large date ranges. - Wrong property or data stream. If you manage several sites or properties, the report may be connected to a different one than the one you are viewing in GA4. - Consent and privacy settings. Visitors who decline tracking may not be counted, and this can change from one period to another. ✅ How to Check Your Numbers Step by Step 1. Confirm the connected property. Check that the GA4 property and data stream connected to your Search Atlas project are the same ones you are checking in Google Analytics. 2. Match the date range exactly. Use the same start and end dates in both places, and confirm the time zone in your GA4 property settings. 3. Match the metric. Compare sessions to sessions, not users to sessions. 4. Match the dimension. In GA4, use session source/medium or session default channel group in the Traffic acquisition report. 5. Remove extra filters. Clear any comparisons, segments, or filters in GA4 so you are looking at the full data set. 6. Check the date is final. If your range includes the last two days, wait 48 hours and run the report again. 7. Compare totals first. Start with overall sessions. If the total matches, the difference is likely caused by how sources are grouped. If the total does not match, the cause is likely the property, date range, or filters. 📈 What Is a Normal Difference? Small differences are normal when data is still processing or when different reports apply different thresholds. If your numbers are within a few percent and all settings match, no action is needed. If the gap is large, such as a difference of 10% or more on the same metric, property, and date range, there may be a connection or configuration issue worth investigating. 🛠️ Fixes for Common Problems - Totals are lower in the report than in GA4: Check the date range, wait for GA4 to finish processing, and make sure the correct property is connected. - Source numbers do not match: Switch to session-scoped dimensions in GA4 and check whether a custom channel group is in use. - Year-over-year data is missing: Confirm the GA4 property has data for the earlier period. Data from before the property was created cannot be retrieved. - Numbers change after you export them: GA4 can revise recent data. Export reports after the period has been closed for at least two days. - Connection looks broken or outdated: Reconnect your Google account in the platform's integrations settings, make sure you grant access to the correct GA4 property, and then refresh your report. 💡 Best Practices for Client Reporting - Report on closed, full months and run them after the first few days of the new month. - Write down the property, date range, metric, and dimension used so the report can be repeated and explained. - Add a short note to client reports explaining that figures may vary slightly between tools because of processing time and how each tool groups data. - Use the same method every month so trends stay consistent. 💬 Need More Help? If your numbers still do not match after following the steps above, gather the following details so we can resolve it faster: the project name, the GA4 property, the exact date range, the metric you are comparing, and screenshots of the difference. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be instantly connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026

📊 Public Reports Load Without Errors

We fixed an issue affecting shared public reports that include Google Business Profile (GBP) data. Public report pages now load more reliably, so anyone you share a report with sees a cleaner, error-free experience. ✨ What's New Previously, when someone opened a public Report Builder link, the page tried to request Google Business Profile summary and detail information that isn't available to public viewers. These requests failed behind the scenes and could cause GBP sections to behave unpredictably or load incorrectly. Public reports no longer make these unnecessary requests. The result is a smoother, more dependable viewing experience for clients, stakeholders, and anyone else who opens your shared report link. 🛠️ How to Use It You don't need to change any settings. The fix applies automatically to all public reports. To confirm it's working: 1. Open Report Builder in your Search Atlas dashboard. 2. Select a report that includes Google Business Profile sections. 3. Copy the public share link for the report. 4. Open the link in a new browser window or a private/incognito window. 5. Check that the report loads fully, including any GBP sections. 📋 What to Expect - Existing public report links continue to work with the same URLs. You do not need to re-share them. - Public reports should load GBP sections without errors. - Reports viewed while logged in to your Search Atlas account are not affected by this change. - If a public report still looks incomplete, try refreshing the page or clearing your browser cache before contacting us. If you need further assistance, open the chat widget in the bottom-right corner of the platform and type human teammate to be instantly connected with a member of our team.

Last updated on Oct 26, 2026